北大繁简体(合一)中文DOS系统安装及使用说明
北京大学计算机研究所
北京大学新技术公 司
1990.4
北大中文DOS以功能更强、速度更快、资源要求更少、通用兼容性更广为不断追求目标,
希望本系统能成为您友好的开发环境和得力的工作助手.
1. 功能与性能概要
1) 大容量字符集
A. 系统可编码 14852 个繁体汉字.
其中系统收字近 14000, 除国标(编码兼容)外, 还包含了台湾BIG5码所有收字(13500
余字)以及其它较常用字或异体字数百字; 其余 800 多字留做用户补字空间.
B. 系统可编码 7426 个简体汉字.
其中系统收字 7200 余字,除国标(编码兼容)外, 还包含了其它较常用字近 500 个;
其余近 200 字留做用户补字空间.
C. 系统可编码 1410 个外文字母和各种符号.
2) 可扩充和选择录入方法
A. 绝大多数汉字编码输入方案(码元少于32个、码长2-5个或码元少于64个、码长2-4个)
可由用户方便地加入本系统.
B. 系统提供七种汉字录入方法:
长春双凸录入法(繁体), 可录入所有系统收字;
台湾大易录入法(繁体), 可录入所有 BIG5 收字;
台湾仓颉录入法(繁体), 可录入所有 BIG5 收字;
五笔字型录入法(简体), 可录入所有国标收字;
汉语拼音录入法(繁简), 可录入所有国标收字;
北大 748 内码\区位码录入(繁简), 可录入所有 16732 个可编码字符;
台湾BIG5码录入(繁简), 可录入所有 BIG5 收字.
其中,仓颉,五笔字型和汉语拼音录入法的录入编码表可由用户任意增改(字或词).
C. 系统提供三种外文或符号录入方法:
在仓颉,五笔字型和汉语拼音录入状态下, 可直接录入 100 多个符号, 而且这些符号
用户可以自己定义. 系统省缺定义如下:
. 。 | 、 _ — - … -- 中文句号, 顿号, 至号, 三连点
" “ / ” ` ‘ ' ’ -- 中文双引号, 单引号
{ 《 } 》 < 〈 > 〉 -- 中文双书名号, 单书名号
~ @ $ & -- 盒组开闭弧, 数学态符, 自定义参数符
= + \ 〓 ^ -- 换行, 换段, 中文空格, 小数点
[ 〖 ] 〗 * · # -- 注解开闭弧, 中园点, 小样结束符
北大动态键盘录入法, 用户可自定义多至 26 张动态键盘, 每张键盘可定义 94 个外
文或符号(汉字亦可), 系统省缺定义 14 张动态键盘, 用户可根椐需要自行定义每一
张动态键盘.
北大 748 内码录入, 可录入所有 1410 个外文字母或符号.
D. 仓颉,五笔字型录入法在不改变原有规则和完全兼容原全部编码(包括简码)的基础上,
最大限度地利用了简码录入, 从而可以加快录入速度.
E. 仓颉, 五笔字型, 汉语拼音及自定义录入均提供 "模糊" 查找功能, 即编码中可含有
一个到多个模糊键 .
3) 系统提供假脱机打印功能, 可用组合键 Ctrl+P 联机打印或用DOS命令 PRINT 假脱机打
印.
4) 繁体汉字与简体汉字高度兼容
A. 国标汉字编码相同. 即同一国标汉字可能繁简形态不同, 但编码相同.
B. 对国标汉字, 用简体或繁体录入方法均可.
5) 占用少量内存资源
系统核心部分(包括汉字显示部分, 字库管理部分, 汉字录入方法管理部分, 动态键盘
管理部分, 748 内码录入部分等)只占用 20 KBYTES 左右内存空间(因机型而异),其它
可选择装入的部分也采取了压缩形式----增加一种录入方法占用 20 至 64 KBYTES,增
加一个动态键盘占用 200 字节, 打印驱动程序占用约 2 KBYTES.
6) 适应性强
本系统力求使各种机型都得到最佳运行环境. 例如,尽可能将显示库放在扩展内存里面,
放不下的部分仍放在磁盘上; 当没有扩展内存可利用时,如果将整个字库都放在磁盘上,
汉字显示速度会变慢, 而如果将整个或部分(如一级国标)字库放在 640K 内存里面, 又
可能影响某些要求大内存量的程序的运行, 所以本系统提供了随时将字库中的一级国标
和常用符号装入内存或从内存中释放掉的功能.
2. 系统构成
系统由主控/显示部分(以下简称主控部分)、录入部分、打印部分及辅助部分构成.
1) 主控部分
主控及显示程序(含内部码\区位码录入) -- CCCC.EXE
简体中文显示字库(16 x 16) -- JT_CCLIB
繁体中文显示字库(16 x 16) -- FT_CCLIB
将部分字库装入前 640K 内存程序 -- LDLIB.EXE(仅当字库放在硬盘, 且需要快速显示
汉字时用到)
2) 录入部分
录入码表装入程序 -- LHGMB.EXE
录入码表文件 -- PY.MB(拼音), WBDZ.MB(五笔字型单字), WBCZ.MB(五笔字型词组),
WB.MB(五笔字型单字和词组), CJ.MB(仓颉)
动态键盘定义文件 -- HGJP.DAT
长春双凸录入驱动程序 -- CCST.EXE
大易与 BDDOS 接口及 BIG5 录入驱动程序 -- LDAYI.EXE
BIG5 码到 748 码转换映射表 -- BIG5_HG.SYS
大易录入驱动程序 -- DAYI.EXE
大易录入法(1.23版本)用户自定义文件 -- DAYI.SYS
3) 打印部分
打印驱动程序 -- HGPRN.EXE
简体中文打印字库(24 x 24) -- VJTCCLIB
繁体中文打印字库(24 x 24) -- VFTCCLIB
4) 辅助部分
根目录下启动批命令 -- BDDOS.BAT
通用录入方法码表自动生成程序 -- HGMB.EXE
通用录入方法码表自动生成程序说明文件 -- HGMB.TXT
用户编辑自定义录入码表参考样本文件 -- PY.TXT(拼音)
全国标码汉字文件 -- GB.TAB
全 748 码汉字文件 -- HG.TAB
全BIG5码汉字文件 -- BIG5.TAB
动态键盘定义文件生成程序 -- HGJP.EXE
动态键盘定义文件生成程序说明文件 -- HGJP.TXT
繁体字文件到简体字文件自动转换程序 -- HGFJ.EXE
繁体字到简体字转换映射表 -- HGFJ.SYS
繁体字文件到简体字文件自动转换程序说明文件 -- HGFJ.TXT
简体字文件到繁体字文件自动转换程序 -- HGJF.EXE
简体字到繁体字转换映射表 -- HGJF.SYS
简体字文件到繁体字文件自动转换程序说明文件 -- HGJF.TXT
显示/打印字库补字程序 -- HGBZ.EXE
显示/打印字库补字程序说明文件 -- HGBZ.TXT
转换点阵字库行列存放顺序程序 -- CHFONT.EXE
BIG5 码文件到 748 码文件自动转换程序 -- BH.EXE
BIG5 码到 748 码转换映射表 -- BIG5_HG.SYS
BIG5 码文件到 748 码文件自动转换程序说明文件 -- BH.TXT
748 码文件到 BIG5 码文件自动转换程序 -- HB.EXE
748 码到 BIG5 码转换映射表 -- HG_BIG5.SYS
748 码文件到 BIG5 码文件自动转换程序说明文件 -- HB.TXT
大易录入法(1.23版本)用户自定义文件DAYI.SYS修改程序 -- CDAYI.EXE
大易录入法(1.23版本)用户自定义文件DAYI.SYS修改程序说明文件 -- CDAYI.TXT
国标码打印测试文件 -- GBTEST.PRN
748 码打印测试文件 -- HGTEST.PRN
BIG5码打印测试文件 -- BIG5TEST.PRN
3. 机型要求
A. 适用的显示卡类型现有 CEGA, CGA, HERCULES, CGE, EGA640*350, EGA640*480,
EGA800*600 和 VGA 八种, 旧型号长城机(014卡 和 016卡)和 CMGA 暂不适用.
B. 适用的打印机类型现有 3070, 1724, 2024, EPSON.
4. 系统盘组织
所有程序和数椐都按功能(主控/显示、录入、打印及辅助)分类组织. 为了兼顾方便
性和通用性, 分别组织了高密盘和低密盘两套系统盘.
高密系统盘共有四片,分别是主控/显示(MAIN)、录入及简体打印(INPUT&PRINT1)、
繁体打印(PRINT2)和辅助工具(TOOLS).
在主控/显示盘(MAIN)的根目录下, 提供了系统自动装入程序 LBDDOS.EXE 和系统说
明文件 README.TXT.
在主控/显示盘(MAIN)的 BDDOS 子目录下,存放了对应各种显示器的主控/显示程序:
VGA.EXE、EGA480.EXE、EGA860.EXE、EGA.EXE、CGE.EXE、CGA.EXE 和 HER.EXE; 装入时
只装入与当前显示器对应的其中之一, 并将其换名为 CCCC.EXE.
低密系统盘共有十二片, 组织方式与高密系统盘类似。
5. 系统装入
将第一块系统盘(MAIN)插入 A 驱动器, 打命令
A:LBDDOS [<任意参数>] <Enter>
程序LBDDOS(.EXE)将自动按用户机型及用户选择的功能装入系统, 有参数将用英文
提示, 否则用中文提示.
除系统启动批命令 BDDOS.BAT 装在C盘根目录下外, 其余文件均装在 C:\HG\BDDOS
下.
6. 系统启动
1) 如果用户第一次启动本系统, 那么应该首先将启动批命令 BDDOS.BAT 中的运行环境参
数设置补齐并选择装入哪些功能; 否则可直接执行 2).
由于用户所用机型和需要功能多种多样, 所以系统提供的启动批命令 BDDOS.BAT 只按
省缺值装入系统核心部分, 如果不采用省缺值或还需要使用其它功能, 则需要首先将
BDDOS.BAT 中的参数或注释掉功能的补齐.
-----------------------------------------------------------
启动批命令 BDDOS.BAT 内容如下:
C:
CD \HG\BDDOS
CCCC [/{F|J}] [/A=<扩展内存地址>] [/V]
rem LHGMB PY.MB
rem LHGMB WB.MB
rem LHGMB WBDZ.MB WBCZ.MB
rem LHGMB CJ.MB
rem LDAYI [<BIG5码到748码转换表文件>]
rem DAYI
rem HGPRN [/P=<打印机类型>] [/{F|J}]
rem LDLIB [/<起始区>[-<结束区>][,<起始区>[-<结束区>]...]]
rem SET VIDEOTYPE={CEGA|EGA|VGA|EGA480|EGA860|CGE|CGA|HER}
CD \
(如何设置参数请参阅下文 "系统使用说明".)
2) 打命令
C:\BDDOS <Enter>
系统将自动起动, 进入北大中文DOS环境.
7. 系统使用说明
1) 系统核心(主控及显示部分)驻留内存
命令方式:
CCCC [/{F|J}] [/A=<扩展内存地址>] [/V]
功能:
A. 主控及显示程序(含748内部码\区位码录入)驻留内存.
B. 若当前目录下有动态键盘定义文件 HGJP.DAT, 则装入动态键盘录入.
C. 引入以下内部命令:
Alt+F1 ---- 系统保留 748 内码\区位码录入激活键
Alt+F2 ---- 系统保留 BIG5 码录入激活键
Alt+F6 ---- 系统保留 ASCII 码录入激活键
Alt+F9 ---- 系统保留动态键盘录入激活键
Alt+F7 ---- 动态键盘录入状态下键名定义提示键, 在此提示状态下,可
直接录入多个本键盘定义的符号(总长不超过 60 字节).
Alt+F8 ---- 退出键名定义提示状态,并返回提示状态下录入的符号.
Alt+F10 ---- 动态键盘录入状态下键盘定义提示键, 在此提示状态下,可
击键 ',' 或 '.' 显示上或下屏提示, 击键 <Enter> 退出
提示状态.
Ctrl+F1 ---- 系统保留卸掉装在前 640K 内存中字库命令键(参阅下文装入
说明).
Ctrl+F3 ---- 系统保留卸掉本系统命令键(打印部分除外).
Ctrl+F7 ---- 系统保留DOS中西文状态转换键. 注意, 大部分中文软件限制
在中文状态下运行.
Ctrl+F9 ---- 系统保留进入/退出纯中文状态激活键.
参数说明:
A. /{F|J}
选择繁体或简体显示字库. 省缺为简体.
B. /A=<扩展内存地址>
指定显示字库放到扩展内存里的起始地址. 合法地址为 6 位十六进制数,省缺
或地址非法为不使用扩展内存.
例如:
CCCC /A=110000 ---- 显示字库放置起始地址在扩展内存10000H=64K
位置(此时前64K内存可用作虚盘或其它用途)
C. /V
指定将显示字库全部放在内存或扩展内存.
如果选择此参数, 那么, 当有"/A=<扩展内存地址>"参数时, 显示字库尽量
放在扩展内存, 剩下的放在前 640K 内存; 当无"/A=<扩展内存地址>"参数时,
显示字库都放在前 640K 内存(一般用于无硬盘的录入机).
如果未选择此参数, 那么, 当有"/A=<扩展内存地址>"参数时, 显示字库尽
量放在扩展内存, 剩下的放在硬盘上; 当无"/A=<扩展内存地址>"参数时, 显示
字库都放在硬盘上.
注意:
----
以下功能都需要以上述系统核心驻留为基础.
2) 当有部分或全部字库在硬盘(即命令 CCCC.EXE 未设参数 /V)时, 可将部分字库随时装
入 640K 内存或者相反(即卸掉).
命令方式:
LDLIB [/<起始区>[-<结束区>][,<起始区>[-<结束区>]...]]
功能:
将CCCC.EXE目录下的显示字库按参数指定的部分装入前 640K 内存. 此后当无法运
行某些需要大容量内存的程序时,可暂时再将这部分字库卸掉(用命令 Ctrl+F3),这
样并不影响 BDDOS 的正常运行, 只是汉字显示速度稍微减慢; 注意仅当这部分字
库为最后驻留内存成分才能有效卸掉.
参数说明:
合法参数为 ASCII 字符 ALL 和 1..94.
例如:
LDLIB /ALL ---- 装入 1 至 94 区
LDLIB /1-94 ---- 装入 1 至 94 区
LDLIB /1,3,10,16-55 ---- 装入 1, 3, 10, 16 至 55 区
3) 如何装入五笔字型、拼音、仓颉录入法, 用户自定义录入法及用户自定义词组
命令方式:
LHGMB [/<激活键>] <主录入码表文件名> [<辅录入码表文件名>...]
功能:
将指定的录入码表文件所定义的录入方法装入内存. 最多可装入10种. 随系统提供
的录入码表都对非码元单键做了重定义, 因此可以在该录入方法状态下直接输入常
用汉字标点符号及<<BD排版语言>>注解符号.
参数说明:
A. [/<激活键>]
重定义码表激活键.合法激活键为CTRL+F1 - CTRL+F10,SHIFT+F1 - SHIFT+F10,
ALT+F1 - ALT+F10, ALT+0 - ALT+9, ALT+A - ALT+Z, 非法或缺省则为建表时
所定义的.
B. <主录入码表文件名> [<辅录入码表文件名>...]
指定装入对应某种录入法的一或多个录入码表.
录入码表大(收字词多), 则录入速度快, 但内存空间开销多; 录入码表小,
则反之. 在具体应用环境中, 有时需要牺牲空间提高速度, 有时需要牺牲速度
节省空间. 为了适应不同要求, 允许一种录入方法对应一或多个录入码表(如一
个满足基本要求的单字录入码表和若干个便于提高速度的词组录入码表), 在装
入时可以根椐具体情况在本项参数中选择装入哪几个录入码表.
"主录入码表文件" 和 "辅录入码表文件" 在结构上都是独立而完备的, 都
可以单独做为一种输入方法, 都可以做 "主" 或 "辅" 录入码表;"主" 与 "辅"
的关系仅仅取决于它们在本项参数表中的位置----第一个为"主", 其余为"辅".
对于装入多个录入码表的录入方法, 激活键和单键定义只有 "主录入码表"
有效, 输入码的合法性检查也只对 "主录入码表" 进行.
"主" 与 "辅" 录入码表的制约关系仅仅是 "主录入码表" 的合法输入码应
包含所有 "辅录入码表" 的合法输入码. 由于关系是 "包含" 而不是 "等于",
所以一种录入法可以 "搀入" 另一种录入法, 一种录入法对应的多个录入码表
可以采用不完全相同的结构. 例如, 拼音录入码表可以做为五笔字型的辅录入
码表, 五笔字型录入码表可以做为仓颉录入码表的辅录入码表; 仓颉录入法可
以构造最大码长为 4 的仓颉词组录入码表做为最大码长为 5 的仓颉单字录入
码表的辅录入码表.
每个录入码表文件限制在 64 KBYTES 以内, 可以容纳 15000 余单字, 或
国标 6763 个单字加 5000 词组;除最大码长为 5 且码元数大于 15 的情况外,
各录入码表文件均可以字词混编.
(参阅下文 "如何增改及自定义录入码表")
例如:
LHGMB PY.MB ---- 装入随系统提供的拼音录入码表. 它包含国标 6763 个汉
字,激活键为建表时定义的 Alt+F3, 占内存约 22 KBYTES.
LHGMB /C+F8 WBDZ.MB WBCZ.MB
或者
LHGMB /C+F8 WB.MB
---- 装入随系统提供的五笔字型单字及词组码表. 除国标6763
个汉字外, 它还包含了<<五笔字型>>(4.3版)中所列的所有
词组, 激活键为 CTRL+F8, 占内存约 64 KBYTES.
LHGMB /A+Z CJ.MB
---- 装入随系统提供的仓颉码表. 它包含 BIG5 码所有 13503
个收字, 激活键为Alt+Z,占内存约 53 KBYTES.
4) 如何装入长春双凸录入法
命令方式:
CCST <Enter>
功能:
装入长春双凸录入法. 它包含了748码所有14000个收字, 激活键为 Alt+F10, 占
内存约 56 KBYTES.
5) 如何装入大易和 BIG5 录入法
命令方式:
LDAYI [<BIG5码到748码转换表文件>] <Enter>
DAYI <Enter>
功能:
LDAYI 装入大易与 BDDOS 接口及 BIG5 码录入驱动程序, DAYI 装入大易录入法
驱动程序. 它们都包含了 BIG5 码所有 13503 个收字, 激活键分别为 Alt+F2 和
Alt+=, 共占内存约 40 KBYTES.
(大易录入法使用请参阅 <<大易录入法>> ---- 王赞杰编著, 安利资讯股份有限公
司发行)
参数说明:
用 <BIG5码到748码转换表文件> 覆盖 LDAYI.EXE 中隐含的 BIG5 码到 748 码转
换表. 随系统提供了与LDAYI.EXE一致的BIG5码到748码转换表文件BIG5_HG.SYS,
如果该表有误或需要补字, 可用程序工具 BH.EXE 对其修改(参阅下文 "如何修改
BIG5码到748码转换表"), 修改结果可做为本项参数.
注意:
----
大易卡应首先扦入机器; 大易录入法用户自定义文件 DAYI.SYS必须在当前目录下.
例如:
LDAYI BIG5_HG.SYS <Enter>
DAYI <Enter>
6) 如何装入打印机驱动程序
命令方式:
HGPRN [/P=<配备打印机型号>] [/{F|J}] <Enter>
功能:
装入当前配备打印机的打印驱动程序. 此后就可以用 DOS 命令 PRINT 或 Ctrl+P
直接打印汉字.
参数说明:
A. /P=<配备打印机型号>
指定使用打印机型号. 合法打印机型号为 3070, 1724,2024 和 EPSON; 省缺或
参数非法为使用 3070.
例如:
HGPRN /P=1724 ---- 使用 1724 打印机
B. /{F|J}
选择繁体或简体打印字库打印. 省缺选择显示字库打印.
例如:
HGPRN /F ---- 选择繁体打印字库
注意:
----
此选项要求所选择的简体打印字库 VJTCCLIB 或繁体打印字库 VFTCCLIB
必须在当前目录下.
7) 如何为辅助程序设置显示器配备环境量
命令方式:
SET VIDEOTYPE=<配备显示器型号> <Enter>
功能:
为辅助程序 HGMB.EXE,HGJP.EXE,FJ.EXE,JF.EXE,HB.EXE,BH.EXE,CDAYI.EXE,
HGBZ.EXE 和 CHFONT.EXE 指定使用显示器型号.
参数说明:
合法显示器型号为 CEGA,EGA,VGA,EGA480,EGA860,CGE,CGA,HER,GWC,GWM,CMGA; 省
缺或参数非法为使用 CGA.
例如:
SET VIDEOTYPE=VGA ---- 配备 VGA 显示器
8) 如何增改及自定义录入码表
参阅通用录入方法码表自动生成程序 HGMB.EXE 的附带说明文件 HGMB.TXT 及用户编辑
自定义录入码表参考样本文件 PY.TXT(拼音).
为方便用户编辑自定义录入码表, 系统附带了全国标码汉字文件GB.TAB, 全748码汉字
文件HG.TAB和全BIG5码汉字文件BIG5.TAB, 当用户需要编辑自定义录入码表时, 只需选
择一个文件并在该文件的每个汉字前加上相应录入编码即可(用空格隔开).
9) 如何增改动态键盘定义文件(HGJP.DAT)
参阅动态键盘定义文件生成程序 HGJP.EXE 的附带说明文件 HGMB.TXT.
10)如何将繁体字文件转换为简体字文件及如何修改繁体字到简体字转换映射表
参阅繁体字文件到简体字文件自动转换程序 HGFJ.EXE 的附带说明文件 HGFJ.TXT.
11)如何将简体字文件转换为繁体字文件及如何修改简体字到繁体字转换映射表
参阅简体字文件到繁体字文件自动转换程序 HGJF.EXE 的附带说明文件 HGJF.TXT.
12)如何在显示/打印字库中补字
参阅显示/打印字库补字程序 HGBZ.EXE 的附带说明文件 HGBZ.TXT.
注意:
----
打印点阵字库中字模按列存放, 因此直接用 HGBZ.EXE 程序对其补字时, 字模是倒
放的, 看起来不太舒服. 为此,系统附带了转换点阵字库行列存放顺序程序CHFONT.EXE,
用户可以在补字之前先将打印字库转换为按行存放,在补字之后再将打印字库转换回按
列存放. 转换方法如下:
命令格式:
CHFONT <点阵宽(高)> <源文件名> [<结果文件名>]
说明:
转换点阵宽和高必须相等且为8的整倍数, 大小从8 x 8到512 x 512;
省缺<结果文件名>与<源文件名>相同;
当<结果文件名>与<源文件名>相同时, 转换前的文件保存到.BAK文件中.
例如:
对简体打印字库进行补字:
CHFONT 24 VJTCCLIB TMP --将打印字库VJTCCLIB转换为按行存放临时文件TMP
... ... --用 HGBZ.EXE 程序对临时文件TMP补字
CHFONT 24 TMP VJTCCLIB --将补完字的临时文件TMP转换回按列存放的打印字库
文件VJTCCLIB
DEL TMP --删去临时文件TMP
13)如何将 BIG5 码文件转换为 748 码文件及如何修改 BIG5 码到 748 码转换映射表
参阅 BIG5 码文件到 748 码文件自动转换程序 BH.EXE 的附带说明文件 BH.TXT.
14)如何将 748 码文件转换为 BIG5 码文件及如何修改 748 码到 BIG5 码转换映射表
参阅 748 码文件到 BIG5 码文件自动转换程序 HB.EXE 的附带说明文件 HB.TXT.
15)如何修改大易录入法(1.23版本)用户自定义文件DAYI.SYS
参阅DAYI.SYS修改程序 CDAYI.EXE 的附带说明文件 CDAYI.TXT.
16)如何打印出系统汉字编码表
系统附带了以国标码, 748 码和BIG5码为序的汉字编码表文件 GBTEST.PRN,HGTEST.PRN
和 BIG5TEST.PRN, 如果已装入了打印机驱动程序(参见 "如何装入打印机驱动程序"),
那么用DOS命令 PRINT 或 Ctrl+P 就可将其打印出来.
例如:
PRINT GBTEST.PRN <Enter>
或
Ctrl+P
TYPE GBTEST.PRN <Enter>
Ctrl+P
即可将国标序编码文件 GBTEST.PRN 打印出来.
8. 致谢
北大繁简体(合一)中文DOS系统在研制过程中得到了大易录入法发明人王赞杰先生
的积极协助,以及海内外各界用户的热情支持,在此表示感谢; 此外,对一贯给予我们支
持的五笔字型发明人王永民先生再次表示感谢.
通讯地址: 北京大学计算机研究所
电 话: 2561166 转 3815
联 系 人: 贺天亮
SmartPics Sampler for Windows -- README.TXT
This document contains important information which is not included in the
SmartPics for Windows printed documentation. It provides information on:
o Using the SmartPics SmartIcon in other Lotus products
o Using SmartPics as an OLE server
o Using SmartPics with other applications
** Using the SmartPics SmartIcon in Other Lotus Products **
You can have quick access to SmartPics from both Ami Pro and Lotus
1-2-3 for Windows using the SmartPics SmartIcon. Follow the procedures
below to install the SmartPics SmartIcon in each of these products:
- Installing the SmartPics SmartIcon in Ami Pro:
1. Copy SMARTPIC.BMP to your Ami Pro directory
(e.g., copy c:\smartpic\smartpic.bmp c:\amipro).
2. Copy SMARTPIC.SMM to your Ami Pro macros directory
(e.g., copy c:\smartpic\smartpic.smm c:\amipro\macros).
3. From the Ami Pro menu bar, choose Tools SmartIcons.
4. In the SmartIcons dialog box, click the Customize button.
5. In the Customize SmartIcons dialog box, scroll through the Tools
Custom Icons window until the SmartPics light bulb icon appears.
6. Drag the SmartPics icon into the Current Palette window.
7. Click Assign Macro.
8. In the Assign Macro dialog box, click Next Icon until the SmartPics
light bulb appears in the Selected Icon window, then select
SMARTPIC.SMM in the Macros list box.
9. Click Save, and then click OK in each dialog box until you return
to the main Ami Pro screen. The SmartPics SmartIcon is now
accessible.
For more information on using macros in Ami Pro, refer to your
Ami Pro documentation.
NOTE: If you did not place SmartPics for Windows in c:\smartpic,
you must also edit the SmartPics macro file to show the proper
path:
1. From the Ami Pro menu bar, choose Tools Macro Edit.
2. In the Edit Macro dialog box, choose SMARTPIC.SMM and click OK.
3. Change the statement:
"defdir="c:\smartpic"
to reflect the path where you installed SmartPics.
4. Double-click the control menu box in the top left corner of the
editing window to close the window. Ami Pro asks if you want to
save the changes to the macro. Click Yes.
- Installing the SmartPics SmartIcon in 1-2-3 for Windows:
1. Copy SMARTPIC.BMP and SMARTPIC.MAC to your 123\sheetico directory
(e.g., copy c:\smartpic\smartpic.bmp c:\123\sheetico).
2. From the 1-2-3 menu bar, choose Tools SmartIcons.
3. In the Tools SmartIcons dialog box, click the Customize button.
4. In the Tools SmartIcons Customize dialog box, scroll through the
Custom Icons window until the SmartPics light bulb icon appears.
5. Select the SmartPics icon and click Assign Macro.
6. In the Tools SmartIcons Customize Assign Macro dialog box, the
macro SMARTPIC.MAC will appear.
NOTE: If you installed SmartPics for Windows in a directory other
than c:\smartpic, edit the macro to show the alternative directory.
7. Click OK.
8. In the Tools SmartIcons Customize dialog box, click Add.
9. Click OK to close each dialog box until you return to the main
1-2-3 screen.
For more information on using macros in 1-2-3, refer to your 1-2-3
documentation.
NOTE: The SmartPics program directory contains three bitmaps for the
SmartPics SmartIcon, one for each monitor resolution.
o SMARTPIC.VGA (for VGA monitors)
o SMARTPIC.EGA (for EGA monitors)
o SMARTPIC.851 (for 8514 monitors)
The program directory also contains a bitmap called SMARTPIC.BMP. This
bitmap controls how the SmartPics SmartIcon displays. When you install
SmartPics, the install program tries to determine the type of monitor
you have and automatically copies the appropriate bitmap to
SMARTPIC.BMP.
If you change the type of monitor you have after you install SmartPics,
you should copy the appropriate SmartIcon bitmap to SMARTPIC.BMP. This
adjusts the display of the SmartPics SmartIcon for your monitor. For
example, if you had a VGA monitor when you installed SmartPics, but now
have an 8514 monitor, you should copy SMARTPIC.851 to SMARTPIC.BMP.
** Using SmartPics As an OLE Server **
SmartPics can run in either of two modes. When you access SmartPics
from the Windows Program Manager, SmartPics runs in normal mode and
runs as a freestanding Windows application. In this mode, SmartPics
does not copy images to the Windows Clipboard in the following formats:
o native
o owner link
o object link
When you access SmartPics from within applications that support Object
Linking and Embedding (OLE), SmartPics runs as a mini-OLE server. In
this mode, SmartPics does not support linking.
** Using SmartPics with Other Applications **
You can use SmartPics images in a wide variety of applications. When
you copy a SmartPics image to paste into another application, by
default, SmartPics copies the image in the Windows metafile format (WMF).
This format produces the best results.
For applications that do not support the metafile format, SmartPics
offers two additional formats: Device Independent Bitmap (DIB) and
Bitmap (BMP). You can choose a format in the SmartPics Options dialog
box.
When using SmartPics images in other applications, keep in mind the
following:
- If you try to paste a SmartPics image into an application and the
paste function is not available, that application may not support
the format that you used to copy the SmartPics image (metafile,
Device Independent Bitmap, or bitmap).
In the SmartPics Options dialog box, choose another format and copy
the image again. Then try to paste it into the other application.
- Sometimes, when you paste a SmartPics image into an application the
image may not appear optimally, for example, it may appear grainy
or speckled.
In the SmartPics Options dialog box, choose the Windows metafile
format to obtain optimal results.
- Sometimes, when you copy a SmartPics image using the Windows
metafile format (the default) and paste it into some applications, for
example, Word Perfect for Windows 5.1, images with white flesh tones
appear gray.
In the SmartPics Options dialog box, choose the Black line art
symbols option for the version of the symbols you want to use.
Adobe Type Manager (R) version 2.5 Release Notes
Windows version
October 28, 1992
Adobe Type Manager is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated
registered in certain countries. Copyrights 1983-1992 Adobe
Systems Incorporated. All Rights Reserved. Patents Pending
This document supplements the Adobe Type Manager User Guide.
Topics include:
1. Disk Contents
2. Installation Requirements
3. What's New in Version 2.5
4. ATM.INI
5. ATM Control Panel
6. PostScript Soft Fonts Listed in ATM Control Panel
7. Use Pre-built or Resident Fonts Option
8. Print ATM Fonts as Graphics
9. Install as Autodownload fonts for the PostScript driver
10. ATM and Printing
11. Printer and Video Drivers
12. Installing Fonts from the Adobe PlusPack and Adobe
PostScript and Type Cartridges
13. Installing ATM in the IBM OS/2 Windows Compatibility Box
14. Application Notes
- Adobe Illustrator 4.0
- Corel Draw
- Designer 3.1 and Charisma 2.1
- FaceLift
- Harvard Draw 1.0
- Harvard Graphics 1.0 for Windows
- Micrografx PostScript Driver
- Norton Desktop for Windows 1.0
- Quattro Pro for Windows 1.0
- TypeAlign 2.0
- Various Applications with Draft Mode Printing Feature
- Various Font Management Utilities
- Virus Protection Software
- Word for Windows 2.0 and 2.0a
- WordPerfect for Windows 5.1
15. Novell Netware Considerations
16. ATM and IBM 4029 Series Printers
17. Troubleshooting
18. Acknowledgments
A. ATM.INI parameters
1. Disk Contents
The following files are found on your ATM disk(s):
ATM16.DLL Program file for Windows Standard mode
ATM32.DLL Program file for Windows 386 Enhanced mode
ATMSYS.DRV ATM System driver
ATMCNTRL.EXE ATM Control Panel
INSTALL.EXE ATM Installer
INSTALL.CNF ATM installation configuration file
PROGDISK (FONTDISK) Disk ID file
README.TXT This README file
ATM.CNF Configuration file (might not be present on
upgrade disks)
FONTINST.TXT Font installation instructions for Adobe
Font Foundry, LaserTools PrimeType, and
the IBM OS/2 Windows Compatibility Box
(present on special ATM upgrade disk)
Your disk(s) might also contain a PSFONTS directory and a
PCLFONTS directory. The PSFONTS directory contains PostScript
Font Outline (PFB) files and Printer Font Metrics (PFM) files.
The PCLFONTS directory contains PCL bitmapped font files, which
have filename extensions of either SFP or SFL. The PCLFONTS
directory also contains Printer Font Metrics (PFM) files.
2. Installation Requirements
To install ATM, you need a c:\ drive and sufficient disk space
for the ATM software and fonts. The amount of disk space you
need depends on the number of fonts included with your ATM
package. The standard retail ATM package requires about 1.2
megabytes of free disk space. The default directory for the
PostScript fonts is c:\psfonts. You can, however, install the
font files in any directory on any drive.
3. What's New in Version 2.5
Version 2.5 of ATM introduces three new features:
* ATM now uses soft fonts that are created on-the-fly by certain
Windows 3.1 printer drivers; this feature speeds printing for
PCL printers and other printers with drivers that support soft
font creation
* ATM now adds and removes fonts without requiring that you
restart Windows
* When you install fonts, ATM lets you specify whether or not
the fonts are automatically downloaded to PostScript printers
when you print
The following paragraphs briefly describe these new features.
* When running with Windows 3.1, ATM 2.5 prints soft fonts for
printers whose drivers support on-the-fly soft font
creation. These printers include the HP LaserJet family of
printers and IBM Lexmark printers. This feature does not
work with all printers that support downloaded printer soft
fonts. The printer's Windows 3.1 printer driver must also
support on-the-fly soft font creation for this feature to
work. To determine whether a Windows 3.1 printer driver
supports on-the-fly soft font creation, check the Printer
Setup Options dialog box in the Windows Printer Control
Panel. If you do not see a "Print TrueType as Graphics"
option, the driver most likely cannot create printer soft
fonts on-the-fly.
* ATM 2.5 now adds and removes fonts without requiring that
you restart Windows. When you use ATM to add and remove
fonts while other applications are running, however, the ATM
font changes are not always automatically available in the
application font menus. Some applications, such as Windows
Write and Lotus 1-2-3 for Windows, update their available
font lists immediately, while others, such as Lotus AmiPro
3.0 and Aldus PageMaker 4.0, require that you re-select your
printer before the ATM font changes appear in font menus. A
few applications, such as Adobe Illustrator 4.0 and
QuattroPro for Windows 1.0, build their font menus when they
are started. You must restart these applications to see ATM
font changes in their font menus.
* When you add or remove fonts, the ATM 2.5 Control Panel
automatically adds and removes soft font entries from the
[PostScript, portname] sections in WIN.INI. (The
[PostScript, portname] sections contain settings for
PostScript printers.) If you change printer ports, however,
Windows creates a new [PostScript, portname] section and
does not transfer font entries from other sections. You
must reinstall your fonts to add soft font entries to the
new [PostScript, portname] section. See "Install As
Autodownload Fonts for the PostScript Driver" later in this
README files for details.
A number of additional changes have been made in version 2.5:
* ATM defers to resident and cartridge DeskJet fonts when you
use the Windows 3.1 DeskJet driver that works with the
Universal Printer driver.
* ATM no longer disables application printing when you use the
Windows 3.1 Generic Text driver (TTY.DRV). This driver
supports only a single internal font.
* Rotated text in graphics now displays correctly in Lotus
1-2-3 for Windows.
* ATM text in Lotus Freelance now prints correctly when any
Windows 3.1 PCL printer driver is set up to print at lower
print resolutions.
* ATM now prints correctly to PCL printers when used with
Aldus IntelliDraw.
* The ATM 2.5 Installer installs ATM correctly when MoreFonts
is present on the system.
4. ATM.INI
ATM's initialization file, ATM.INI, is created during
installation. It contains a list of fonts installed in ATM and
other ATM program-related settings. See Appendix A at the end
of this README file for more technical information.
5. ATM Control Panel
There is no longer a pre-defined limit to the number of fonts
you can install with the ATM Control Panel. Windows does,
however, limit initialization files (including the ATM.INI and
the WIN.INI) to a size of 64K. If this limit is reached,
Windows cannot open, read, or write properly to these INI files.
For Windows 3.0 and 3.0a, Microsoft recommends keeping
initialization files smaller than 32k in size. Following this
recommendation, the maximum number of fonts that can be listed
in ATM.INI for Windows 3.0 or 3.0a is around 450 fonts. For
Windows 3.1, the only limit is the 64K maximum file size, which
is large enough for about 900 fonts.
Many applications limit the number of fonts that can be
displayed in their font menus. For example, an application font
menu might show only 200 fonts even though you have installed
more than 200 ATM fonts.
The more fonts you add with ATM, the longer it takes Windows to
start. The exact time required for Windows to start depends on
the type of processor you have and your system configuration.
To reduce the time it takes Windows to start, make more memory
available to Windows by, for example, removing Terminate and
Stay Resident (TSR) programs. You can also reduce the time it
takes Windows to start by removing ATM fonts you use
infrequently.
6. PostScript Soft Font Limits for Windows 3.0 and 3.0a
For Windows 3.1, there is no longer a 150 font limit on the
number of soft-font entries you can have for a PostScript
printer. For Windows 3.0 and 3.0a, however, the maximum number
of soft-font entries per PostScript printer WIN.INI entry is
approximately 150. The exact number depends on your particular
system configuration. If you receive spurious printer-related
error messages when starting Windows or switching to a
PostScript printer, you might have too many soft font entries in
the printer's WIN.INI entry. To correct the problem, try using
the ATM Control Panel to remove soft fonts you don't normally
use.
If you manually remove soft-font entries from the PostScript
printer section of the WIN.INI file, remember to adjust the line
"softfonts=nn" to show the new total number of soft-font
entries. The ATM Control Panel automatically renumbers soft-
font entries in WIN.INI when you remove fonts. ATM cannot,
however, correct misnumbered font entries.
The Microsoft Windows 3.1 PostScript driver lets you use a
synthesized italic style for a PostScript font even if the
outline font (PFB) file for the italic font is not present on
this system. Windows, however, cannot provide the PostScript
driver with the correct font metrics for a synthesized italic
face, so the font is displayed with expanded character spacing.
Also, PostScript printers print the Roman (non-italic) face for
the synthesized italic face when you print.
7. Use Pre-built or Resident Fonts
When you select the Use Pre-built or Resident Fonts option, ATM
lets PCL printer drivers use pre-built or printer-resident fonts
to print documents. When you clear the Use Pre-built or Resident
Fonts check box, ATM creates characters for PCL printer drivers
to print even when pre-built or printer-resident fonts are
available.
Although ATM does not require that you restart Windows after you
change the Use Pre-built or Resident Fonts option, you might
have to quit and restart applications for this option to take
effect.
If you are using Windows 3.1 with printer drivers that allow
soft fonts to be created on-the-fly (such as the PCL drivers),
you might want to turn this option off to speed printing. It is
more efficient for a printer driver to create a soft font on-
the-fly than to download a pre-built font. You can see if you
have any pre-built fonts installed for your PCL printer by
checking the printer driver's Fonts dialog box. To display the
driver's Fonts dialog box, choose Fonts in the driver's Printer
Setup dialog box.
When Use Pre-built or Resident Fonts option is selected, you
might find the characters of a printer-resident or soft font
that you place beneath a graphic image print on top of the
image. To see an example of this problem, open an application
that lets you draw images over text, select the Courier font,
type some text, and draw a gray box on top of the text. The
font is covered by the gray box on the screen. Now print with
the Use Pre-built or Resident Fonts option selected to see if
your printer prints the text on top of the gray box. If the
text prints on top of the box, you will also have this problem
when you turn ATM off. To correct this problem, clear the Use
Pre-built or Resident Fonts check box.
If you are using a printer driver that creates soft fonts on-
the-fly (such as the PCL printer drivers), you might have to
select the "Print ATM fonts as graphics" option for graphic
objects and text to print correctly.
8. Print ATM Fonts as Graphics
For Windows 3.1 and later, ATM takes advantage of a new feature
available with some printer drivers that lets ATM use the driver
to create soft fonts on-the-fly. Creating soft fonts on-the-fly
speeds printing. Printer drivers that create soft fonts on-the-
fly include the drivers for the HP LaserJet family of printers
and the driver for the IBM Lexmark printers.
The Print ATM Fonts as Graphics option controls whether or not
ATM uses the soft font creation feature when it is available.
By default, the Print ATM Fonts as Graphics option is cleared
and ATM uses the soft font creation feature. When you select
the Print ATM Fonts as Graphics option, however, ATM prints
characters as graphics. Selecting the Print ATM Fonts as
Graphics option can solve some printing problems, such as when
the text you place beneath a graphic image prints on top of the
graphic.
When you change the Print ATM Fonts as Graphics option while
other applications are running, the change usually takes effect
immediately. In a few applications, such as Word for Windows
2.0 for example, you must re-select your printer before the ATM
print mode change takes effect.
If you set up your printer driver to print TrueType fonts as
graphics, ATM prints fonts as graphics regardless of how the
Print ATM Fonts as Graphics option is set.
Some applications, such as CorelDraw 3.0, always print text as
graphics.
9. Install As Autodownload Fonts for the PostScript Driver
The Microsoft PostScript printer driver uses the [PostScript,
portname] section in the WIN.INI file to find the PostScript
soft fonts installed on the system. As an example, the
following [PostScript, portname] section shows two soft fonts
installed for a PostScript printer connected to the parallel
port LPT1.
[PostScript, LPT1]
softfonts=2
softfont1=c:\psfonts\pfm\tkrg______.pfm;c:\psfonts\tkrg____.pfb
softfont2=c:\psfonts\pfm\tkb_______.pfm;c:\psfonts\tkb_____.pfb
Each of these soft font entries is made up of two parts:
* The first part is the path and file name of the soft font's
printer font metrics (PFM) file
* The second part is the path and file name of the soft font's
outline (PFB) file
The PFM file part is necessary for all PostScript fonts whose
character metrics are not hard-coded in the PostScript driver.
The PFB file part is needed only when you want the driver to
download the font outline with every print job.
To set up the Microsoft PostScript driver to automatically
download a font at print time, install the font with the
"Install as autodownload fonts for the PostScript driver" option
selected. When this option is selected, ATM adds both the PFM
and PFB parts of the soft font entry.
You must also select the "Install as autodownload fonts for the
PostScript driver" option if you are installing the standard
Base35 fonts for a printer that does not contain them. The
Base35 fonts (available with the Adobe PlusPack and the
PostScript Type Cartridge) are: AvantGarde, Bookman, Courier,
Helvetica, Helvetica Narrow, NewCenturySchoolbook, Palatino,
Symbol, Times, ZapfChancery, and ZapfDingbats. Most, but not
all, newer PostScript printers contain the Base35 fonts.
If you are adding fonts to ATM that are already resident in the
printer, you can uncheck this option to instruct the printer
driver not to send the font outline files to the printer at
print time. With the "Install as autodownload fonts for the
PostScript driver" option unchecked, ATM adds only the PFM part
of the soft-font entries in WIN.INI. You should also uncheck
this option for fonts you plan to manually download to the
printer.
How ATM 2.5 Adds Base35 Fonts
When the "Install as autodownload fonts for the PostScript
driver" option is unchecked, ATM does not add soft font entries
to WIN.INI for the Base35 soft fonts. The soft font entries for
these fonts are not needed because the font metrics for these
fonts are hard-coded in the driver. If soft font entries for
the Base35 fonts are present in WIN.INI, however, they are
ignored by the PostScript driver at print time if the Base35
fonts are resident in the printer. In other words, the
PostScript driver does not download the outlines of these fonts
if they are already present on the printer. The only exception
to this rule is for the Bookman font. If a Bookman PFB entry is
present in the WIN.INI, the driver downloads the outline file at
print time. To correct this problem and to force the driver to
use the Bookman font resident in the printer, re-add the four
faces of Bookman with the "Install as autodownload fonts for the
PostScript driver" option unchecked
10. ATM and Printing
ATM uses PostScript outline fonts to produce a smooth graphic
display of your fonts on-screen. The fonts available for use
depend on the printer you have selected in your application.
The fonts available for non-PostScript printers are the printer-
resident fonts, the Windows internal bitmapped fonts, the
TrueType fonts installed on the system (for Windows 3.1), and
the PostScript fonts listed in the ATM Control Panel.
For PostScript printers, the fonts available are the printer-
resident fonts, the TrueType fonts installed on the system (for
Windows 3.1), and the PostScript soft-font entries listed in the
printer's [PostScript, portname] section in the WIN.INI file.
When you print to a PostScript printer, ATM does not have to be
active because it does not have to rasterize any fonts. Windows
and the PostScript driver download outline fonts to your
PostScript printer.
Print Resolution
For the highest print quality, Adobe recommends you set up your
printer to print at the highest resolution available. Certain
PCL printer drivers do not properly set the print resolution.
They might appear to be set at 300 dpi resolution in the Windows
Printer Control Panel even though they are set to a lower
resolution. Some applications fail to print correctly when your
PCL printer resolution is not set to 300 dpi. Excel 3.0a, for
example, prints blank cells instead of ATM fonts when printing
ATM fonts as graphics and your PCL printer is not set to 300
dpi. If you suspect your PCL printer driver is not set to 300
dpi, set the resolution to 75 dpi, save this option, and then
set the resolution back to 300 dpi. When your printer
resolution is set to 300 dpi, the line "prtresfac=0" appears in
the PCL printer entry in the WIN.INI file.
Colored Text
ATM generates a graphic image of colored text regardless of the
ATM print mode (soft font or graphics) set with the Print ATM
Fonts as Graphics option. To force ATM to generate black or
white soft fonts for monochrome printers and color soft fonts
for printers such as the HP PaintJet 300xl, add the following
[Colors] section to your ATM.INI file.
[Colors]
PrintColorGraphics=Off
See Appendix A for a description of this setting. Be very
careful when you change ATM.INI. If you make a mistake, you can
make it impossible for ATM to start.
11. Printer and Video Drivers
For the highest font rasterization quality, Adobe recommends you
use the latest Windows printer and video drivers. If you are
using the Microsoft Windows 3.1 DeskJet driver version 1.2, make
sure to use the Universal Printer driver dated 06/29/92.
12. Installing Fonts from the Adobe PlusPack and Adobe
PostScript and Type Cartridges
Installing fonts from the Adobe PlusPack or for the Adobe
PostScript or Adobe Type Cartridge requires that you insert the
different font disks many times. To avoid having to repeatedly
insert font disks, follow these steps:
1. Create a temporary directory on your hard disk.
2. Copy all the files from all the font disks to the temporary
directory.
3. Start the ATM Control Panel and choose Add. The Add ATM
Fonts dialog box appears.
4. Using the Directories list box, open the temporary
directory. The names of all the fonts appear in the
Available Fonts list.
5. Select the fonts you want to add and either accept the
default target directories or enter the names of the
PostScript font directories you are using.
6. Choose Add. The fonts are added and you are returned to
the ATM Control Panel.
7. Choose OK to close the ATM Control Panel.
8. Delete all the files in the temporary directory; then
delete the temporary directory.
13. Installing ATM in the IBM OS/2 Windows Compatibility Box
Before installing ATM version 2.5 over an existing version of
ATM in the IBM OS/2 Windows Compatibility box, you must first
edit the Boot section of your Windows SYSTEM.INI file. Replace
the two lines
SYSTEM.DRV=ATMSYS.DRV
ATM.SYSTEM.DRV=SYSTEM.DRV
with this line
SYSTEM.DRV=SYSTEM.DRV
After changing the SYSTEM.INI file, start Windows and install
ATM as instructed in the manual. Be very careful changing the
SYSTEM.INI file. If you make a make a mistake, you can make it
impossible for Windows to start.
14. Application Notes
When you add or remove a font while an application is active,
the application font menus are not always updated automatically.
If you add or remove a font while one of the following
applications is active,
AmiPro 3.0, Freehand 3.0, Freelance 1.0, PageMaker 4.0,
Ventura Publisher for Windows, and WordPerfect 5.1.for
Windows
you must re-select your printer to update the application's font
menu.
Adobe Illustrator 4.0
If you have Illustrator 4.0 and add or remove a font, you must
restart Windows for font changes to take effect in Illustrator.
If you are using the latest version of the Adobe Enumerator, you
need only restart Illustrator to see ATM font changes. Make
sure Illustrator is closed, however, before using ATM to add or
remove fonts.
The two enumerator files PSENUM.DLL and RUN_ENUM.EXE, which
Illustrator uses to register ATM font changes, are located in
the Windows system directory. If your enumerator files are
dated 7/17/92 or earlier, you need to obtain the most recent
versions of these files. You can receive the updates to these
files free of charge by contacting Adobe Customer Support at
(415) 961-4992. You can also download these files from the
Adobe CompuServe forum.
If you are using Enumerator files dated 7/17/92 or earlier, you
have to restart Windows for ATM font changes to take effect.
CorelDraw!
CorelDraw! 3.0 now supports ATM fonts. Adobe strongly
recommends that you obtain the maintenance release version 3.0b.
You must restart CorelDraw! for ATM font changes to take effect.
CorelDraw! version 2.0 does not support ATM fonts.
Designer 3.1 and Charisma 2.1
The lines used for underlines and strikeouts may appear broken
when using an ATM font. This is due the way these Micrografx
products handle character placement.
If you rotate text at a 90 degree angle and then stretch it, you
might find that the font will not be properly resized. To avoid
this problem, first resize the font and then rotate it.
Rotating stretched text at a 180 degree angle might cause the
last letters in the text string to overlap. To correct this
problem, first rotate the text by 180 degrees and then stretch
it.
Rotated text at certain angles will sometimes print with
expanded character spacing on non-PostScript printers. To
correct this problem, try using the Print View option and
selecting the entire page.
FaceLift for Windows
FaceLift for Windows modifies the printer entries in the
WIN.INI. If FaceLift is installed, the ATM Installer and
Control Panel do not recognize the installed PostScript printers
and cannot add PostScript soft-font entries for these printers.
Before adding fonts for PostScript printers, you must first
temporarily disable the "Print with FaceLift" option in FaceLift
Control Panel. After the fonts have been installed, you can re-
enable "Print with FaceLift" option.
Harvard Draw 1.01
Harvard Draw 1.01 support ATM fonts. You must restart the
application for ATM font changes to take effect.
Harvard Graphics 1.01 for Windows
Harvard Graphics cannot rotate ATM fonts. Harvard Graphics uses
its own internal scalable fonts for all rotated text.
If you are using Harvard Graphics and ATM with a high-resolution
video driver, you must obtain the maintenance upgrade version
1.021 or higher.
If you make ATM font changes while Harvard Draw is running, you
must select another printer driver and switch back to the
original driver for the ATM font changes to take effect.
Micrografx PostScript Driver
The Micrografx PostScript driver has a non-standard printer
section structure in the WIN.INI. PostScript soft fonts cannot
be installed to this driver using the ATM Installer and Control
Panel. You can, however, install your fonts through the
Micrografx Printer Setup menu. See your Micrografx manual for
instructions.
Norton Desktop for Windows 2.0
Due to the different structure of Norton Desktop's application
groups, the ATM icon might not be properly installed into the
Main group when you are running Norton as your desktop shell.
If this occurs, you must manually add the ATM Control Panel
icon. The ATM Installer will, however, copy all of the
necessary files to your system and will configure Windows to run
ATM. See the Norton Desktop manual for instructions on how to
install a new icon in a group.
Quattro Pro for Windows 1.0
You must restart this application for ATM font changes to take
effect.
PageMaker 4.0
For best results with ATM, set the "Vector text above" and
"Stretch text above" limits in the Preferences dialog box to
10000 pixels each.
If you make ATM font changes while PageMaker is running, you
must re-select your printer for the ATM font changes to take
effect.
TypeAlign 2.0
If you receive the error message "Application requested abnormal
termination" after installing TypeAlign under Windows 3.1, you
must manually remove the entry TALGNDLL.EXE from the load line
of the WIN.INI file. TALGNDLL.EXE is not compatible with
Windows 3.1. The Load= line in the WIN.INI file is in the
[windows] section. Be very careful when you change WIN.INI. If
you make a mistake, Windows will not work correctly. TypeAlign
2.1 corrects this problem.
Ventura Publisher Windows Edition
Adobe recommends using version 4.1. For upgrade information,
please contact Ventura at (800) 822-8221.
The fonts Helvetica and Times do not display correctly in
Reduced View.
If you make ATM font changes while Ventura Publisher is running,
you must re-select your printer for the ATM font changes to take
effect.
Word for Windows 2.0a
Double underlines may print as one thick underline at point
sizes larger than 18 points. This is due to the method Word for
Windows uses to perform double underlining.
Smart quotes (characters Alt+0147 and Alt+0148) might print as
double single quotes with some printer drivers. The generic
bullet character (Alt+0149) might print as a lowercase o.
Various Applications with Draft Mode Printing Feature
Some applications which support draft mode printing do not print
graphics when they print in draft mode. When ATM is set up to
print ATM fonts as graphics, text might not print correctly in
draft mode. To correct this problem, clear the Print ATM Fonts
as Graphics option in the ATM Control Panel.
Various Font Management Utilities
Some font management utilities such as FontMinder 1.0 and the
font conversion utility AllType automatically update the ATM.INI
file. You must restart Windows for font changes in the ATM.INI
file introduced by these utilities to take effect.
Virus Protection Software
Some virus protection software packages do not allow the ATM
Installer to replace previous versions of ATM software. If you
have this problem, first scan your hard drive for viruses. Then
temporarily disable your virus protection software while you
install ATM. Remember to re-enable your virus protection
software and re-scan your hard disk after installing ATM.
WordPerfect for Windows 5.1
ATM requires the standard Windows printer drivers in order to
print ATM text. You cannot print ATM fonts with the WordPerfect
printer drivers, unless you also use a third-party type utility
such as PrimeType from LaserTools.
WordPerfect for Windows uses its own screen fonts for preview,
so ATM is not active in WordPerfect preview mode
Some special characters in the ANSI character set (with values
higher than 128) do not print as displayed. See your Windows
documentation for the ANSI character set.
15. Novell Netware Considerations
Although ATM is not a network application, you can print to
network printers using ATM. However, you must configure the
File Contents section in your print job definition to specify
Byte stream instead of Text. The Byte stream option is required
because ATM sends raster graphics to non-PostScript printers.
To add fonts from a network drive, you must first load a
SHELL.CFG file containing the line "show dots = on". Use
IPX.COM to load the SHELL.CFG file.
There is also a 34-character limit for the PostScript target
directories for the PFB and PFM files. If your target directory
name exceeds this limit, use the MAP ROOT command (instead of
the usual map command) to map the directory to a simulated root
directory.
16. ATM and IBM 4029 Series Printers
To use ATM with one of the IBM 4029 series printers, you must
install version 3.01 or later of the 4029 printer driver and
version 1.65 or later of the Generic printer driver. These
versions are included with Windows 3.1. If you are using
Windows 3.0, contact your printer dealer or manufacturer for the
latest drivers.
17. Troubleshooting
Justified Text Exceeds Right Margin On Screen
Justified text sometimes extends beyond the right margin on
screen, but prints correctly. This happens particularly at
small point sizes. Two situations can cause this problem:
* Windows uses a screen font for a font of a different size.
Turning off the Use Pre-built or Resident Fonts option in the
ATM Control Panel corrects this problem.
* The problem is caused by round-off errors occurring when an
application calculates the total width of a line of text.
This problem cannot be corrected.
Documents Containing the Arial MT and TimesNewRomanPS Fonts
Print Slowly
If, after upgrading to Windows 3.1, you find that documents
containing the fonts Arial MT and TimesNewRomanPS print more
slowly on a PostScript printer, you can take the following steps
to improve printing speed. These fonts are often used as
substitutes for the font Helvetica and Times when included when
ATM is bundled with another product.
To make documents containing Arial MT and TimesNewRomanPS print
faster, add the following lines to both the [Aliases] section
and [Synonyms] section of your ATM.INI file.
Helvetica=Arial MT
Times=TimesNewRomanPS
The following two lines
Helv=Arial MT
Tms Rmn=TimesNewRomanPS
should already be present in both ATM.INI sections.
Helvetica and Times display upside-down.
If the fonts Helvetica and Times display upside-down, check the
ATM Control Panel to see if all of these fonts are installed:
* Helvetica
* Times
* Arial MT
* TimesNewRomanPS.
If you have all these fonts, you must manually edit the ATM.INI
file and replace the following four lines in the [Aliases] and
[Synonyms] sections
Helv=Arial MT
Helvetica=Arial MT
Tms Rmn=TimesNewRomanPS
Times=TimesNewRomanPS
with these two lines
Helv=Helvetica
Tms Rmn=Times.
18. Acknowledgments
The ATM team would like to acknowledge the following people who
have contributed to the design and testing of ATM version 2.5:
Jeronimo Alves, Geoff Arnold, David Glassman, Jim Gutierrez,
Curtis Kunz, Jorge Lopez, Sasha Mobley, Sheila Rolfer, Nora
Sandoval, Scott Seltz, Greg Walker, Nelson Whitney, and Tokuro
Yamashiro.
Appendix A. ATM.INI Parameters
The following section contains technical information on ATM
version 2.5's initialization file. This file is divided up into
six sections: Fonts, Setup, Settings, Mono, Aliases, and
Synonyms.
[Fonts] This section contains a list of all of the fonts
installed with ATM and the locations of the PostScript
PFM and PFB files for each font. The fonts listed
here are available to all non-PostScript printers for
screen display and printing. The fonts available to
PostScript printers are based on the PostScript
soft-font entries in the specific printer section of
the WIN.INI file and the ROM-based fonts in the
printer. If a font is listed in both WIN.INI and
ATM.INI, ATM will rasterize the font to the screen.
The printing of fonts to PostScript devices is solely
the responsibility of the PostScript driver and
Windows. ATM does not have to be active when printing
to PostScript devices.
Although a particular application will allow you to
bold or italicize a certain font, your PostScript
printer will not be able to render the bold or italic
font unless an outline for the bold or italic font is
available. On non-PostScript printers, however, ATM
will synthesize a bold, italic or bold italic version
of a font based on the roman outline if the outline of
the desired font style is not present.
When the ATM 2.5 Installer creates the [Fonts] section
of the ATM.INI, it adds all the PostScript fonts found
in the installation disk as well as any PostScript
fonts listed as soft-font entries for PostScript
printers in the WIN.INI file. If you are upgrading
from a previous version of ATM, the Installer also
adds all the fonts listed in the current ATM.INI file.
[Setup]
PFM_Dir Default PFM directory for the ATM Control Panel when
adding PostScript fonts.
PFB_Dir Default PFB directory for the ATM Control Panel when
adding PostScript fonts.
[Settings]
FontCache=96 Specifies the size of the font cache in
kilobytes. This option is configurable
through the ATM Control Panel. The default
is 96k. Adobe recommends that this value
not be set to more than 64k for each
megabyte of physical memory.
ATM=On Determines whether or not ATM is loaded
at Windows startup time.
BitmapFonts=On This switch is set with the Use Pre-Built or
Resident Fonts check box in the ATM Control
Panel. When this switch is on, ATM defers
to screen fonts, resident printer fonts, and
printer soft fonts rather than rasterizing
the font itself if the bitmap of the font
requested in available. If you change this
switch, you do not have to restart Windows
for the change to take effect. You might,
however, have to restart applications for
the setting to take effect. The default
setting is On.
SynonymPSBegin=9 This value specifies the point size at which
ATM starts using bitmap deferral for font
pairs listed in both the Aliases and
Synonyms sections. The default is 9. Adobe
recommends that you do not change this
setting.
QLCDir Indicates the path of the ATM QuickLoad
file, ATMFONTS.QLC.
ATMFONTS.QLC contains a list of installed
fonts and font metrics, which reduces
Windows startup time. You can force ATM to
rebuild this file by deleting the file with
the MS-DOS DEL command and restarting
Windows.
Version=2.5 This value enables the ATM Installer to
determine the version of ATM when ATM is not
active; otherwise, the Installer determines
the version of ATM from the ATM DLL.
DownloadFonts=On This switch instructs ATM to print text as
soft fonts for Windows 3.1 printer drivers
that support this feature.
[Mono]
Courier=Yes This section contains a list of monospaced
LetterGothic=Yes fonts.
PrestigeElite=Yes
Orator=Yes
[Aliases] This section tells ATM to substitute the font on the
right of the equal sign for the font on the left of
the equal sign when an application requests the font
on the left of the equal sign. The ATM Installer
defines aliases for the fonts Helv, Tms Rmn,
Courier, Roman, and Modern.
When the Use Pre-built or Resident Fonts option is
turned on, ATM uses the resident bitmapped fonts for
point sizes for which bitmaps exist. When The Use
Pre-built or Resident option is turned off, ATM uses
the PostScript outline font to rasterize all
sizes of the aliased bitmapped font.
Helv=Helvetica The fonts left of the equals sign are
Tms Rmn=Times Windows bitmapped fonts. By using
Courier=Courier PostScript outline fonts, ATM can
rasterize a smooth font when these
fonts are requested at sizes not
available in bitmapped form.
Roman=Times These settings enable ATM to use
Modern=Helvetica PostScript outlines instead of the
standard Windows vector fonts.
Courier=Courier This setting is needed if an
application requests the smallest
available fixed-pitch font. If this
line is not present, ATM provides
someapplications with a 1-point
Courier font.
Helv=Arial MT If you have received ATM bundled with
Helvetica=Arial MT another application, you might have
Tms Rmn=TimesNewRomanPS the fonts Arial MT and
TimesNewRomanPS Times=TimesNewRomanPS
instead the standard fonts Helvetica
and Times. You should have these
lines present in both the Aliases and
Synonyms sections. These settings
tell ATM to use internal printer
fonts when printing Arial MT and
TimesNewRomanPS to a PostScript
printer. This reduces the time
required to print documents and
improves the quality of bold and
italic text styles.
If you have all four faces
(Helvetica, Times, Arial MT and
TimesNewRomanPS), you should use the
font pairs Helv=Helvetica and Tms
Rmn=Times in these sections.
[Synonyms]
Helv=Helvetica Unlike the font pairs in the Aliases
Tms Rmn=Times section, the font pairs in the
Courier=Courier Synonyms are interchangeable. This
means thatwhen the font Helv is
requested at apoint size not
available in bitmapped form, the font
Helvetica will be used.
In Windows 3.0 & 3.0a, when the font
Helvetica is requested and a
bitmapped Helv font of the exact size
is available, ATM will use the Helv
bitmap to display the font on the
screen.
In Windows 3.1, the screen fonts Helv
and Tms Rmn have been replaced by MS
Sans Serif and MS Serif, so screen
font deferral does not apply.
[Colors] This section may be added to the
ATM.INI to override internal ATM
defaults. The switch is global for
all applications. While enabling
this switch might be useful for a
special purpose in a particular
application, it can also produce
unexpected results in other
applications.
PrintColorGraphics=Off This switch instructs ATM to print
colored text as soft fonts under
Windows 3.1 rather than as dithered
graphics. The printer driver must
support soft font creation for this
switch to work. For most printer
drivers, the resulting soft fonts
print as black or white fonts.
Adobe Type Manager (R) 1.15 Release Notes Windows Version April 15, 1991 Adobe Type Manager is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated. Copyright 1983-1991 Adobe Systems Incorporated. All Rights Reserved. Patents Pending. ------------------------------------------------------------ APPLICATION-SPECIFIC NOTES >> Ami Professional 1.2 > Twelve-point Tms Rmn text may not enlarge in Ami's Enlarged view. This also occurs without ATM. Use Times instead of Tms Rmn. > If you use Ami's Pair Kerning option, wait until you are ready to print before activating it, rather than leaving it on all the time. >> Corel Draw 1.21 & 2.0 These versions of Corel Draw do not support ATM. >> PageMaker 3.01 & 4.0 > For the best results with ATM, set the Vector text above and Stretch text above limits in PageMaker's Preferences dialog box to 600 pixels (the maximum) for PageMaker 3.01 and 10,000 pixels for version 4.0. Earlier versions had a maximum of 127 pixels. > Underline and strikeout lines may appear broken when automatic kerning and/or justification is in effect, due to the way PageMaker handles automatic kerning. Turning paired kerning off will correct this problem. >> PowerPoint 2.0 For the best results at small point sizes on screen, remove the "Small Fonts" font using the Fonts option in the Windows Control Panel. >> Toolbook 1.0 Text may appear jagged when printed from Toolbook. This is because Toolbook does its own scaling of the screen image for printing, rather than using Windows' (or ATM's) font facilities. >> Ventura Publisher Windows Edition v3.0 > Backspacing at the end of a line sometimes causes the line to move down the screen one line per backspace. This also occurs without ATM. > In Reduced View, the fonts Helvetica and Times will not display correctly. >> Word for Windows 1.1 > The typeface used in the ruler and in the status bar may not be Helvetica. This is normal -- Word uses the first variable pitch sans-serif font available in the [Fonts] section of your ATM.INI file. > The bullet character displays and prints as a lowercase "o". This is a feature of Word. >> Excel 3.0 > When printing to a PCL printer such as the LaserJet Series II, make sure that the print resolution in the printer setup menu is set to 300 dpi. > If you are using rotated text in graphs, you must remove the aliases for the Roman and Modern fonts. See "Windows Vector fonts" below. ----------------------------------------------------------- GENERAL HINTS AND TIPS >> "Times" vs. "Tms Rmn" Both Times and Tms Rmn appear in your applications' font menus when ATM is on. While ATM automatically substitutes Times whenever it sees Tms Rmn (for backward compatibility with existing documents), itis more reliable to select Times instead. The same is true for Helvetica vs. Helv. >> Maximum number of fonts ATM 1.15 can install a maximum of 1500 fonts. However, Windows apparently limits the number of PostScript soft font entries in your WIN.INI file to approximately 175. If you get spurious printer error messages when starting your application or switching to a PostScript printer, you may have reached this limit. Turn off ATM and restart Windows. If the condition still persists, you must manually remove these entries from your WIN.INI file. >> Windows vector fonts ATM will substitute its scalable Times and Helvetica for Windows' Roman and Modern, respectively, in order to eliminate the "stick- figure" appearance of these fonts. If you don't want ATM to make this substitution, delete the following two lines from the [Aliases] section of your ATM.INI file: Roman=Times Modern=Helvetica >> PostScript printer font downloading The Add font option in the ATM Control Panel adds the selected fonts to every PostScript printer in WIN.INI as manually downloaded fonts. This configuration minimizes printing time since fonts will not be downloaded by Windows every time there is a font change in your document; however, the desired fonts must be resident in the printer (either in memory or on the printer's hard disk) before printing. You can reconfigure a manually downloaded font as an automatically downloaded font by modifying its entry in the PostScript section of WIN.INI. See the documentation provided with your font package for more information. >> Re-installing or installing a new version of ATM If you already have a version of ATM installed on your system, turn it off using the ATM Control Panel and restart Windows before running the ATM Installer. ------------------------------------------------------------ TROUBLESHOOTING Problem: ATM displays the message "ATM fonts and PostScript printer fonts don't match on xxx." Solution: "xxx" is the name of the first font that does not match. This message appears if your PostScript printer is not "active" or if you have changed printer ports since installing fonts through the ATM Control Panel. To reactivate your printer, you must use the Printers option in the Windows Control Panel; selecting the printer from your application's Printer Setup menu alone is not enough. If you have changed printer ports, you must add the fonts again through the ATM Control Panel. Problem: Justified text sometimes extends beyond the right margin on screen. Solution: Turn off the "Use pre-built or resident bitmap fonts" option in the ATM Control Panel. Problem: Italic or script fonts are sometimes clipped at the end of a line or at the current cursor position. Solution: This is a limitation of Windows and affects only screen display of text. The text will print correctly with ATM. Problem: Some colors of text print incorrectly on an HP PaintJet. Solution: Version 1.0 of the HP PaintJet driver and version 1.0 of Zenographics' SuperPrint do not correctly support color printing with ATM. Version 1.1 of SuperPrint and version 1.01 of the HP driver correct this problem. Problem: Ventura Publisher v3.0 displays a "Divide by zero" error message. Solution: This is due to the way Ventura Publisher manages font information. Exit Ventura Publisher, remove some fonts using the ATM Control Panel and restart Windows. Contact Ventura for the "11/90 patch" disk at (800) 822-8221. Problem: Selecting text in Ami Professional 1.2 seems sluggish. Solution: Turn off the Pair Kerning option in Ami's Defaults menu until you are ready to print. The sluggishness also occurs without ATM when using printers that support automatic kerning (such as PostScript printers). The sluggishness is due to Ami's extra overhead in performing its kerning calculations. Since ATM provides automatic kerning capabilities for all Windows-supported printers, this suggestion also applies to non-PostScript printers. Problem: Courier text is clipped at sizes smaller than 9 point on screen and on printed output. Solution: In order to avoid problems with applications that do not handle Courier correctly, ATM must return a fixed-size screen bitmapped font for small sizes. You can change this by deleting the following line from the [Aliases] section of your ATM.INI file: Courier=Courier ATM will then provide the exact (unclipped) size of Courier requested by your applications. Note that some applications don't expect to receive the size they requested. For example, the numbers in the ruler of AmiPro 1.2 will be displayed in 1 point type.
*****************************************
* 欢迎使用文渊阁桌上排版系统2.6版 *
*****************************************
这个README.DTP文件的内容，包含了一些和文渊阁有关的重要的、最新的信
息。这些信息大部分都是您在使用文渊阁以前，必须知道的。
文渊阁 2.6版是汉声电脑有限公司为了满足用户需求而首次推出的版本。它
与文渊阁以前的版本（繁体版2.5 版）比较，去掉了注音功能，但增加了许多其
它新的功能，同时也将旧的功能作了很大的增强。
README.DTP的目录
－－－－－－－－－
一、如何得到帮助
二、安装文渊阁
三、重要注意事项
四、新增功能的说明
五、字型及中文系统说明
一、如何得到帮助
如果您在使用文渊阁桌上排版系统时，有任何问题，请先参阅本README.DTP
文件内容，文渊阁用户手册，以及文渊阁的线上求助（在操作过程中按F6）。假
使您还是有问题没有办法解决，请通过以下方式寻求协助∶
1. 找经销商询问
2. 利用 \EXAMPLE\ 中的「文渊阁桌上排版系统问题卡」（文件名∶QUESTION.TPF）
写信给我们。地址是∶
武汉市武昌区珞瑜路93号
汉声电脑有限公司
文渊阁用户服务部 收
当您寄出问题卡时，请注意∶如您漏填了任一栏位，都会使得服务工程师无
法回答您的问题。
二、安装文渊阁
（一）安装方式
文渊阁桌上排版系统的安装程序主要用来设定硬件配置和安装软件及字库
文渊阁桌上排版系统自动安装程序在系统盘中，文件名是DTPINS.EXE。这
个安装程序可协助您很轻松地完成文渊阁的安装。
安装文渊阁软件时，请将系统盘放入 A: 磁盘驱动器，键入
A:DTPINS
再按ENTER，然后依照安装程序的指示操作，就行了。
第一次安装文渊阁时，多是选择安装全部。但如果您已经安装了文渊
阁，只是因为打印机、屏幕等硬件有了改变，想重新配置系统，那么您只
要选择配置系统一项，不必全部安装。
正式开始使用文渊阁前，一定在打印机接口(PORT)上，加装上文渊阁
的保密卡，并且在排版的过程中，都不可取下保密卡。
若您想选设多种打印机，可以重复执行DTPINS.EXE的「配置系统」，
文渊阁会记录下所有您安装过的打印机，并存入相关的打印机驱动程序，
这样，您就可以在文渊阁中用设定选择表的「打印机」来更换打印机类型
安装完成后，在文渊阁所在目录下，键入DTP，即可进入文渊阁。
退出文渊阁的方法有三种∶
1) 在文件菜单中，选择退出系统。
2) 移动鼠标到主画面的左上角，同时按下左右两钮。
3) 按ALT + X。
（二）安装前需注意的事项
1.运行文渊阁前应退出其它任何中文系统，在CCDOS下启动文渊阁。
（三）在NOVELL网上安装文渊阁（限专业版A），您可以先在一台工作站安装文
渊阁，其它的工作站便可使用文渊阁。每台工作站必须先运行DTPINS，选
配置系统选项来设定好您的工作站的屏幕类型和解析度。
三、重要注意事项
（一）文渊阁桌上排版系统的CONFIG文件
文渊阁在安装后会生成一个DTP.CFG文件（网络上为DTPNET.CFG）。
如果您的系统配置改变了，应重新运行安装程序DTPINS.EXE，选择「配置
系统」来修改DTP.CFG内容。文渊阁 2.6版的DTP.CFG文件内容不能用任何
文字处理软件编修。
（二）使用无PRINTER CABLE的激光印字机使用者注意事项
使用无PRINTER CABLE的激光印字机时，PrinterPort应选为none。
（三）保密设置注意事项
文渊阁专业版和OA版的使用者，在开始使用文渊阁之前，一定要在打
印机接口（PORT）上，加装上文渊阁的保密卡，并且在排版的过程中
，都不可取下。
（四）EMS卡的选用
如果您在打印时不使用VIDEO方式，文渊阁可以不用EMS卡，但是为使
您的系统更快速地执行，且可以编排更多的文件内容，建议您加装2M以上
的EMS卡。
使用VIDEO 卡的文渊阁使用者，可参考操作手册「系统安装和配备」
中的详细说明。
（五）关于「内存不足」的处理∶
当「内存不足」的信息出现时，请注意使用。最好退出文渊阁，重
新开机。
（六）书林向量字造字系统问题∶
使用书林向量字造字系统时，如果按PRINT SCREEN，而又没有连接打
印机，会引起「当机」。
(七) 打印问题:
此版本除了支持手册上所列打印机外，还支持∶
1) OKL 24针打印机
2) Acer Laser ⅢG 灰阶激光印字机
注:Acer ⅢG 灰阶激光印字机有灰度印出功能。影像印出效果
极佳，但同时会导致其它图形不能与之作用。可设解析度
为600DPI来补救。
3) Merit 视频卡激光印字机
注∶使用Merit视频卡与Himem.sys和Smartdrv会冲突，解决方
决方法为∶启动 Himem.sys 时加上以下选项:
DEVICE=Himem.sys /INT15=3072
并且不能设 DOS=HIGH
（八）在网络上打印的问题∶
1.在网络上不能使用VIDEO方式打印。
2.为了方便您的使用，文渊阁2.6 版增加了使用网络打印机打印的功能。
您在使用网络打印机打印之前，需要选择「设定打印机」的功能，将打
印机设定成网络打印机。在设定网路打印机的时候，您需要指定该网络
打印机所连接的文件服务站名称、网络列印伫列名（QUEUE）、及网络
打印机密码。
3.在网路上除了支持手册上所列打印机外，也可以支持∶
1) OKL 24针打印机
2) 倚天汉光 视频卡激光印字机
3) Acer Laser ⅢG 灰阶激光印字机
四、新增功能的说明
2.6 版比 2.5 版的功能增强了许多，主要增加改进有如下几个方面∶
1. 增加了段落图形功能，包括段落上线、段落下线、段落外框，实现了图
形跟著文字走。
2. 增加了标题排版位置设定，包括顶栏排、顶单页排、顶双页排、依空间
排，实现了标题的自动定位及孤行（ORPHAN）的处理。
3. 可设带头符（BULLET）与段落的间距。
4. 纸张设定方式不同。打印以设定的纸张大小来分块局部打印。
5. 线宽稍有不同。2.5 版及以前版本线宽点数与实际线宽不一致，现以一
点＝1/300英寸（24针体裁为1/180英寸）来定义线宽。
6. 增加了后随子段落功能，利用此功能您能同时对多个子段落进行不同的
格式编辑。
五、字型和中文系统说明
（一）文渊阁的字型和中文系统说明
文渊阁 2.6 版支持八套书林向量字及文渊阁造字系统里所造的字。对
于您在某些情形下可能需要用到的特殊字及符号，文渊阁提供已造好的特
殊符号字库及FONTER造字系统。
（三）文渊阁拥有自己的中文系统，它支持拼音、五笔这两种输入法，其取码的
原则都是标准的。
拼音输入法的按键为∶ALT + CTRL + F3
五笔输入法的按键为∶ALT + F5
附: ------ 用户自定义五笔字形词组的载入-------
1) 首先，用户得生成一个文本文件（例如∶USER.TXT）。文件的格式如
下∶
llll 汉字词组 1
......
llll 汉字词组 n
说明:1) 每一行只能定义一个词组。
2) “l”可用“a”、“y”中任何一个替代。
2) 然后在DOS状态下运行MAKENCI.EXE，格式为∶
MAKENCI user.txt
再按回车键，这样您定义的五笔词组就载入了系统可调用的五笔字形码表中。
·文渊阁支持黑体、楷体、隶书、行书、宋体、仿宋体、标宋、魏碑等八
套向量字型。向量字与点阵字配合使用，在印出时26点以下是用点阵字
26点和26点以上的字是用向量字。为了提高显示的速度，以F1、F2的倍
数显示时，文渊阁都自动选用点阵字。如果您想看看向量字的字型，可
以用F4以上的倍数显示排版画面。
（四）目前最大字型的限制∶
书林字在任何DPI下，都可达4000点。
（五）将专业版安装到网络服务器硬盘中，上网的电脑中只须有一台插上网络版
的HASP并启动其DRIVER，上网的所有电脑就都可运行文渊阁了。
最 新 改 动
本文件README.DOC描述了用户使用手册印刷好后，软件功能和操作方式上的一些改
进要点，务必请用户注意此项内容，使本系统能更好地为您服务。
1. 为了方便多种层次的用户使用本系统, 除了使用手册所述CCDOS和WPS的主要程序外,
在软盘上还增加了许多新的辅助程序:
① AUTOEXEC.BAT 此程序在用#1软盘插在A:中启动电脑时起作用, 演示如何装入
CCDOS5.0,如何启动WPS和SPT。
② SETUP.BAT 此程序用于帮助用户在硬盘C:上安装本系统的软件。
③ CONFIG.SYS 由于WPS允许同时打开多个文件和鼠标器操作, 要求DOS提供这
方面的资源, 因此在装入DOS时要修改 files 和 buffers 参
数, 此文件描述了这个改动情况。
④ README.DOC 文件README.DOC描述了用户使用手册印刷好后，软件功能和操
作方式上的一些改进要点
⑤ PACKING.LST 系统构成清单
⑥ SAMPLE.WPS 由WPS建立的范例文本, 向用户介绍WPS打印控制命令的基本用
法, 用户可以模拟显示(^KI)和打印输出(^KP), 增强感性认识。
2. WPS刚交付给用户时, 默认的基本配置是OKI8320打印机, 宽行打印纸, 自动分页(详
见打印选单), 如果用户重新定义了这些参数, 那么在安装WPS的那个子目录就会自动
更新或产生打印参数文件WPS.CFG, 由于这个文件是动态产生的, 所以并不随软盘提
供。
3. 配有鼠标器(MOUSE)的用户可以同时使用鼠标器和光标键操纵光标和选单窗口,方便实
用。
注意: 用户的鼠标器必须与Microsoft MOUSE 兼容,如 Super MOUSE 等,而且在系
统启动时要装入MOUSE.SYS驱动程序, 即在起动磁盘中的CONFIG.SYS文件内
有说明: device = MOUSE.SYS
4. Super-CCDOS V5.1版本新增功能
为了能够使用户在CCDOS环境下使用汉卡的高点阵字库, CCDOS V5.1提供了一个
高点阵字库打印驱动程序PRT40.COM, 同PRT16和PRT24一样, 它本身是一个打印驱动
生成程序, 由它可以生成各种打印机的驱动程序。
PRT40的打印命令, 类似于WPS的CTRL命令, 在PRT40中, 用符号"^"代表WPS中的
CTRL, 如:
^PAS = WPS中的 ^P + A + S 键
^PBC0 = WPS中的 ^P + B + C + 0 键
等等。
在PRT40中设置行距等命令的数字用字符"E"表示结束。如：
^PL40E = 行间距为40
^PK-20E = 字间距为-20
等等。
WPS中的自定义字型、特大字型、统一字型命令在PRT40中无效。
WPS中的设定分栏打印命令在PRT40中无效。
若要打印字符"^", 则用"^^"命令表示。
5. 几点有益的建议:
(1) 用户使用WPS的D方式编辑的文件最好采用“.WPS”作为存盘文件名的扩展名, 以便
区别于其他系统产生的文件名, 如 SAMPLE.WPS 。
(2) 用户硬盘的CONFIG.SYS文件参数一定要按实际情况给出,如 FILES = 20 等。
(3) 用户硬盘的AUTOEXEC.BAT最好包含有一行:
PATH C:\WPS
这样, 无论当前驱动器号、目录是什么，都可以起动ＷＰＳ，只要键入WPS就行了,
如: D:\ABC\>WPS ←┚ 也能进入WPS系统。
一九九零年十二月一日
金山—方正转换软件使用说明
一.功能说明:
本软件将金山系统小样文件(*.wps)转换为方正系统的小样文件。
二.命令格式:
tran [输入文件名] [输出文件名]
注意:输入文件名后缀必须为.WPS
三.几点说明:
1>本转换软件是针对金山Ⅲ—型卡设计的,对金山其它系列型卡不完全适用。
2>由于金山软件的语法规范与方正软件有所不同(尤其在语义嵌套方面),因此当用方正书
版重排pass1通不过时,请直接用pass2排。
3>由于金山排版系统在字符宽度、排版规则等诸多方面不同于方正排版系统,因此我们不
可能期望二者在排版结果上完全一致。
4>当将字距定义成负的时,我们用方正系统的紧排(JP)注解来模拟。最新版本的6.01方正
书版系统才提供了此功能,用户在使用时请特别加以注意。
5>由于金山系统在排表格、线、根号等时使用的是制表符,而方正系统3.01字库不含有制
表符,因此本转换软件在这些功能的模拟上不太理想。
6>由于在最新版本的6.01方正书版系统中才修改了旋注解使之能够进行中心旋转,因此
,用户在进行旋转打印时,请注意版本问题。
7>由于本转换软件在转换自定义型、特大型、统一型字号时使用了级字号,因此用户在使
用时请特别加以注意。级字号只能在方正6.01书版系统上使用,在方正91系统上输出。
北京大学新技术公司
1992.6.8
─────────清华ＯＣＲ 最新改动──────────
本文件（ＲＥＡＤＭＥ．ＤＯＣ），描述了在《清华＿ＯＣＲ
４．５用户手册》（ＲＥＡＤＭＥ．４５Ｃ）印刷好后，软件功能
和操作方式上的一些改进要点，务必请用户注意此项内容，使清华
ＯＣＲ系统能更好地为您服务。
─────────────────────────────
（１）、本系统为您提供了十幅图像，内容分别如下：
①．ＩＭＡＧＥ１．ＴＩＦ──简体铅印文件，可识别；
②．ＩＭＡＧＥ２．ＴＩＦ──简体打印胶印文件，可识别；
③．ＩＭＡＧＥ３．ＴＩＦ──繁体胶印文件，可识别；
④．ＩＭＡＧＥ４．ＴＩＦ──黑白点阵图像，可显示；
⑤．ＩＭＡＧＥ５．ＴＩＦ──黑白１６灰度图像，可显示；
⑥．ＩＭＡＧＥ６．ＴＩＦ──彩色点阵图像，可显示；
⑦．ＴＴ．ＴＩＦ──────表格，可用于文本表格识别；
⑧．Ｔ１．ＴＩＦ─────┬表格，可用于表格录入数据库
⑨．Ｔ２．ＴＩＦ─────┘（模板文件：ＸＸＢ．＊）；
⑩．ＷＴ．ＴＩＦ──────“文通”。
─────────────────────────────
北京清华大学电子工程系图像教研组
ＴＥＬ：２５５２４５１─２２９８
２５６１１４４─２２９８
ＦＡＸ：２５６４１７６
北京清华文通信息技术公司_WinTone
ＴＥＬ：２５５７８８７
２５５７７８７
２５５７８７７
２５７５４９５
ＦＡＸ：２５４３８７６
邮 编：１０００８４
一九九三年五月
─────────────────────────────
README.UTL 11/06/89 This README file lists enhancements to the files on the Install/Learn/Utilities diskette(s). These enhancements are not yet documented in the Reference Manual. Please refer to the README files on the other master diskettes for additional information. WP-PIF.DVP This file is provided for users who will be operating WordPerfect 5.1 under DESQView 2.2. General information on Program Information Files (PIF) is included in Appendix S of the Reference Manual. GRAPHCNV.EXE As WordPerfect 5.1 converts HPGL plotter files, all measurements are scaled, including pen widths which are interpreted as the standard (.35mm) pen width before the conversion. WordPerfect 5.0 translated all pen widths as "hairline" with no width conversion. If you still want WordPerfect to translate pen widths as hairline, start the 5.1 Graphics Conversion Program with the /w startup option (i.e., graphcnv/w).
DRAWPERFECT 1.1, README FILE - GSS DRIVERS DISK 06/15/90
DISKETTES/FILES
This diskette includes the files you need to install drivers for a color
output device. Follow the instructions listed below, under "Installing
a Color Printer for DrawPerfect." During the GSS installation process,
you will select a printer or output device.
INSTALLING A COLOR PRINTER FOR DRAWPERFECT
The following steps outline the process for installing a printing device
that requires a GSS output driver (e.g., plotters, some color printers).
1) Place DrawPerfect Disk 1 in drive A:. Type INSTALL and press
Enter, to start the DrawPerfect Installation program. You will be
prompted about continuing. Type Y, for Yes, to continue with the
installation process. The main Installation screen appears.
2) Select GSS Drivers (option 3) from the main installation screen,
and a menu is displayed with five steps. Select each step and
follow the instructions as they are displayed. Select the last
step to exit the GSS Installation.
3) Press EXIT (F7) until you return to the DOS prompt. After running
the GSS Installation program you should re-boot your computer.
When you start DrawPerfect, it will be ready to print to your GSS output
device.
GSS INSTALLATION HELPS AND HINTS
The following provides information that will help you install and use
the GSS drivers with DrawPerfect.
Install
1. The "GSS Output Device" printer definition is installed and
selected by the DrawPerfect Installation program. Printer settings
are handled by the GSS drivers, and are defined when the GSS
files are installed. These settings include: port number, plotter
pens, form feed information, and paper size.
2. You cannot install several GSS printer definitions and select them
at random. Only one GSS device can be installed at one time. If
you need to print to a different color output device, you must run
the Installation program again, and install the correct GSS drivers
for the new device.
GSS Setup
1. Install should insert the following line in the AUTOEXEC.BAT file.
SET CGIPATH=<pathname>
The <pathname> is the location where the GSS files were installed.
For example, if you followed the standard installation, your GSS
files were copied to C:\DR11\GSS.
2. The following two lines should be in the CONFIG.SYS file and they
should be the last lines in the CONFIG.SYS file.
DEVICE=C:\DR11\GSS\<driver>
DEVICE=C:\DR11\GSS\GSSCGI.SYS /T
The <driver> is the name of the selected GSS device in CAPITAL
letters. For example, if you installed the GSS drivers for the HP
PaintJet (90 dpi mode), the lines in your CONFIG.SYS file would be:
DEVICE=C:\DR11\GSS\HPPJ90.SYS
DEVICE=C:\DR11\GSS\GSSCGI.SYS /T
3. The GSS installation also creates a file named CGI.CFG in your GSS
directory. This file should contain the following lines:
PRINTER=<driver>
<driver>=LPT1
ORIENTATION=LANDSCAPE
FF=N/A
PAPER=NARROW
The <driver> is the name of the selected GSS device in CAPITAL
letters. For example, if you installed the drivers for the HP
PaintJet, the first two lines would be PRINTER=HPPJ90 and
HPPJ90=LPT1 respectively. For this file, the .SYS extension is not
necessary for the device name.
Printing In DrawPerfect
1. Before you can send a drawing to a GSS output device (color
printer), you must select the "GSS Output Devices" (GSOUTDEV.PRS)
printer definition from the DrawPerfect Select Printer menu. If
you installed the GSS drivers correctly, this printer definition
may already be selected. Press Print (Shift-F7) to display the
Print menu. "GSS Output Devices" should be displayed after the
Select Printer option. If it isn't, choose the Select Printer
option, move the cursor to "GSS Output Devices" and select it.
Printer settings, such as port number and paper size, are
controlled by the GSS drivers, so it is not necessary to change
these setting as you would for a standard printer definition.
2. DrawPerfect uses the "GSS Output Devices" printer definition for
all GSS output devices. The files installed during the GSS
Installation translate the information from DrawPerfect, for your
particular printer or plotter.
3. If an "Error On Open" message appears in the Printer Control screen
while printing, check the following things:
- Do you have enough memory for printing? GSS opens several
files which require more memory than standard printing. You
should have about 512k of memory, but the actual amount
required depends on the type of output device you have.
To fix this problem, try starting DrawPerfect with DR/W=128.
This limits the amount of memory used by DrawPerfect and may
help free more memory for GSS. If the error still occurs, try
decreasing the number (e.g., DR/W=100), but do not use a
number below 80. This could cause other memory problems in
DrawPerfect.
It may be necessary to exit any TSR programs, including the
DrawPerfect Shell program, before you can print with the GSS
drivers. This will increase the amount of available memory,
and may allow you to print. Memory adjustments are only
necessary for printing.
- Are there enough files allotted in the CONFIG.SYS file?
Consider increasing the FILES=n amount in your CONFIG.SYS
file, where n represents a number equal to or greater than 20.
- Are the GSS drivers correctly installed? Follow the
instructions listed at the beginning of this help file.
- Are all of the GSS files (CGI.CFG, GSSCGI.SYS, and the driver
for the selected device) in the correct directory?
ADDITIONAL GSS DRIVERS
If a driver for your printer or plotter is not included on the
DrawPerfect GSS Drivers diskette, you can order the necessary disk by
calling 1-800-222-9409 or writing to the following address (IMPORTANT:
Include your return address along with the name of the printer or
plotter).
DrawPerfect GSS Drivers
c/o Diskette Orders
81 North State Street
Orem, UT 84057
There are three GSS Driver diskettes available for use with DrawPerfect.
The following table shows the GSS devices that are currently supported,
and the appropriate disks that contain the files. There is a $10 shipping
and handling charge for each additional GSS drivers diskette.
GSS DRIVER SUPPORTED PRINTERS/PLOTTERS DISK #
BELLHOWL.SYS CDI-IV Color Digital Imager
Polaroid Turbo Palette Film Recorder Disk 2
CALPLOT .SYS CalComp Ext 960 plotters 945, 945A,
965, 965A, 1042, 1042GT, 1043, 1043GT,
1044, 1044GT, 1073, 1075, 1076, 1077 Disk 3
CLRMSTR.SYS CalComp Colormaster, Plotmaster Disk 3
DIAB150 .SYS C150 Printer
C150/Xerox 4020 Printer Disk 2
EPEX1000.SYS Epson EX 1000 Disk 1
EPEX800 .SYS Epson EX 800 Disk 1
EPSONLQC.SYS Epson LQ2500, LQ2550 Color Disk 1
HIPLOTTR.SYS Houston Instrument PC595, PC695,
DMP29, MP40, DMP41, DMP42, DMP51,
DMP52, DMP51MP, DMP52MP, DMP56,
DMP61, DMP62, plotters Disk 1
HPGLPLTR.SYS Hewlett-Packard 7440A, 7470A, 7475A,
7550A, 7570A, 7580B, 7585B, 7586B,
7597A, 7596A plotters;
IBM 6180, 7371, 7372, 7374,
7375 plotters (HPGL) Disk 1
HPPJ180 .SYS Hewlett-Packard Paintjet
(180 dpi) printer Disk 1
HPPJ90 .SYS Hewlett-Packard Paintjet
(90 dpi) printer Disk 1
IBMPRCOL.SYS IBM Color Graphics Printer 5182 Disk 3
NECP5XL .SYS NEC P5XL, CP6, CP7, P9XL,
P5200, P5300 printers Disk 2
OKID290 .SYS Okidata 292,293 color printers Disk 2
OKID92 .SYS Okidata Microline 92 printer Disk 2
CGCGI.SYS QMS Colorgrafix 100 Disk 3
ROLAND .SYS Roland 980, 990, 2000, 3300, plotters Disk 3
TEK4695 .SYS Tektronics 4695, 4696 printers Disk 2
VERSATEC.SYS Versatec VE-80, C2552, C2558,
CE3224, 3236, 3244, 3424, 3436,
3444, 7222, 7224, 7236, 7244,
7422, 7424, 7436, 7444,
ECP-42, Versacolor Disk 3
PANASONIC KXP4450
There is a problem printing landscape (11" x 8.5") to Panasonic KXP4450
printers with a ROM version of less than 2.0. Any KXP4450 with
2.0 ROM or greater will print standard landscape.
POLAROID TURBO PALETTE
Some manual setup may be required to print to the Polaroid Turbo Palette
using GSS. The following lines must be included in a file named CGI.CFG.
PRINTER=BELLHOWL
CAMERA=BELLHOWL
ORIENTATION=LANDSCAPE
COM1=9600,N,8,1
BELLHOWL=3
This file is created by the GSS install program and will be located in
the same directory as the GSSCGI.SYS, and BELLHOWL.SYS files. This
directory was specified during the GSS installation.
If the CGI.CFG file is not exactly as shown above it will need to be
modified. To modify this file retrieve it into a text editor, such as
Program Editor, or into WordPerfect using Text In/Out (Ctrl-F5). Modify
the file so that it is exactly as listed above and then save the file as
a DOS Text file (Ctrl-F5 in WordPerfect).
The line BELLHOWL=3 above is telling GSS that the palette is conected to
COM1. If the palette is connected to COM2 change the line to BELLHOWL=4.
In addition to the changes listed above a new BELLHOWL.SYS file is
needed. The new file is dated 6-25-87, and is available from SoftCopy
(for ordering infomation, see "ADDITIONAL GSS DRIVERS" in this README
file).
PLOTTER PEN SETUP
Setup your pens to match the first eight colors as they appear
in the DrawPerfect color menu. In order for the on-screen
colors to match the colors on the plotter, it is recommended
you set your pens as follows:
Pen #: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Color: Black Blue Green LtBlue Red Violet Yellow Gray
The colors listed above relate to the first 8 colors in DrawPerfect.
INCREASED PRINT SPEED
A new GSSCGI.SYS file, dated 2/15/90, is being shipped with DrawPerfect
1.1. This new driver has an option to increase print speed on some of
the individual printer drivers. This works by using an option in the
CONFIG.SYS file, /M:<number>, that specifies an amount of memory for
GSS to set aside as an additional buffer for printing. <number> is a
number between 40 and 75 that specifies the amount of extra memory, in
kilobytes, to set aside for printing. In order to use this option you
need to have the specified amount of memory available after DrawPerfect
and the GSS drivers have been loaded, approximately 480K (for DrawPerfect
and the GSS drivers).
To use the /M:<number> option the CONFIG.SYS file needs to be modified.
The following line in the CONFIG.SYS file needs to be modified.
DEVICE=C:\DR11\GSS\GSSCGI.SYS /T
Change that line to read as follows.
DEVICE=C:\DR11\GSS\GSSCGI.SYS /M:40
The above line will allow GSS to set aside an extra 40K of memory for
printing. Removing the /T option is necessary, but will also not allow
the GSSCGI.SYS driver to be loaded transient, loaded and unloaded only
when needed. Because of the extra memory used by the /M: option you
may want to only use this setup when printing GSS.
Third Party Copyrights: Integrated within WordPerfect 6.0 for DOS
are the following products provided by third parties, who own the
copyrights to those products. The product names are trademarks or
trade names of their respective owners:
Adobe Type Manager, Copyright (c) 1983, 1993 Adobe Systems
Incorporated. All rights reserved.
CG Intellifont Rasterizer, Copyright (c) 1986-1991 Agfa Compugraphic.
All rights reserved.
Speedo Rasterizer, Copyright (c) 1989 Bitstream Incorporated.
All rights reserved.
TrueType Rasterizer, Portions Copyright (c) 1989 Bitstream
Incorporated; Portions Copyright (c) 1988-1990 Apple Computer
Incorporated. All rights reserved.
U.S.A. Software License Agreement
NOTE: This form of Software License Agreement applies only to
products purchased in the United States. If you have purchased
this product in any other country, please refer to the applicable
form of Software License Agreement enclosed in the package
containing this software.
Grant of Rights
This software program, including any documentation and media
(Software) is protected by copyright laws and international treaty
and is a proprietary product of WordPerfect Corporation (WPCorp).
WPCorp grants you the right to use the Software in the quantity and
on the platform(s) indicated on the enclosed Certificate of
License. If this Software is an upgrade from a previous version of
a WPCorp software product, you may utilize either the current or
prior version of the Software, but never both versions at the same
time. This Agreement supersedes any prior version license and
governs your use of the Software.
For a single-user computer or workstation not attached to a
network, or for a network server, the Software is considered "in
use" when any portion of the Software is either loaded in memory or
virtual memory (Loaded) or stored on a hard disk or other storage
device (Stored). For single-user computers or workstations
attached to a network, the quantity of the Software "in use" is
considered to be the greater of (i) the maximum number of computers
on which the Software is Loaded at any one time, or (ii) the
maximum number of computers on which the Software is Stored.
On a multi-user computer, the quantity of Software "in use" is
considered to be the maximum number of sessions executed at any one
time.
You may make copies of the written documentation which accompanies
the Software in support of your authorized use of this WPCorp
software product. You may also make an archival copy of the
Software for each License obtained under this Agreement.
Restrictions
You may not rent or lease the Software without the written
permission of WPCorp. You may not decompile, disassemble, reverse
engineer, copy, create a derivative work, or otherwise use the
Software except as stated in this Agreement. Irrespective of the
number of sets of media included with the Software, you are granted
the right to use the Software only in the quantity indicated on the
Certificate of License. Certain qualifications may apply to the
purchase of this Software; when present, they are printed on the
Software package and form part of this Agreement.
Home or Portable Computer Provision
You are authorized to use a copy of the Software on a home or
portable computer, as long as the extra copy is never Loaded at the
same time as the Software is Loaded on the primary computer on
which you use the Software.
If you have purchased this Software under an education or
charitable institution pricing program, you may not create an extra
copy of the Software under this provision for use on a home or
portable computer.
Limited Warranty/Limitation of Liability
This Software is licensed AS IS. If for any reason you are
dissatisfied with the Software, return the product package, with
proof of purchase, to your reseller within 90 days of the date of
purchase for a full refund. If any materials or media in this
package are defective, return them to WPCorp within 90 days of the
date of purchase, and they will be replaced at no charge.
This warranty is in lieu of any other warranties, express or
implied, including the implied warranties of merchantability and
fitness for a particular purpose. In no event will WPCorp be
liable to you for damages, including any loss of profits, lost
savings, or other incidental or consequential damages arising out
of your use of or inability to use the Software, even if WPCorp or
an authorized WPCorp representative has been advised of the
possibility of such damages.
Some jurisdictions do not allow excluding or limiting implied
warranties or limiting liability for incidental or consequential
damages, and some jurisdictions have special statutory consumer
protection provisions which may supercede this limitation. As a
result, this limitation of liability may not apply to you if
prohibited by the laws of your jurisdiction.
Customer Support
WPCorp will attempt to answer your technical support requests
concerning the Software; however, this service is offered on a
reasonable efforts basis only, and WPCorp may not be able to
resolve every support request. WPCorp supports the Software only
if it is used under conditions and on operating systems for which
the Software is designed.
General
If any provision of this Agreement is found to be unlawful, void,
or unenforceable, then that provision shall be severed from this
Agreement and will not affect the validity and enforceability of
any of the remaining provisions. This Agreement shall be governed
by the laws of the State of Utah.
US Government Restricted Rights
The Software and any accompanying materials are provided with
Restricted Rights. Use, duplication, or disclosure by the
Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph
(c)(1)(ii) of The Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software
clause at DFARS 252.227-7013, or subparagraphs (c)(1) and (2) of
the Commercial Computer Software--Restricted Rights at 48 CFR
52.227-19, as applicable. Contractor/manufacturer is WordPerfect
Corporation, at the address below.
Any Questions?
If you have any questions concerning the terms of this Agreement or
special programs for educational or charitable organizations,
please write to WordPerfect Corporation, Attn. Information
Services, 1555 N. Technology Way, Orem, Utah 84057-2399, or call
(801) 225-5000.
LHUSXXXXXX1A--10/92
=================================================================
README.NET 11/04/91
=================================================================
This README file contains information that was not available when
the WordPerfect Reference Manual was printed. This file is
intended to complement Appendix M: Networking WordPerfect by
covering the following topics:
* What to do if WordPerfect 5.1 for Windows is NOT supported on
your network
* What you should know generally before you install WordPerfect,
including information about:
- sharing resources
- which directories are created during installation
- which startup options are placed in environment files (for
example, WP{WP}.ENV) during installation
- why the PATH statement is optional
- why the WordPerfect Group File (WPW51US.GRP) is necessary
- startup options
- .INI files
* Network specific helps and hints
You can find additional information about running Windows on a
network in the NETWORK.TXT file included with your copy of
Windows.
Most network software companies that support Windows also include
information on how to configure Windows to run with their
operating systems. This information may prove helpful in
troubleshooting problems related to the operating system and
Windows.
=================================================================
IS WORDPERFECT 5.1 FOR WINDOWS SUPPORTED ON YOUR NETWORK?
=================================================================
Though WordPerfect 5.1 for Windows is supported on a wide variety
of network operating systems, there is the chance that it is not
supported on your network.
WordPerfect 5.1 for Windows is considered "supported" on a
network if the network: 1) has file locking and allows
workstations to attach to shared resources and use them through
Windows, and 2) is available to developers and testers at the
WPCorp Lab.
The following networks meet these criteria:
0-Other
1-Novell Netware
2-Banyan Vines
3-TOPS Network
4-IBM LAN Network
4-IBM OS/2 LAN Server
4-Microsoft LAN Manager
4-Ungerman Bass LAN Manager
4-LANsmart
4-PC NOS
4-DNA
4-Invisible NET
5-Nokia PC-Net
6-3COM 3+
7-10NET
8-LANtastic
9-AT&T StarGROUP
A-DEC PCSA (Pathworks)
B-3COM 3+ OPEN
C-Banyan Streetalk
The numbers or letters next to the network names identify the /NT
startup option that you choose during installation.
If your network is not listed above, it may be able to emulate a
network that WPCorp does support. Listed below are those
networks for which an emulation exists, followed by the supported
network and /NT startup option:
NETWORK EMULATION /NT STARTUP OPTION
Netware Lite IBM LAN Network 4
CBIS IBM LAN Network 4
HP Office Share OS/2 LAN Manager 4
PCNFS Other 0
PowerLAN IBM LAN Network 4
MainLAN IBM LAN Network 4
If your network does not appear in any list above, but the
Windows File Manager and Print Manager let users see and use
network shared resources (drives and printers), call Network
Customer Support at 1-800-228-6066. WPCorp is eager to help you
run WordPerfect 5.1 for Windows on your network.
NOTE: WPCorp does not support workstations running OS/2
(versions 1.0 - 1.3) because the OS/2 DOS compatibility box
cannot run Windows in Standard or Enhanced mode.
=================================================================
BEFORE YOU INSTALL WORDPERFECT
=================================================================
This section explains generally what you should do or know before
you begin installing WordPerfect on the network. The next major
section, NETWORK SPECIFIC HELPS AND HINTS, elaborates on many of
the concepts in this section.
SHARING RESOURCES
Before installing WordPerfect, we suggest that you create a
shared resource or a destination drive. The Installation Program
creates, at your request, default program directories (see
SHARING RESOURCES under NETWORK SPECIFIC HELPS AND HINTS below).
DIRECTORIES
If you choose to do a network installation in the Installation
Program, three directories are created on the destination drive:
WPWIN, WPCINI, and WPC.
The WPWIN and WPC directories are where the Installation Program
installs executable and .DLL files. The WPCINI directory stores
user specific .INI and .SET files. See GRANTING RIGHTS TO THE
WPWIN, WPC, AND WPCINI DIRECTORIES under NETWORK SPECIFIC HELPS
AND HINTS below to learn which rights these directories should
have.
ENVIRONMENT FILES
During installation, an environment file is created for each
WPCorp product (for example, WP{WP}.ENV for WordPerfect,
FM{FM}.ENV for WordPerfect File Manager, SP{SP}.ENV for
WordPerfect Speller, and TH{TH}.ENV for WordPerfect Thesaurus).
These files allow WordPerfect products to operate in a networked
environment. At your request, the Installation Program checks
these files (or creates them if they do not exist) to make sure
the following startup options are included:
ENVIRONMENT FILE STARTUP OPTIONS INCLUDED
WP{WP}.ENV /nt, /ps, /ni, and /wpc
FM{FM}.ENV /nt and /ni
SP{SP}.ENV /nt and /ni
TH{TH}.ENV /nt and /ni
For more information about these startup options, see STARTUP
OPTIONS below. The following is an example of how the WP{WP}.ENV
file might look after network installation:
/NT=1
/PS=J:\WPCINI
/NI=J:\WPC
/WPC=J:\WPC
The exact network number and pathnames depend on the network you
choose and the pathnames you specify for the Shared .INI and .SET
files and the WPCorp Shared Products.
THE PATH
If the WP{WP}.ENV file contains the /WPC startup option and a
pathname, the path statement (normally located in each user's
AUTOEXEC.BAT file) is NOT necessary to run WordPerfect 5.1 for
Windows. The Installation Program does not add directories or
drive letters to the path. If you decide to have a path
statement, the WPCorp Shared Products pathname specified in the
/WPC startup option overrides any pathnames you establish for the
same purpose in the path statement. See NETWORK SPECIFIC HELPS
AND HINTS below for more information about the path.
WPW51US.GRP
The WPCorp Group file contains the WordPerfect 5.1 for Windows
and WordPerfect File Manager icons. Each network user must have
a group in order to set up the icons. The Installation Program
creates the Group file and adds it to the PROGMAN.INI file. If
you want all users on the network to use this group file, it must
be copied to users' Windows directory. In addition, their
PROGMAN.INI file must be edited to include this group.
STARTUP OPTIONS
The /NT, /NI, /PS, and /WPC startup options are necessary for
successfully running WordPerfect 5.1 for Windows from your file
server. During installation, the Installation Program places all
four of these startup options (at your request) in the WP{WP}.ENV
file, while only the /ni and /nt options are placed in the
environment files for other WPCorp products (see ENVIRONMENT
FILES above). The /D and /PI startup options are also useful for
running WordPerfect on the network. The following information
defines these six startup options in alphabetical order.
NOTE: THE ONLY PLACE YOU MAY USE THE /WPC STARTUP OPTION IS IN
THE WP{WP}.ENV FILE (SEE BELOW).
/D
The /D startup option redirects the creation of the user
work directory and temporary files to a specified location.
Use the following syntax when using this option: WPWIN.EXE
/D-DRIVE:\DIRECTORY (for example, WPWIN.EXE /D-C:\TEMP).
This startup sequence will force the work directory to be
created and subsequent temporary files to be created in the
specified directory. You can include this startup option,
using the same syntax, in the DOS environment via a SET
command. You can also use the /D startup option in the file
properties of the WordPerfect 5.1 for Windows icon itself,
for example: W:\WPWIN\WPWIN.EXE /D-C:\TEMP.
/NI
The /NI startup option lets you specify the path to the
WPC_NET.INI file. The syntax of this startup option is
/NI-PATH and is processed when the first WPCorp application
starts. You can put the startup option on the command line,
in the application specific DOS environment variable (for
example, "WPWIN" for WP 5.1 for Windows), in the DOS
environment variable "WPC," or in the application specific
.ENV file (for example "WP{WP}.ENV" for WordPerfect 5.1 for
Windows).
If you don't specify the /NI startup option, but the /PI
startup option is specified, the application searches for
the WPC_NET.INI file in the location given in the /PI
startup option. If the WPC_NET.INI file is not found in
either location, the application will look in the following
directories in the listed order:
1. The directory in which the application .EXE file
resides.
2. The Windows directory (containing WIN.COM).
3. The directories listed in the DOS PATH environment
variable.
4. The directories mapped in a network.
If WordPerfect cannot find the WPC_NET.INI file, it will
still run but will not be able to access this file.
/NT
The /NT startup option tells WordPerfect which network you
are using (for example, /NT=1 for Novell, /NT=2 for Banyan).
Unless you use the /NT startup option, and the corresponding
network number or letter, WordPerfect will NOT run as a
network version for your network.
NOTE: Appendix M: Networking WordPerfect in your copy of
the WordPerfect for Windows Reference Manual may say that
the existence of the WP{WP}.ENV file is sufficient for
WordPerfect 5.1 for Windows to run as a network version.
However, THIS IS NO LONGER THE CASE. You MUST use a /NT
startup option in the WordPerfect Environment file for
WordPerfect to run as a network version. See IS WORDPERFECT
5.1 FOR WINDOWS SUPPORTED ON YOUR NETWORK above for a
listing of the networks that currently support WordPerfect
5.1 for Windows and the corresponding numbers and letters.
This list is subject to change. To find out about any
changes, call WordPerfect Information Services at 801-225-
4777.
/PI
This startup option lets you specify the path to the WPC.INI
file, and is OPTIONAL. Use it only if you choose NOT to
place the WPC.INI file in users' Windows directory, or if
you want to use a different language version of WordPerfect
5.1 for Windows (see below). The syntax for this startup
option is /PI-PATH.
NOTE: Before establishing a directory pathname in the /PI
startup option, you should make sure that directory exists
and that it contains the WPC.INI file.
The /pi and /ni startup options let you install and use
multiple languages of the same WPCorp product on one
computer. For example, let's suppose that you already have
a U.S. English copy of WordPerfect 5.1 for Windows installed
on your computer, but you would also like to install the
French version of WordPerfect 5.1 for Windows.
Because the U.S. English and French versions are considered
separate applications, you would put them in different
locations on the file server, each with its own WPC.INI and
WPC_NET.INI files. If users ask to use the French version
of WordPerfect 5.1 for Windows, you can change the directory
pathname in the /pi and /ni startup options, and thereby
redirect the program to the "French product" WPC.INI and
WPC_NET.INI files containing the locations of the
appropriate .INI files and other executable files.
You can easily add the /pi startup option to the WordPerfect
environment file using a text editor.
/PS
This startup option provides the directory path where
individual personal setup files will be located. The /PS
option identifies a common directory that is accessible by
each network user to store his or her personal WPXXX}.SET
file, where XXX represents the individual user's initials.
WordPerfect .SET files are used to define the initial
settings that the WordPerfect program will use, such as
WordPerfect (non-Windows) printer selections, display
attributes, and backup options. See /PS under Startup
Options in Appendix M: Networking WordPerfect for more
information.
/WPC
The /WPC startup option provides the directory path where
the WPCorp Shared Products code is stored. Using this
startup option frees you from having to include the Shared
Products directory in the path. During installation, the
Installation Program places this startup option in the
WP{WP}.ENV file. THIS STARTUP OPTION SHOULD NOT BE ANYWHERE
ELSE EXCEPT IN THE WP{WP}.ENV FILE. You may still include
the Shared Code directory in the path, but the /WPC startup
option will override it.
.INI FILES
A .INI file is an ASCII text file that an application uses during
initialization. In other words, .INI files tell applications
which customized settings to use upon startup. Applications
write to .INI files (usually upon closure), recording the changes
a user makes in Preferences and elsewhere. Regardless of whether
a user makes changes, however, these files always exist.
NOTE: You may need to modify global .INI files. For example, if
you want all users to have a default QuickList or Short Menus
turned on or standard macros on their menus, you will need to
edit the WPC_NET.INI and WPWP_NET.INI files. Since .INI files
are ASCII text files, you can easily do so using any text editor.
This section defines each type of .INI file and illustrates the
information it contains (for more information, see .INI Files
under Appendix M: Networking WordPerfect).
WPC.INI and WPC_NET.INI Files
The user-specific, product-global .INI file (WPC.INI) is
created for each user and stores information common to each
WPCorp product. The shared-network, product-global .INI
file (WPC_NET.INI) is a shared file which means it can be
used by any number of network users. It is "product-global"
because it stores information common to all of the WPCorp
products.
Both files may contain the same information. Here are some
examples of the settings:
[Settings]
SuppDictionaryPath=j:\users\kelli\docs
MainDictionaryPath=j:\wpc\DE
[Quicklist]
Backup Files=j:\users\kelli
Documents=j:\users\kelli\docs\*.doc
[App Server]
WPWP=w:\wpc\wpwin\wpwin.exe;00600000;WordPerfect
[FileOpen Options]
Show QuickList=Yes
[WPDB]
SculpturedDialogs=Off
[Launch-Open]
Ami Pro 1.0=WPWIN
etc.
WP??_NET.INI and WP??XXX.INI Files
The settings for each product are stored in either a shared-
network, product-specific .INI file (WP??_NET.INI), or a
user/product specific .INI file (WP??XXX.INI), where ??
identifies the two letter product code (for example,
WP=WPWIN, SP=SPWIN, TH=THWIN, MX=MXWIN), and XXX stands for
the user's initials.
The two files differ in that the WP??_NET.INI contains
default settings for all users, whereas the WP??XXX.INI file
contains unique settings for individual users. You can
manually place settings in the "master" .INI file
(WP??_NET.INI) to establish default settings for each user
on the network. These files are stored where the
WPC_NET.INI [Ini Paths] specifies. Some examples of
settings found in these files are:
WPWPXXX.INI or WPWP_NET.INI
[Settings]
Keyboard=* (for CUA keyboard) or
Keyboard=x:\wpwin\macros\wpdos51.wwk (for DOS 5.1)
[Button Bar]
ATTRIBS=112 (text and left side)
BARNAME=w:\wpwin\macros\wp{wp}.wwb
[LastOpened] (four last opened files)
labels.tst=j:\users\kelli\labels.tst
bottle.pri=j:\users\kelli\bottle.pri
bottle.sec=j:\users\kelli\bottle.sec
test.doc=j:\users\kelli\test.doc
WPSPXXX.INI or WPSP_NET.INI
[Settings]
Language=US
Pos=124,348,552,254
=================================================================
NETWORK SPECIFIC HELPS AND HINTS
=================================================================
This section contains network-specific information for the
following networks:
Novell Netware 286 & 386
Banyan
IBM PC LAN
IBM OS/2 LAN Server
MicroSoft LAN Manager
3 Com
10 NET
LANtastic
AT & T StarGROUP
DEC Pathworks
3 Com 3+ Open
In this section, you will learn about:
- Sharing resources
- Optionally placing the WordPerfect directory in the path
- Which rights are necessary for the WPWIN and WPCINI directories
- Which rights are necessary for WordPerfect subdirectories
- Additional rights you can give users to printer files
directories
- Network printing
It is assumed that during installation you chose option 3 for
network installation and that you used Install's default
directories.
SHARING RESOURCES
Before installing WordPerfect 5.1 for Windows on your network
operating system, you should create a shared resource. This may
mean creating a new directory structure on the file server and
sharing it or simply sharing an existing resource. You would
then make this resource available to users following the
installation and configuration of WordPerfect. The Installation
Program creates the necessary directories for you.
If you have a Novell, AT&T StarGroup, or DEC PSCA/Pathworks
network, read below for additional information:
Novell
On Novell Netware, you can share resources by mapping a
search drive. You can do this by creating a new directory
structure and mapping a new drive on the file server or by
simply mapping a new drive letter to an existing structure.
Allow users access to this search drive following the
installation and configuration of WordPerfect.
AT&T StarGroup
If you are using the AT&T StarGroup network operating
system, we recommend that you update workstations to use
AT&T 3.4.1 requesters.
DEC PSCA/Pathworks
For the DEC PCSA/Pathworks operating system, we recommend
that you create a disk service area or use a subdirectory of
an existing disk service to hold the WPWIN directory. This
disk service area should be created according to DEC PCSA
network instructions. The disk service area must be mounted
as read/write before the WPWIN files are installed. The
installation process will create a file called WP{WP}.ENV
(see General Concepts above). Make sure the user .SET files
are directed to a file service.
PLACING THE WORDPERFECT DIRECTORY IN THE PATH (OPTIONAL)
If the /WPC startup option and appropriate pathname have been
specified in the WP{WP}.ENV file, it is not necessary to place
the WordPerfect 5.1 for Windows directory (WPWIN) in the path;
however, you can still place the WordPerfect directory in the
path.
If you have a Novell, Banyan, or DEC PCSA Pathworks network, read
below for additional information:
Novell
On Novell networks, we suggest that you map a drive to the
shared resource where WordPerfect 5.1 for Windows has been
installed. This drive letter MUST be used when setting up
the file properties. For example, when setting the file
properties for the WordPerfect 5.1 for Windows icon, the
path might read W:\WPWIN\WPWIN.EXE.
Banyan
When setting up the WordPerfect 5.1 for Windows icon on
Banyan networks, you should include the WordPerfect 5.1 for
Windows executable program filename, plus any startup
options you deem necessary. You can edit user or group
profiles using the MANAGE utility.
DEC PCSA/Pathworks
If you're using a DEC PCSA/Pathworks network, invoke
WordPerfect 5.1 for Windows to create the .LCN file before
remounting the disk service as read-only. This file
contains the WordPerfect License Number. Remount the disk
service area as read-only before individual users access
WordPerfect 5.1 for Windows.
GRANTING RIGHTS TO THE WPWIN, WPCINI, AND WPC DIRECTORIES
The table below lists the rights that users should have to the
WPWIN, WPC, and WPCINI directories. The utility that you will
need to grant these rights is listed in the third column.
NETWORK WPWIN and WPCINI UTILITY
OPERATING SYSTEM WPC
Novell Netware Read, Open, All rights SYSCON
286 Search but
Parental
Novell Netware Read, All but SYSCON
386 Filescan Supervisor
and Access
Control
Banyan VINES Read or R Modify or M SETARL
IBM PC LAN Read, Read, NET
Execute Write,
Create,
Execute
IBM OS/2 LAN Read, Read, NETADMIN
Execute Write,
Create,
Execute
MS LAN MAN 2.0 Read, Read, NETADMIN
Execute Write,
Create,
Execute
3 COM 3+ Read Read, 3F Share
Write,
Create
10 NET Read Read, NET SHARE
Write,
Create
LANTastic Read, File All rights NET_MGR
Lookup, but
Execute Physical
access to
devices
AT&T Read, Read, NET
Execute Write,
Create,
Delete
DEC Disk Service File ---
PCSA/Pathworks Service
3 COM 3+ OPEN Read, Read, NETADMIN
Execute Write,
Create,
Delete
You should limit users' rights or privileges to the WPWIN
directory. For example, users should not be able to create
temporary work directories or temporary files in this directory.
In handling temporary files and temporary work directories,
WordPerfect looks for the following, in the listed order:
1. SET WPWIN=/D-DRIVE:\DIRECTORY NAME
2. SET TEMP environment variable
If the SET WPWIN=/D-DRIVE:\DIRECTORY NAME option exists,
WordPerfect creates the temporary files directory and places the
temporary files in that directory. If this doesn't exist, then
WordPerfect uses the SET TEMP environment variable. If the TEMP
directory is not specified, then temporary files are created in
the TMP directory. If none of these are specified, then
temporary files are created in the current WordPerfect default
directory (that is, where WPWIN.EXE is located).
If WordPerfect cannot find one of these two variables and cannot
create the temporary work directories and temporary files, it
displays a message box that reads: "Unable to create work
directory for work files." Choosing OK on this message box
displays another message box which reads: "Cannot initialize -
The most probable reason is insufficient memory." If you choose
OK on this message box, you will return to the Program Manager.
On Novell networks, you can also put the /D startup option in the
users' login script. For example:
DOS SET WPWIN="/D-U:\USERS\%LOGIN_NAME" Use SYSCON to edit login
scripts.
On Banyan networks, you can put the /D startup option in the
group profile. For example: SET WPWIN=/D-C:\TEMP. Use the
MANAGE utility to edit group or user profiles.
GRANTING RIGHTS TO WORDPERFECT SUBDIRECTORIES
You should make sure that you give users sufficient access to the
directories they need while they work with WordPerfect. The
table below lists the rights users may have in these directories.
NOTE: You may want to give users more rights to the printer
files directory so they can change Paper Size/Types and Soft Font
and Cartridges. If this is the case, see GRANTING ADDITIONAL
RIGHTS TO PRINTER FILES DIRECTORY below.
NETWORK Backup Document Graphic Printer Spread-
OPERATING Files Files Files Files Sheets
SYSTEM
Novell All All Read, Read, All
Netware 286 except except Open, Open, except
Parental Parental Search Search Parental
Novell All All Read, Read, All
Netware 386 except except Filescan Filescan except
Supervisor Supervisor
Supervisor
and and and
Access Access Access
Control Control Control
Banyan Modify Modify or Read Read Modify
VINES or M M or R or R or M
IBM PC LAN Read, Read, Read Read Read,
Write, Write, Write,
Execute, Execute, Execute,
Delete Delete Delete
IBM OS/2 Read, Read, Read Read Read,
LAN Write, Write, Write,
Execute, Execute, Execute,
Delete Delete Delete
MS LAN MAN Read, Read, Read Read, Read,
Write, Write, Execute Write,
Delete Delete Delete
3 COM 3+ Read, Read, Read Read Read,
Write Write Write
10 NET Read, Read, Read Read Read,
Write, Write, Write,
Create Create Create
LANTastic All but All but Read and Read All but
Physical Physical File and Physical
access access to Lookup File access
to
to devices Lookup devices
devices
AT&T Read, Read, Read Read Read,
Write, Write, Write,
Execute, Execute, Execute,
Delete Delete Delete
DEC File File Disk File File
PCSA/ Service Service Service Service Service
Pathworks
3 COM 3+ Read, Read, Read Read Read,
OPEN Write, Write, Write,
Execute, Execute, Execute,
Delete Delete Delete
NETWORK Macros*/ Styles Thesaurus/ Thesaurus/
OPERATING Keyboards/ Speller/ Speller/
SYSTEM Button Hyphenation Hyphenation
Bars (Main) (SUPP)
Novell All except All except Read, Open, All except
Netware 286 Parental Parental Search Parental
Novell All except All except Read, All except
Netware 386 Supervisor Supervisor Filescan Supervisor
and Access and Access and Access
Control Control Control
Banyan VINES Modify or Modify or Read or R Modify or M
M M
IBM PC LAN Read, Read, Read Read,
Write, Write, Write,
Execute, Execute, Execute,
Delete Delete Delete
IBM OS/2 LAN Read, Read, Read Read,
Write, Write, Write,
Execute, Execute, Execute,
Delete Delete Delete
MS LAN MAN Read, Read, Read, Read,
Write, Write, Execute Write,
Delete Delete Delete
3 COM 3+ Read, Read, Read Read, Write
Write Write
10 NET Read, Read, Read Read,
Write, Write, Write,
Create Create Create
LANTastic All but All but Read and All but
Physical Physical File Lookup Physical
access to access to access to
devices devices devices
AT&T Read, Read, Read Read,
Write, Write, Write,
Execute, Execute, Execute,
Delete Delete Delete
DEC File File Disk File
PCSA/Pathwork Service Service Service Service
s
3 COM 3+ OPEN Read, Read, Read Read,
Write, Write, Write,
Execute, Execute, Execute,
Delete Delete Delete
* You should compile all macros that users are going to use
before restricting access to the macro directory. If you
restrict access before compiling macros, users won't be able to
run them.
GRANTING ADDITIONAL RIGHTS TO PRINTER FILES DIRECTORY
Limiting users' access to the printer files directory to READ
will not permit them to make permanent changes to Printer
Resource (.PRS) Files. These files include Paper/Size/Type and
Soft Font/Cartridge information.
To give users access to these files, you need to grant at least
the rights listed in the table below. We suggest that you grant
these rights on a temporary basis only.
NETWORK RIGHTS/PRIVILEGES
OPERATING REQUIRED FOR USER ACCESS
SYSTEM TO PRINTER FILES
Novell Netware Parental
286
Novell Netware All but Supervisory
386 and Access Control
Banyan VINES Modify or M
IBM PC LAN Read, Write, Execute,
Delete
IBM OS/2 LAN Read, Write, Delete
MS LAN MAN Read, Write, Delete
3 COM 3+ Read, Write
10 NET Read, Write, Create
LANTastic All rights but Change
File Attributes and
Physical Access to
Devices
AT&T Read, Write, Create,
Delete
DEC File Service
PCSA/Pathworks
3 COM 3+ OPEN Read, Write, Delete
NETWORK PRINTING
This section provides network specific information for printing
with WordPerfect on your network.
In general, you need to use a printer redirection command so that
the workstation's local device attaches to the shared printer
resource. You can place this command in each user's AUTOEXEC.BAT
file; however, other locations are listed in the table below.
The local device must be connected in the Windows Printer Control
before WordPerfect will print correctly. You can manage
redirection commands from the file server using your network's
utility. For a complete listing of redirection commands, see
Network Printing under Appendix M: Networking WordPerfect.
NETWORK OPERATING WHERE TO PUT PRINTER
SYSTEM REDIRECTION COMMANDS
Novell Netware 286 AUTOEXEC.BAT
Login Script
Novell Netware 386 AUTOEXEC.BAT
Login Script
Banyan VINES Group or User
Profile
IBM PC LAN AUTOEXEC.BAT
IBM OS/2 LAN AUTOEXEC.BAT
MS LAN MAN AUTOEXEC.BAT
3 COM 3+ AUTOEXEC.BAT
*See below
10 NET AUTOEXEC.BAT
LANTastic **See below
AT&T AUTOEXEC.BAT
DEC PCSA/Pathworks NET USE Command
3 COM 3+ OPEN AUTOEXEC.BAT
*You can manage redirection commands using the 3P Share utility
(from the server) and 3P Link (from the workstation).
**On LANTastic networks, all printing must be sent to LPT2 or
LPT3; only local printing should be sent to LPT1.
To print with WordPerfect 5.1 for Windows through LANTastic,
1 Share the server's printer resource with the NET USE command
(such as net use lpt2: \\servername\@printer).
2 Invoke Windows.
3 Select the Control Panel from the MAIN group.
4 Select the Printers option.
5 Bypass the Windows spooler by clearing the Use Printer
Manager check box.
6 From the Printer menu, select your printer driver from the
Installed Printers list and select the Configure button.
7 Highlight the redirected port from your choices (LPT2 or
LPT3).
8 From the Printer Configuration window, set the timeouts of
Device Not Selected to 900 and Transmission Retry Timeout to 950.
Adobe Type Manager (R) version 2.02 Release Notes
Windows version
May 2, 1992
Adobe Type Manager is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems
Incorporated. Copyrights 1983-1992 Adobe Systems Incorporated.
All Rights Reserved. Patents Pending
This document supplements the Adobe Type Manager User Guide.
Topics include:
1. Disk Contents
2. Installation Requirements
3. ATM.INI
4. ATM Control Panel
5. PostScript Soft Fonts Listed in ATM Control Panel
6. Use Pre-built or Resident Fonts Option
7. ATM and Printing
8. Printer and Video Drivers
9. Application Notes
- Corel Draw
- Designer 3.1 and Charisma 2.1
- Harvard Draw 1.0
- Harvard Graphics 1.0 for Windows
- Micrografx PostScript Driver
- Norton Desktop for Windows 1.0
- PageMaker 4.0
- PowerPoint 2.0
- Ventura Publisher Windows Edition version 3.0
- Various Applications with Draft Mode Printing Feature
- Virus Protection Software
- Word for Windows 1.1a, 2.0, and 2.0a
- WordPerfect for Windows 5.1
10. Novell Netware Considerations
11. ATM and IBM 4029 Series Printers
12. Troubleshooting
A. ATM.INI parameters
1. Disk Contents
The following files are found on your ATM disk(s):
ATM16.DLL Program file for Windows Standard mode
ATM32.DLL Program file for Windows 386 Enhanced mode
ATMSYS.DRV ATM System driver
ATMCNTRL.EXE ATM Control Panel
INSTALL.EXE ATM Installer
INSTALL.CNF ATM Installation configuration file
PROGDISK (FONTDISK) Disk ID file
README.TXT This file
ATM.CNF Configuration file (might not be present
on upgrade disks)
Your disk(s) might also contain a PSFONTS directory and a
PCLFONTS directory. The PSFONTS directory contains PostScript
Font Outline (PFB) files and Printer Font Metric (PFM) files.
The PCLFONTS directory contains PCL bitmapped font files which
have filename extensions of either SFP or SFL. The PCLFONTS
directory also contains Printer Font Metric (PFM) files.
2. Installation Requirements
To install ATM, you need a C:\ drive and sufficient disk space
for the ATM software and fonts. The amount of disk space you
need depends on the number of fonts included with your ATM
package. The standard retail ATM package requires about 1
megabyte of disk space.
3. ATM.INI
ATM's initialization file, ATM.INI, is created during
installation. It contains a list of fonts installed in ATM and
other ATM program-related settings. For more technical
information, see Appendix A at the end of this file.
4. ATM Control Panel
There is no longer a pre-defined limit to the number of fonts you
can install with the ATM Control Panel. Windows does, however,
limit initialization files (including the ATM.INI and the
WIN.INI) to a size of 64K. If this limit is reached, Windows
cannot open, read, or write properly to these INI files.
For Windows 3.0 and 3.0a, Microsoft recommends keeping
initialization files smaller than 32k in size. Following this
recommendation, the maximum number of fonts that can be listed in
ATM.INI for Windows 3.0 or 3.0a is around 450 fonts. For Windows
3.1, the only limit is the 64K maximum file size, which is large
enough for about 900 fonts.
Fonts Listed in the ATM Control Panel
The more fonts you add with ATM, the longer it takes Windows
to load. The exact time depends on the type of processor
you have and your system configuration. If you feel that Windows
is taking too long to load, you may want to free up more memory
available to Windows and/or reduce the total number of fonts
installed to a reasonable set of fonts you frequently use.
5. PostScript Soft Font Limits for Windows 3.0 and 3.0a
When you use the ATM Control Panel to add PostScript soft fonts,
ATM places entries in your WIN.INI file that tell Windows to
automatically download the fonts to your printer whenever you
print a document containing the fonts.
For Windows 3.1, there is no longer a 150 font limit on the
number of soft-font entries you can have for a PostScript
printer.
For Windows 3.0 and 3.0a, however, the maximum number of soft-
font entries per PostScript printer WIN.INI entry is
approximately 150. The exact number depends on your particular
system configuration. This limit stems from the Windows 3.0
PostScript driver's inability to enumerate a large number of
fonts. If you receive spurious printer-related error messages
when starting Windows or switching to a PostScript printer, check
the number of soft fonts you have installed in the PostScript
printer section in the WIN.INI. You might have to manually
remove these soft-font entries to correct the printing problem.
If you remove soft-font entries from the PostScript printer
section of the WIN.INI file, remember to adjust the line
"softfonts=nn" to show the new total number of soft-font entries.
For example, if your PostScript printer section lists 150 soft
fonts and you remove 25, the line should read "softfonts=125".
Also, the left side of the soft-font entries should number the
remaining soft fonts continuously. For 125 soft-fonts, the
entries should begin with "softfont1=..." and continue without
interruption through "softfont125=..."
6. Use Pre-built or Resident Fonts Option in the ATM Control
Panel
When you select the Use Pre-built or Resident Fonts check box,
uses these fonts at print time instead of creating bitmapped
fonts and sending them to your printer. Although ATM does not
require restarting Windows when changing the Use Pre-built or
Resident Fonts option, it may be necessary to quit and restart
applications for this option to take effect.
You may find that when this option is selected, resident fonts
will not be masked by your printer if a graphic image is placed
on top of the text. As an example, open an application that
allows you to draw images over text, select the font Courier, and
draw a gray box on top of it. The font will be covered by the
gray box on the screen. But with the Use Pre-built or Resident
Fonts option selected, your printer will print the text on top of
the gray box. (This type of behavior also occurs when you turn
ATM off.) When you clear the Use Pre-built or Resident Fonts
check box, your text and graphic images will print as displayed
on-screen.
7. ATM and Printing
ATM uses PostScript outline fonts to produce a smooth graphic
display of your fonts on-screen. The fonts available for use
depend on the printer you have selected in your application.
For non-PostScript printers, the fonts available are the internal
printer fonts, the Windows internal bitmapped fonts, and the
fonts listed in the ATM Control Panel. At print time, ATM
generates a graphic image of your text based on the PostScript
outlines, and sends this image to your printer. If you have PCL
bitmapped fonts installed for your printer, the PCL driver will
download these soft fonts if you have checked the Use Pre-built
or Resident Fonts option in the ATM Control Panel.
For PostScript printers, the fonts available are the fonts
resident in the printer and the PostScript soft-font entries
listed in the printer's section in the WIN.INI file. When you
use the ATM Control Panel to add PostScript soft fonts, ATM adds
soft-font entries in the WIN.INI file for the currently installed
PostScript printers. However, when you add a new PostScript
printer (or change printer ports), you may find that some of the
soft fonts listed in the ATM Control Panel do not appear in your
application font menus. This is because the PostScript soft-font
entries in the WIN.INI file are missing for the new PostScript
printer (or the printer attached to a new port). To correct this
problem, simply use the ATM Control Panel to add the missing
fonts again.
When printing to a PostScript printer, ATM does not have to be
active because it does not have to rasterize any fonts. Windows
and the PostScript driver download outline fonts to your
PostScript printer.
Print Resolution
For the highest print quality, Adobe recommends you set your
printer and printer driver to the highest print resolution.
Certain PCL printer drivers do not properly set the print
resolution. They show 300 dpi resolution in the Windows Printer
Control Panel even though they are set to a lower resolution.
Some applications fail to print correctly when your PCL printer
resolution is not set to 300 dpi. Excel 3.0a, for example,
prints blank cells instead of ATM fonts if your PCL printer is
not set to 300 dpi.
If you suspect your PCL printer driver is not set to 300 dpi, set
the resolution to 75 dpi, save this option, and then set the
resolution back to 300 dpi. (When your printer resolution is set
to 300 dpi, the line "prtresfac=0" appears in the PCL printer
entry in the WIN.INI file.
8. Printer and Video Drivers
For the highest font rasterization quality, Adobe recommends you
use the latest Windows printer and video drivers.
9. Application Notes
Corel Draw Version 2.0 and Earlier
These versions of Corel Draw do not work with ATM.
Designer 3.1 and Charisma 2.1
The lines used for underlines and strikeouts may appear broken
when using an ATM font. This is due the way these Micrografx
products handle character placement.
If you rotate text at a 90 degree angle and then stretch it, you
may find that the font will not be properly resized. To avoid
this problem, first resize the font and then rotate it.
Rotating stretched text at a 180 degree angle may cause the last
letters in the text string to overlap. In this case, first
rotate the text by 180 degrees and then stretch it.
Rotated text at certain angles will sometimes print with expanded
character spacing on non-PostScript printers. Try using the
Print View option and selecting the entire page.
Adobe is working with Micrografx to correct all these problems.
Harvard Draw 1.0
This version of Harvard Draw does not work with ATM.
Harvard Graphics 1.0 for Windows
Harvard Graphics cannot rotate ATM fonts. Harvard Graphics uses
internal fonts for rotated text.
Micrografx PostScript Driver
The Micrografx PostScript driver has a unique printer section
structure in the WIN.INI. PostScript soft fonts cannot be
installed to this driver using the ATM Installer and Control
Panel. You can, however, install your fonts through the
Micrografx Printer Setup menu. See your Micrografx manual
for instructions.
Norton Desktop for Windows 1.0
Due to the different structure of Norton Desktop's application
groups, the ATM icon will not be properly installed into the Main
group when running Norton as your desktop shell. You must
manually add the ATM Control Panel icon. The ATM Installer will,
however, copy all of the necessary files to your system and will
configure Windows to run ATM.
PageMaker 4.0
For best results with ATM, set the "Vector text above" and
"Stretch text above" limits in the Preferences dialog box to
10000 pixels each.
PowerPoint 2.0
For best results at small point sizes on screen, use the Windows
Fonts Control Panel to remove the "Small Fonts" font.
Ventura Publisher Windows Edition v. 3.0
To use ATM with Ventura 3.0, you must install the "Windows" patch
disk. You can receive this disk by contacting Ventura at (800)
822-8221.
The fonts Helvetica and Times will not display correctly in
Reduced View.
Reversed text does not print correctly to non-PostScript
printers.
Word for Windows 1.1a, 2.0, and 2.0a
Double underlines may print as one thick underline at point sizes
larger than 18 points. This is due to the method Word for
Windows uses to perform double underlining.
In version 1.1a, the typeface used in the ruler and in the status
bar may not be Helvetica. Word for Windows 1.1a uses the first
variable pitch sans-serif font available in the [Fonts] section
of the ATM.INI file. To correct this problem, move Helvetica to
the top of the [Fonts] section in your ATM.INI file. Upgrading
to Word for Windows version 2.0 and later also corrects this
problem.
Various Applications with Draft Mode Printing Feature
Some applications which support draft mode printing do not print
graphics when they print in draft mode. Because ATM creates text
as graphics, text might not print correctly in draft mode.
Virus Protection Software
Some virus protection software packages will not allow the ATM
Installer to replace previous versions of ATM software. If you
have this problem, first scan your hard drive for viruses. Then
temporarily disable your virus protection software while you
install ATM. Remember to re-enable your virus protection
software and re-scan your hard disk after installing ATM.
WordPerfect for Windows 5.1
Because WordPerfect does not use standard Windows font requests
when using a WordPerfect printer driver, ATM does not work
properly with WordPerfect printer drivers. To use ATM with
WordPerfect for Windows, use the standard Windows printer
drivers.
WordPerfect for Windows does not allow Windows to display fonts
properly in preview mode.
Some special characters in the ANSI character set (with values
higher than 128) do not print as displayed. See your Windows
documentation for the ANSI character set.
10. Novell Netware Considerations
Although ATM is not a network application, you can print to
network printers using ATM. However, you have to configure the
File Contents section in your print job definition to specify
byte stream instead of text. (The byte stream option is required
because ATM sends raster graphics to your non-PostScript
printer.)
To add fonts from a network drive, you must first load a
SHELL.CFG file containing the line "show dots = on". Use IPX.COM
to load the SHELL.CFG file.
There is also a 34-character limit for the PostScript target
directories for the PFB and PFM files. If your target directory
name exceeds this limit, use the map root command (instead of the
usual map command) to map the directory to a simulated root
directory.
11. ATM and IBM 4029 Series Printers
To use ATM with one of the IBM 4029 series printers, you have to
install version 3.01 or later of the 4029 printer driver and
version 1.65 of the Generic printer driver. These versions are
available with Windows 3.1. If you are using Windows 3.0,
contact your printer dealer or manufacturer for the latest
drivers.
12. Troubleshooting
Justified Text Exceeds Right Margin On Screen
Justified text sometimes extends beyond the right margin on
screen, but prints correctly. This happens particularly at small
point sizes. Two situations can cause this problem:
* Windows uses a screen font for a font of a different size.
Turning off the Use Pre-built or Resident Fonts option in the ATM
Control Panel corrects this problem.
* The problem is caused by roundoff errors occurring between ATM
font metrics and how the particular application calculates the
total width of a line of text. This problem cannot be corrected.
Documents Containing the Arial MT and TimesNewRomanPS Fonts Print
Slowly
If, after upgrading to Windows 3.1, you find that documents
containing the fonts Arial MT and TimesNewRomanPS print more
slowly on a PostScript printer, you can take the following steps
to improve printing speed.
If you are using the Arial MT font, add the following line to
both the [Aliases] section and [Synonyms] section of your ATM.INI
file.
Helvetica=Arial MT
If you are using the TimesNewRomanPS font, add the following line
to both the [Aliases] section and [Synonyms] section of your
ATM.INI file.
Times=TimesNewRomanPS
Appendix A. ATM.INI Parameters
The following section contains technical information on ATM
version 2.02's initialization file. This file is divided up into
six sections: Fonts, Setup, Settings, Mono, Aliases, and
Synonyms.
[Fonts] This section contains a list of all of the fonts
installed with ATM and the locations of the
PostScript PFM and PFB files for each font. The fonts
listed here are available to all non-PostScript
printers for screen display and printing. The fonts
available to PostScript printers are based on the
PostScript soft-font entries in the specific printer
section of the WIN.INI file and those internal to the
PostScript printer driver. If a font is listed in both
WIN.INI and ATM.INI, ATM will rasterize the font
to the screen. The printing of fonts to PostScript
devices is solely the responsibility of the PostScript
driver and Windows. ATM does not have to be active
when printing to PostScript devices.
Another important point to remember about PostScript
printers is that, although a particular application
will allow you to bold or italicize a certain font,
your PostScript printer will not be able to render the
bold or italic font unless an outline for the bold or
italic font is available. On non-PostScript printers,
however, ATM will synthesize a bold, italic or bold
italic version of a font based on the roman outline if
the outline of the desired font style is not present.
When the ATM 2.02 Installer creates the [Fonts] section
of the ATM.INI, it adds all the PostScript fonts found
in the installation disk as well as any PostScript
fonts listed as soft-font entries for PostScript
printers in the WIN.INI file. If you are upgrading
from a previous version of ATM, the Installer also adds
all the fonts listed in the current ATM.INI file.
[Setup]
PFM_Dir Default PFM directory for the ATM Control Panel when
adding PostScript fonts.
PFB_Dir Default PFB directory for the ATM Control Panel when
adding PostScript fonts.
[Settings]
FontCache=96 The size of the font cache is configurable
through the ATM Control Panel. The default is
96.
ATM=On Determines whether ATM will be loaded at
Windows boot time.
BitmapFonts=On This switch is set with the Use Pre-Built or
Resident Fonts check box on the ATM Control
Panel. If you change this switch, you do not
have to restart Windows for the change to take
effect. You may, however, have to restart
applications for the setting to take effect.
The default is On. ATM will defer to screen
fonts, resident printer fonts, and printer soft
fonts rather than rasterizing the font itself
if the font requested by the application is
available.
SynonymPSBegin=9 This value determines the point size at which
ATM will start using bitmap deferral for font
pairs listed in both the Aliases and Synonyms
sections. The default is 9. It is not
recommended that this setting be changed.
QLCDir Indicates the path of the QuickLoad file
ATMFONTS.QLC, which contains a list of
installed fonts and font metrics, thus reducing
Windows boot time. You can force ATM to
rebuild this file by deleting the file with the
MS-DOS DEL command and restarting Windows.
Version=2.02 This value enables the ATM Installer to
determine the version of ATM if ATM is not
active; otherwise, the Installer determines the
version of ATM from the DLL.
[Mono]
Courier=Yes This section contains a list of monospaced
LetterGothic=Yes fonts.
PrestigeElite=Yes
Orator=Yes
[Aliases] This section tells ATM to substitute the font
on the right of the equal sign for the font on
the left of the equal sign when an application
requests the font on the left of the equal
sign. The ATM Installer defines aliases for
the Helv, Tms Rmn, Courier, Roman, and Modern
bitmapped fonts.
When the Use Pre-built or Resident Fonts option
is turned on, ATM uses the resident bitmapped
fonts for point sizes for which bitmaps exist.
When The Use Pre-built or Resident option is
turned off, ATM uses the PostScript outline
font to rasterize all sizes of the aliased
bitmapped font.
Helv=Helvetica The fonts left of the equals sign are Windows
Tms Rmn=Times bitmapped fonts. By using PostScript outline
Courier=Courier fonts, ATM can rasterize a smooth font when
these fonts are requested at sizes not
available in bitmapped form.
Roman=Times These settings enable ATM to use PostScript
Modern=Helvetica outlines instead of the standard Windows vector
fonts (which are sometimes called "stick"
fonts).
Courier=Courier This setting is needed if an application
requests the smallest available fixed-pitch
font. If this line is not present, ATM
provides some applications with a 1-point
Courier font.
Helv=Arial MT For Windows 3.0, these settings
Tms Rmn=TimesNewRomanPS tell ATM to use internal printer fonts
when printing Arial MT and
TimesNewRomanPS to a PostScript printer.
This reduces the time required to print
documents and improves the quality of
bold and italic style text.
[Synonyms]
Helv=Helvetica Unlike the font pairs in the Aliases section,
Tms Rmn=Times the font pairs in the Synonyms are
Courier=Courier interchangeable. This means that when the font
Helv is requested at a point size not available
in bitmapped form, the font Helvetica will be
used. However, when the font Helvetica is
requested and a bitmapped Helv font of the
exact size is available, ATM will use the Helv
bitmap to display the font on the screen; this
increases performance.
U.S.A. Software License Agreement
NOTE: This form of Software License Agreement applies only to
products purchased in the United States. If you have purchased
this product in any other country, please refer to the applicable
form of Software License Agreement enclosed in the package
containing this software.
Grant of Rights
This software program, including any documentation and media
(Software) is protected by copyright laws and international treaty
and is a proprietary product of WordPerfect Corporation (WPCorp).
WPCorp grants you the right to use the Software in the quantity and
on the platform(s) indicated on the enclosed Certificate of
License. If this Software is an upgrade from a previous version of
a WPCorp software product, you may utilize either the current or
prior version of the Software, but never both versions at the same
time. This Agreement supersedes any prior version license and
governs your use of the Software.
For a single-user computer or workstation not attached to a
network, or for a network server, the Software is considered "in
use" when any portion of the Software is either loaded in memory or
virtual memory (Loaded) or stored on a hard disk or other storage
device (Stored). For single-user computers or workstations
attached to a network, the quantity of the Software "in use" is
considered to be the greater of (i) the maximum number of computers
on which the Software is Loaded at any one time, or (ii) the
maximum number of computers on which the Software is Stored.
On a multi-user computer, the quantity of Software "in use" is
considered to be the maximum number of sessions executed at any one
time.
You may make copies of the written documentation which accompanies
the Software in support of your authorized use of this WPCorp
software product. You may also make an archival copy of the
Software for each License obtained under this Agreement.
Restrictions
You may not rent or lease the Software without the written
permission of WPCorp. You may not decompile, disassemble, reverse
engineer, copy, create a derivative work, or otherwise use the
Software except as stated in this Agreement. Irrespective of the
number of sets of media included with the Software, you are granted
the right to use the Software only in the quantity indicated on the
Certificate of License. Certain qualifications may apply to the
purchase of this Software; when present, they are printed on the
Software package and form part of this Agreement.
Home or Portable Computer Provision
You are authorized to use a copy of the Software on a home or
portable computer, as long as the extra copy is never Loaded at the
same time as the Software is Loaded on the primary computer on
which you use the Software.
If you have purchased this Software under an education or
charitable institution pricing program, you may not create an extra
copy of the Software under this provision for use on a home or
portable computer.
Limited Warranty/Limitation of Liability
This Software is licensed AS IS. If for any reason you are
dissatisfied with the Software, return the product package, with
proof of purchase, to your reseller within 90 days of the date of
purchase for a full refund. If any materials or media in this
package are defective, return them to WPCorp within 90 days of the
date of purchase, and they will be replaced at no charge.
This warranty is in lieu of any other warranties, express or
implied, including the implied warranties of merchantability and
fitness for a particular purpose. In no event will WPCorp be
liable to you for damages, including any loss of profits, lost
savings, or other incidental or consequential damages arising out
of your use of or inability to use the Software, even if WPCorp or
an authorized WPCorp representative has been advised of the
possibility of such damages.
Some jurisdictions do not allow excluding or limiting implied
warranties or limiting liability for incidental or consequential
damages, and some jurisdictions have special statutory consumer
protection provisions which may supercede this limitation. As a
result, this limitation of liability may not apply to you if
prohibited by the laws of your jurisdiction.
Customer Support
WPCorp will attempt to answer your technical support requests
concerning the Software; however, this service is offered on a
reasonable efforts basis only, and WPCorp may not be able to
resolve every support request. WPCorp supports the Software only
if it is used under conditions and on operating systems for which
the Software is designed.
General
If any provision of this Agreement is found to be unlawful, void,
or unenforceable, then that provision shall be severed from this
Agreement and will not affect the validity and enforceability of
any of the remaining provisions. This Agreement shall be governed
by the laws of the State of Utah.
US Government Restricted Rights
The Software and any accompanying materials are provided with
Restricted Rights. Use, duplication, or disclosure by the
Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph
(c)(1)(ii) of The Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software
clause at DFARS 252.227-7013, or subparagraphs (c)(1) and (2) of
the Commercial Computer Software--Restricted Rights at 48 CFR
52.227-19, as applicable. Contractor/manufacturer is WordPerfect
Corporation, at the address below.
Any Questions?
If you have any questions concerning the terms of this Agreement or
special programs for educational or charitable organizations,
please write to WordPerfect Corporation, Attn. Information
Services, 1555 N. Technology Way, Orem, Utah 84057-2399, or call
(801) 225-5000.
LHUSXXXXXX1A--10/92
U.S.A. Software License Agreement
NOTE: This form of Software License Agreement applies only to
products purchased in the United States. If you have purchased
this product in any other country, please refer to the applicable
form of Software License Agreement enclosed in the package
containing this software.
Grant of Rights
This software program, including any documentation and media
(Software) is protected by copyright laws and international treaty
and is a proprietary product of WordPerfect Corporation (WPCorp).
WPCorp grants you the right to use the Software in the quantity and
on the platform(s) indicated on the enclosed Certificate of
License. If this Software is an upgrade from a previous version of
a WPCorp software product, you may utilize either the current or
prior version of the Software, but never both versions at the same
time. This Agreement supersedes any prior version license and
governs your use of the Software.
For a single-user computer or workstation not attached to a
network, or for a network server, the Software is considered "in
use" when any portion of the Software is either loaded in memory or
virtual memory (Loaded) or stored on a hard disk or other storage
device (Stored). For single-user computers or workstations
attached to a network, the quantity of the Software "in use" is
considered to be the greater of (i) the maximum number of computers
on which the Software is Loaded at any one time, or (ii) the
maximum number of computers on which the Software is Stored.
On a multi-user computer, the quantity of Software "in use" is
considered to be the maximum number of sessions executed at any one
time.
You may make copies of the written documentation which accompanies
the Software in support of your authorized use of this WPCorp
software product. You may also make an archival copy of the
Software for each License obtained under this Agreement.
Restrictions
You may not rent or lease the Software without the written
permission of WPCorp. You may not decompile, disassemble, reverse
engineer, copy, create a derivative work, or otherwise use the
Software except as stated in this Agreement. Irrespective of the
number of sets of media included with the Software, you are granted
the right to use the Software only in the quantity indicated on the
Certificate of License. Certain qualifications may apply to the
purchase of this Software; when present, they are printed on the
Software package and form part of this Agreement.
Home or Portable Computer Provision
You are authorized to use a copy of the Software on a home or
portable computer, as long as the extra copy is never Loaded at the
same time as the Software is Loaded on the primary computer on
which you use the Software.
If you have purchased this Software under an education or
charitable institution pricing program, you may not create an extra
copy of the Software under this provision for use on a home or
portable computer.
Limited Warranty/Limitation of Liability
This Software is licensed AS IS. If for any reason you are
dissatisfied with the Software, return the product package, with
proof of purchase, to your reseller within 90 days of the date of
purchase for a full refund. If any materials or media in this
package are defective, return them to WPCorp within 90 days of the
date of purchase, and they will be replaced at no charge.
This warranty is in lieu of any other warranties, express or
implied, including the implied warranties of merchantability and
fitness for a particular purpose. In no event will WPCorp be
liable to you for damages, including any loss of profits, lost
savings, or other incidental or consequential damages arising out
of your use of or inability to use the Software, even if WPCorp or
an authorized WPCorp representative has been advised of the
possibility of such damages.
Some jurisdictions do not allow excluding or limiting implied
warranties or limiting liability for incidental or consequential
damages, and some jurisdictions have special statutory consumer
protection provisions which may supercede this limitation. As a
result, this limitation of liability may not apply to you if
prohibited by the laws of your jurisdiction.
Customer Support
WPCorp will attempt to answer your technical support requests
concerning the Software; however, this service is offered on a
reasonable efforts basis only, and WPCorp may not be able to
resolve every support request. WPCorp supports the Software only
if it is used under conditions and on operating systems for which
the Software is designed.
General
If any provision of this Agreement is found to be unlawful, void,
or unenforceable, then that provision shall be severed from this
Agreement and will not affect the validity and enforceability of
any of the remaining provisions. This Agreement shall be governed
by the laws of the State of Utah.
US Government Restricted Rights
The Software and any accompanying materials are provided with
Restricted Rights. Use, duplication, or disclosure by the
Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph
(c)(1)(ii) of The Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software
clause at DFARS 252.227-7013, or subparagraphs (c)(1) and (2) of
the Commercial Computer Software--Restricted Rights at 48 CFR
52.227-19, as applicable. Contractor/manufacturer is WordPerfect
Corporation, at the address below.
Any Questions?
If you have any questions concerning the terms of this Agreement or
special programs for educational or charitable organizations,
please write to WordPerfect Corporation, Attn. Information
Services, 1555 N. Technology Way, Orem, Utah 84057-2399, or call
(801) 225-5000.
LHUSXXXXXX1A--10/92
U.S.A. Software License Agreement
NOTE: This form of Software License Agreement applies only to
products purchased in the United States. If you have purchased
this product in any other country, please refer to the applicable
form of Software License Agreement enclosed in the package
containing this software.
Grant of Rights
This software program, including any documentation and media
(Software) is protected by copyright laws and international treaty
and is a proprietary product of WordPerfect Corporation (WPCorp).
WPCorp grants you the right to use the Software in the quantity and
on the platform(s) indicated on the enclosed Certificate of
License. If this Software is an upgrade from a previous version of
a WPCorp software product, you may utilize either the current or
prior version of the Software, but never both versions at the same
time. This Agreement supersedes any prior version license and
governs your use of the Software.
For a single-user computer or workstation not attached to a
network, or for a network server, the Software is considered "in
use" when any portion of the Software is either loaded in memory or
virtual memory (Loaded) or stored on a hard disk or other storage
device (Stored). For single-user computers or workstations
attached to a network, the quantity of the Software "in use" is
considered to be the greater of (i) the maximum number of computers
on which the Software is Loaded at any one time, or (ii) the
maximum number of computers on which the Software is Stored.
On a multi-user computer, the quantity of Software "in use" is
considered to be the maximum number of sessions executed at any one
time.
You may make copies of the written documentation which accompanies
the Software in support of your authorized use of this WPCorp
software product. You may also make an archival copy of the
Software for each License obtained under this Agreement.
Restrictions
You may not rent or lease the Software without the written
permission of WPCorp. You may not decompile, disassemble, reverse
engineer, copy, create a derivative work, or otherwise use the
Software except as stated in this Agreement. Irrespective of the
number of sets of media included with the Software, you are granted
the right to use the Software only in the quantity indicated on the
Certificate of License. Certain qualifications may apply to the
purchase of this Software; when present, they are printed on the
Software package and form part of this Agreement.
Home or Portable Computer Provision
You are authorized to use a copy of the Software on a home or
portable computer, as long as the extra copy is never Loaded at the
same time as the Software is Loaded on the primary computer on
which you use the Software.
If you have purchased this Software under an education or
charitable institution pricing program, you may not create an extra
copy of the Software under this provision for use on a home or
portable computer.
Limited Warranty/Limitation of Liability
This Software is licensed AS IS. If for any reason you are
dissatisfied with the Software, return the product package, with
proof of purchase, to your reseller within 90 days of the date of
purchase for a full refund. If any materials or media in this
package are defective, return them to WPCorp within 90 days of the
date of purchase, and they will be replaced at no charge.
This warranty is in lieu of any other warranties, express or
implied, including the implied warranties of merchantability and
fitness for a particular purpose. In no event will WPCorp be
liable to you for damages, including any loss of profits, lost
savings, or other incidental or consequential damages arising out
of your use of or inability to use the Software, even if WPCorp or
an authorized WPCorp representative has been advised of the
possibility of such damages.
Some jurisdictions do not allow excluding or limiting implied
warranties or limiting liability for incidental or consequential
damages, and some jurisdictions have special statutory consumer
protection provisions which may supersede this limitation. As a
result, this limitation of liability may not apply to you if
prohibited by the laws of your jurisdiction.
Customer Support
WPCorp will attempt to answer your technical support requests
concerning the Software; however, this service is offered on a
reasonable efforts basis only, and WPCorp may not be able to
resolve every support request. WPCorp supports the Software only
if it is used under conditions and on operating systems for which
the Software is designed.
General
If any provision of this Agreement is found to be unlawful, void,
or unenforceable, then that provision shall be severed from this
Agreement and will not affect the validity and enforceability of
any of the remaining provisions. This Agreement shall be governed
by the laws of the State of Utah.
US Government Restricted Rights
The Software and any accompanying materials are provided with
Restricted Rights. Use, duplication, or disclosure by the
Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph
(c)(1)(ii) of The Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software
clause at DFARS 252.227-7013, or subparagraphs (c)(1) and (2) of
the Commercial Computer Software--Restricted Rights at 48 CFR
52.227-19, as applicable. Contractor/manufacturer is WordPerfect
Corporation, at the address below.
Any Questions?
If you have any questions concerning the terms of this Agreement or
special programs for educational or charitable organizations,
please write to WordPerfect Corporation, Attn. Information
Services, 1555 N. Technology Way, Orem, Utah 84057-2399, or call
(801) 225-5000.
LHUSXXXXXX1A--10/92
=================================================================
README.WIN 6/4/93
=================================================================
This README file contains the following information for WP Office
4.0 for Windows:
1 Changes and enhancements to the WP Office 4.0 for Windows
program that have not yet been documented in the WP
Office for Windows Reference manual or in the Quick and
Easy Office manual.
2 NTTUNES.INI
3 OFWIN.INI
4 OFSHARED.INI
5 Program Files
6 QuickTour
Please refer to the following files for additional information:
File Contents
==== ========
README.DDE Information about using DDE (Dynamic Data
Exchange) in WP Office for Windows that
has not been documented in the WP Office
for Windows Online Macros manual.
README.LCN WordPerfect Corporation Software
Licensing Agreement.
README.MCR Changes and enhancements to the WP Office
macros that have not yet been documented
in the WP Office for Windows Online
Macros manual.
README.SHP Changes and enhancements to the
WordPerfect Shared Code that have not yet
been documented in the Shared
Applications Guide.
README.VIE A description of views contained on the
Custom Views diskette, instructions for
installing the Custom Views, and a
description of the .WPG graphics included
on the Custom Views diskette that can be
used when creating custom views.
=================================================================
1 CHANGES AND ENHANCEMENTS TO WP OFFICE 4.0 FOR WINDOWS
=================================================================
PERSONAL GROUP NAMES
=========================
You cannot save a personal group with the same name as your user
ID. If you type your user ID as the personal group name, you will
be prompted to change the name.
PREFERENCES
=========================
You can now choose Preferences from the File menu in the Main
Window, In Box, Out Box, Trash, and calendar views.
SHELF
=========================
There are three icons displayed on the Shelf upon starting WP
Office. They are Unopened Items, Week View, and QuickTour.
Double-clicking the Unopened Items icon opens your In Box and
displays all messages, appointments, notes, and tasks that have not
yet been opened. Double-clicking Week View displays a weekly
calendar. Double-clicking QuickTour executes a short demonstration
of WP Office 4.0 for Windows.
SHELF
=========================
If you add an icon to the Shelf that executes a DOS application
from the network, it is recommended that you create a PIF file for
the application and copy that file to a directory on your hard
drive. Instead of selecting the .EXE file as the filename in the
Add View dialog box, select the PIF filename.
See your Windows manual for information about creating a PIF file.
=================================================================
2 NTTUNES.INI
=================================================================
The NTTUNES.INI file contains the master tunes for WP Notify, and
can be accessed by all users on the post office.
[MASTER TUNES]
=========================
This section contains any tunes that are shipped with WP Notify or
added by the System Administrator.
For example, Silent Night=95,392,340,440,113,392,227,338,454 where
Silent Night is the tune name, 95 is the tempo, 340 is the
frequency, and 440 is the duration (the frequency and duration are
repeated for each note).
=================================================================
3 OFWIN.INI
=================================================================
The OFWIN.INI file is the initialization file used by WP Office for
Windows to store specific settings.
[ADDRESS BOOK]
=========================
NameSearch.Space=1 This option specifies whether a
space acts as a field delimiter when
doing a name search.
0=NO and 1=YES.
NameSearch.Comma=1 This option specifies whether a
comma acts as a field delimiter when
doing a name search.
0=NO and 1=YES.
NameSearch.Tab=0 This option specifies whether a TAB
acts as a field delimiter when doing
a name search.
0=NO and 1=YES.
The following keys store the positions of the columns in the
Address Book.
[Address Book]
Users.Columns=
UserIDs.Columns=
Personal Groups.Columns=
Public Groups.Columns=
Resources.Columns=
The following keys store the positions of the columns in the View
Group dialog box for personal and public groups.
[Address Book]
ViewPerGrpMembers=
ViewPubGrpMembers=
[APPOINTMENTS]
=========================
BegTime = This option specifies the starting time
for the times listed in the appointment
control.
EndTime = This option specifies the ending time for
the times listed in the appointment
control.
BegTime and EndTime are specified in minutes beginning at midnight.
For example, to display the time from 8:00am to 5:00pm, you would
specify BegTime=480 and EndTime=1020.
The Display Time Intervals option must be set in the Appointment
Time Preferences dialog box for these settings to take effect. The
default values are as follows which represent 12:00am to 11:59pm:
[Appointments]
BegTime=0
EndTime=1439
[BUTTON BAR]
=========================
Sticky=Per View
Sticky=Default
Per View determines which Button Bar files and position settings
are sticky. Each item view can have its own settings because it
has its own name such as Day or Expanded Mail. The Main Window, In
Box, Out Box, and Trash also have their own settings saved.
Default means that Button Bar information is saved based on the
nine view types: Main Window, In Box, Out Box, Trash, Info,
Attachment Viewer, calendar views, and all read and send item
views.
[Button Bar]
Main=000;main.ob0
Inbox=000;inbox.ob1
Outbox=000;outbox.ob2
Trash=000;trash.ob3
Calendar=1023;calendar.ob4
ReadItem=000;readitem.ob5
SendItem=000;senditem.ob6
Info=000;info.ob7
Viewer=000;viewer.ob8
If Sticky=Per View, then this section will also contain the
IniBaseName of the Calendar and Item Views. The format of the
setting will remain the same.
The first digit can be 1 for True or 0 for False, which determines
whether the Button Bar is visible.
The second digit represents the location of the Button Bar on the
view window; 0 is the top, 1 is the left, 2 is the right, and 3 is
the bottom.
0, 23, or 39 indicate that the Button Bar buttons display graphics
and text by default.
21 or 37 indicate that the Button Bar buttons display only
graphics.
22 or 38 indicate that the Button Bar buttons display text only.
The semicolon (;) separates the Button Bar file name from the
settings numbers. If the file name does not have a path, it looks
in the default button bar, macros, and views path.
[CUSTOM COMMANDS]
=========================
This section contains custom commands that are installed into the
Office for Windows menus at runtime. The format of these custom
commands is compatible with Windows(TM) for Workgroups with the
exceptions noted below.
[Custom Commands]
key=version;menu;name;position;DLL name;ordinal;command;
event map;;;;
KEY A unique identifier for the custom
command.
VERSION 3.0
MENU The menu where the custom command is to
be added, such as Tools.
NAME The name that appears in the menu. You
may include an ampersand (&) in front of
the letter that is to be used as the
Alt+key accelerator.
POSITION The position within the menu to place the
command. Zero is the first position, one
is the second, and so forth.
DLL NAME Name of the DLL that implements the
custom command. The DLL name can be
optionally followed by a comma and the
ordinal of the entry point to call
command A string passed as one of the
parameters to the DLL.
EVENT MAP This entry can be (and commonly is)
empty. If it is not empty, it is a
sequence of 16 digits specifying the
events that the command supports. Each
digit can be 0 or 1 to indicate whether
the DLL should be called for the specific
event. There are currently three events
defined; the rest are reserved and must
be 0. The first digit specifies run at
startup. The second digit specifies run
at exit. The third digit specifies run
at the arrival of new mail.
;;;; Required as termination of the custom
command.
For example, the following line will add WP Office View Designer to
the Tools menu below the Rules menu item. Selecting the menu item
will launch WP Office View Designer.
ViewDesigner=3.0;Tools;&ViewDesigner;1;ofrunapp.dll;vewin.exe;;;;;
Differences from Windows(TM) for Workgroups
1 WP Office does not support the <ExtsDir>.
2 WP Office does not support the status text, Help file, or Help
context parameters.
3 If you use Mail as the menu name, WP Office places the command
on the Send menu.
4 WP Office supports menu names that Microsoft Mail does not
support.
5 Custom commands added to the menus are always enabled in WP
Office.
6 A custom command added to a menu will appear on all WP Office
windows.
[ENVIRONMENT]
=========================
Path= This is the option that specifies the
path to the post office when the user
runs SETUP. If this entry is missing, WP
Office will prompt the user for the path
at startup.
Initials= WP Office writes these initials the first
time it is run. NTWIN uses the initials
to find your Notify file. WP Office
should be run once before trying to run
Notify.
TrashPrompt=1 Choosing Empty Selected Items in the
Trash will prompt the user for
confirmation by default. If this key is
set to 0, then WP Office will not prompt
for confirmation when removing items from
the Trash. Empty Trash will always
prompt for confirmation.
The following options let the user set the relative size of their
views and are only useful for users who have high resolution
monitors.
[Environment]
View Scaling=SMALL
View Scaling=MEDIUM
View Scaling=LARGE
View Scaling=NORMAL
[FILES LOCATIONS]
=========================
[Files Locations]
BBarMacros= This is the directory where Button Bar
files, macro files, and custom views are
stored.
Default Save= This is the directory where attachments
and items will be saved by default.
Views= This is the directory where custom views
will be saved by default.
[FOLDER SETTINGS]
=========================
Expand All Levels
Expand One Level
Save/Restore Expansion
Inbox Folders=Expand One Level
Outbox Folders=Expand One Level
Other Folders=Expand All Levels
If the expansion preference has been set to the Save/Restore
Expansion, when the folder list control saves itself, the string is
replaced with a list of base 36 numbers which are Database Record
Numbers (drn(s)) of the folders displayed in the folder list
control.
If the Save/Restore Expansion value is being used, then the
following keys will be written:
[Folder Settings]
Inbox Folders.USERID=
Inbox Folders.USERID.Archive=
[FONT]
=========================
This section contains default fonts for controls and controls
associated with specific views.
The format is ControlName=fontdesc or
ViewName.ControlName=fontdesc.
The fontdesc is font face, size, bold, italics, where bold and
italics can be 1 or 0.
The following are the supported control names with sample font
descriptions:
[Font]
Folder List Control=Times New Roman, -13, 0, 0
Item List Control=Madrone, -11, 0, 0
Appt Control=Courier New, -13, 0, 0
Note Control=Courier New, -13, 0, 0
Task Control=Courier New, -13, 0, 0
Message Control=Arial, -13, 0, 0
Looker Control=Arial, -12, 0, 0
Week Control=MS Sans Serif, -13, 0, 0
The following are the only ViewName.ControlName combinations that
will be written to the .INI file by WP Office. However, other
combinations are valid and can be entered by hand such as Day.Appt
Control=.
[Font]
In Box.Item List Control=MS Sans Serif, -13, 0, 0
Out Box.Item List Control=Arial, -13, 0, 0
In Box.Folder List Control=Tekton, -13, 0, 0
Out Box.Folder List Control=Times New Roman, -13, 0, 0
Trash.Item List Control=Madrone, -11, 0, 0
[GRID OPTIONS]
=========================
Settings=150 1 4 1 0
The value has the following form: x y interval units show_grid
snap_to_grid
X The number of WPUs (1200 = 1 inch)
between vertical grids.
Y The number of WPUs between the horizontal
grids.
INTERVAL How often you would draw a line on a
grid.
UNITS Should be 4 and should not be changed in
this release.
SHOW_GRID=1 1 to display grid lines; 0 to hide grid
lines.
SNAP_TO_GRID=1 1 forces controls to nearest grid; 0 does
not force controls to nearest grid.
[IN BOX]
=========================
SplitBar= This option specifies the number of
pixels for the Folder list in the In Box.
This value defaults to one quarter the
size of the In Box window.
[LAUNCHING]
=========================
Directory= This is the directory in which files will
be created when an attachment is opened
(launched).
Prompt=1 This option controls whether the user
will be prompted before launching an
attachment if the associated application
is in the correct format for launching.
1 will always prompt before launching. 0 will only prompt when
there is no association.
[MAIN WINDOW]
=========================
OFWIN Position= This option specifies the position of the
WP Office Main Window the last time WP
Office was exited. The value for this
key is x y w h n. The letters x, y, w,
and h are pixel values for the top left
corner, width, and height of the window.
The final value n is 1 if the window is
maximized and 0 if it is not.
VEWIN Position= This option specifies the position of the
WP Office View Designer's Main Window the
last time it was exited. The value for
this key is x y w h, where x, y, w, and h
are pixel values for the top left corner,
width, and height of the window.
[NTWIN CONFIGURATION]
=========================
MessageList= This option stores the state of the Low,
Normal, and High priority check boxes in
the Subscribe to Notify dialog box.
The keys below can have the following values:
popupOnAlarm, sound file or tone name or (default)
iconChangeOnAlarm, sound file or tone name or (default)
noVisualOnAlarm, sound file or tone name or (default)
The default setting is popupOnAlarm. For example:
NormalPriorityMail=popupOnAlarm, Bach - Invention in F Major
LowPriorityAlarm=
NormalPriorityAlarm=
HighPriorityAlarm=
LowPriorityAppt=
NormalPriorityAppt=
HighPriorityAppt=
LowPriorityMail=
NormalPriorityMail=
HighPriorityMail=
LowPriorityNote=
NormalPriorityNote=
HighPriorityNote=
LowPriorityPhone=
NormalPriorityPhone=
HighPriorityPhone=
ReturnNotification=
LowPriorityTask=
NormalPriorityTask=
HighPriorityTask=
Unknown=
Options=/F-60 This is the polling interval set to
seconds. The minimum polling
interval is 60 seconds.
Column= This option specifies the column
positions in the WP Notify column
manager. The string is
CnnLxxxxWyyyy which will be repeated
for each column.
Position= This option specifies the window
position. The string is
XnnnnYnnnnWnnnnHnnnn where nnnn is
the pixel value for the top left
corner, width, and height of the
window.
[OUT BOX]
=========================
SplitBar= This option specifies the number of
pixels for the Folder list in the
Out Box. This value defaults to
one-fourth the size of the Out Box
window.
[PERSONAL TUNES]
=========================
This section contains any tunes the user creates in WP Notify.
For example, Silent Night=95,392,340,440,113,392,227,338,454 where
Silent Night is the tune name, 95 is the tempo, 340 is the
frequency, and 440 is the duration (the frequency and duration are
repeated for each note).
[PRINTER]
=========================
Name= Printer name
Font=Courier The font name
Size=10 The font size
Units=0 Units, 0 - inches, 1 -
centimeters
Margins=1200 1200 1200 1200 Page margins in WPUs - left,
right, top, and bottom
Gateway= Name of printer gateway
Launch=No Launch assoc. app to print?
Yes/No
LaunchAppPath= Directory to create print files
[RULES]
=========================
Col Settings= Stores the column manager positions
for the Create Rule dialog box
[SETUP]
=========================
Lang= This option specifies any of the
valid two-letter language codes.
Icon Order=0,1,3,4,5,2 This option specifies the order in
which the icons appear on the Main
Window.
0 - Calendar, 1 - Mail, 2 - Phone, 3 - Appointment, 4 - Task,
5 - Note
SysColors=Yes This option specifies whether to use
the Windows system colors in the
views.
Chisel=Yes This option specifies whether to
sculpture the controls on views.
The following six entries save the view names that were selected in
the Main Window pop-up lists since WP Office was last exited. For
example, LastFolder=Day.
[Setup]
LastFolder=
LastMail=
LastAppt=
LastTask=
LastNote=
LastPhone=
The following are the default views which store the filename for
each view type.
[Setup]
DefFoldView=
DefMailView=
DefPhonView=
DefGrpApptView=
DefPersApptView=
DefGrpNoteView=
DefPersNoteView=
DefGrpToDoView=
DefPersToDoView=
[SHELF]
=========================
Col Settings= Stores the column manager positions for
the Shelf Icon Properties dialog box.
[VIEW SETTINGS]
=========================
This section contains window positions and column manager
positions. The keys have the form: ViewName.Position or
ViewName.ItemList. The ViewName.Position keys have values of 'x y
w h' where x, y, w, and h are pixel values for the top left corner,
width, and height of the window. The ViewName.ItemList keys have
values for column positions of the form 'n:l:w' where n is the
column number, l is the pixel value for the left edge, and w is the
pixel value for the width.
=================================================================
4 OFSHARED.INI
=================================================================
The OFSHARED.INI file is not shipped with WP Office 4.0 for
Windows, but it can be created.
The OFSHARED.INI file lets the System Administrator set the .INI
file settings for all WP Office users on a post office. Most
settings from the OFWIN.INI file can be placed in OFSHARED.INI.
Settings in OFWIN.INI will override settings in OFSHARED.INI.
=================================================================
5 PROGRAM FILES
=================================================================
The program files listed below are installed with WP Office 4.0 for
Windows:
NETWORK FILES
=========================
The following files are only installed on the network.
File Description
==== ===========
ADMSETUP.EXE This is the Administration setup
program, which is installed in the
OFWIN40\SETUP directory.
SETUP.EXE This is the end user setup program,
which is installed in the OFWIN40
directory.
Q-TOUR.EXE This is the WP Office 4.0 for
Windows QuickTour, which is
installed in the OFWIN40 directory.
An icon to launch the QuickTour is
placed on each user's Shelf during
installation.
40VIEWS.$$$ WP Office creates this file in the
directory where the views are
loaded; this includes the standard
views in OFVIEWS\WIN. If WP Office
does not find this file, it will
create it. If a view file is
deleted, modified, or added, then
the System Administrator should run
the Windows client again after
making the changes, so a new
40views.$$$ file can be created.
This file will be created in the
directory the users have their
custom view path pointing to, but
they must have write access for the
file to be created.
WP OFFICE EXECUTABLE FILES
==========================
File Description
==== ===========
NTWIN.EXE This file starts the WP Notify
program.
OFWIN.EXE This file calls up OFWINFIL.EXE.
OFWINFIL.EXE This is the main WP Office program
file.
VEWIN.EXE This file calls up VEWINFIL.EXE.
VEWINFIL.EXE This is the main WP Office View
Designer program file.
WP OFFICE .DLL FILES
=========================
File Description
==== ===========
OFBTNUS.DLL This is the WP Office 4.0 Button Bar
module. This file contains Button
Bar images and names.
OFWIN40.DLL This is the WP Office 4.0 engine,
which contains the database support
and WP Office functionality that is
shared across platforms.
OF40OWL.DLL This file is the C++ class library
that contains the base C++ class
libraries WP Office for Windows is
built on.
OF40CLS.DLL This file is the C++ class library
that contains the base C++ class
libraries WP Office for Windows is
built on.
OF40CRTL.DLL This file is the C runtime library
that contains the C support for WP
Office 4.0.
OFRUNAPP.DLL This file is the support DLL for
custom commands, and is used when
adding custom commands to the WP
Office menus.
WPNTUS.DLL This is the WP Notify language
module. This file contains the WP
Notify strings that are translated
for other languages. The last two
characters of the filename represent
the language.
WPOFUS.DLL This file is the WP Office 4.0
language module. This file contains
the WP Office 4.0 strings that are
translated for other languages. The
last two characters of the filename
represent the language.
WPVEUS.DLL This is the WP Office View Designer
language module. This file contains
the View Designer strings that are
translated for other languages. The
last two characters of the filename
represent the language.
SHARED APPLICATION FILES
=========================
See the WordPerfect Shared Applications Guide for more information
on Speller, Thesaurus, and QuickFinder.
File Description
==== ===========
QFWIN.EXE This file starts the WordPerfect
QuickFinder program.
SPWIN.EXE This file starts the WP Speller
program.
THWIN.EXE This file starts the WP Thesaurus
program.
WP.DRS This file displays special
characters in WP Office.
WPCSHAR?.DLL Files with this type of name contain
part of the WP Office code. The
question mark represents shared code
files 1 through 6.
WPCDLL.EXE This file controls how WP Office and
other programs use different shared
code .DLL files. This file makes it
possible to switch between programs
without losing information.
MACRO FACILITY
=========================
File Description
==== ===========
MCWIN.EXE This file contains the Macro
Compiler.
MFWIN.EXE This file contains the Macro
Facility.
MXWIN.EXE This file contains the Macro
Interpreter.
WPCMCR.DLL This file lets you create
user-defined dialog boxes with
macros.
WPOFUS.WCD This file contains the Macro command
list.
WPWCMD.DLL This file contains the Macro
Converter.
FILE MANAGER
=========================
File Description
==== ===========
FMWIN.EXE This file contains the File Manager
utility that lets you manage and
organize your files.
WPFM*.DLL Each of these files let you use a
particular monitor type to display
WordPerfect File Manager Button Bar
graphics.
WP{FM}.FMB This file contains the default
Button Bar used in File Manager.
WPFMUS.DLL This file contains the help text
that appears on the status bar in
the File Manager window.
UTILITY FILES
=========================
See the WordPerfect Shared Applications Guide for more information
on the Graphics Conversion Program and Speller Utility.
File Description
==== ===========
GRAPHCNV.EXE This file contains the WordPerfect
Graphics Conversion program.
HYPHEN.EXE This file contains the WordPerfect
Hyphenation Utility. It is used to
create hyphenation exception
dictionaries for languages that do
not use word-based spelling
dictionaries.
*.ICO Files with a .ICO extension are icon
files that can be used with the
Utility Files in the Windows Program
Manager.
SPELL.EXE This file contains the WordPerfect
Speller Utility.
PRINTER FILES
=========================
See the WordPerfect Shared Applications Guide for more information
on the Printer Program.
File Description
==== ===========
CHARACTR.DOC This file lists the names of the
characters in the WordPerfect
character sets (see Appendix F: WP
Special Characters in the WP Office
4.0 for Windows Reference manual).
Print this file as you would any
other document.
CHARMAP.TST This file contains all of the
characters in the WordPerfect
character sets (see Appendix F: WP
Special Characters in the WP Office
4.0 for Windows Reference manual).
KERN.TST This file contains a list of the
most commonly kerned letter pairs.
PTR.EXE This file contains the WordPerfect
Printer Program.
PTR.HLP This file contains the information
for the Printer Program Help
feature.
PTR.ICO This is an icon file which can be
used with the Printer Program in the
Windows Program Manager.
SPELLER/THESAURUS FILES
=========================
File Description
==== ===========
WPCHYPUS.DLL This file contains information to
hyphenate English words correctly.
WPCSPR.DLL This file helps perform rule-based
Speller functions in English.
WPCSPW.DLL This file helps perform word-based
Speller functions in English.
WP{WP}US.LEX This file is the main word list for
the Speller and the external
dictionary for the Hyphenation
feature.
WP{WP}US.THS This file is the word list for the
Thesaurus.
MISCELLANEOUS FILES
=========================
File Description
==== ===========
.HLP Files Files with a .HLP extension are help
files for each of the main .EXE
files.
.INI Files Files with a .INI extension store
the changes you make to the default
settings. You make most of these
changes in the Preferences dialog
boxes within WP Office for Windows.
.OB? Files Files with a .OB? extension are
Button Bar files in WP Office. The
question mark represents Button Bar
files 0 through 6.
OFWIN.QST This file contains the contents of
the Shelf and is placed in the
Windows directory.
.VEW Files Files with a .VEW extension are WP
Office for Windows view files that
let you see and create mail and
phone messages, appointments, notes,
and tasks.
.WCM Files Files with a .WCM extension are
macro files that can automate many
tasks you perform in WP Office.
WPOFF40.DOT This file is a macro used with
Microsoft Word 2.0. With this macro
you can create Mail, Appointments,
Tasks, Notes, and Phone Messages, as
well as open the default calendar,
In Box, or Out Box from within
Microsoft Word 2.0.
WPOFF40.SMM This file is a macro used with Ami
Pro 3.0. With this macro you can
create Mail, Appointments, Tasks,
Notes, Phone Messages, and open the
default calendar or In Box from
within Ami Pro 3.0.
WPOFF40.WBT This file is a macro used with
Norton Desktop for Windows. With
this macro you can create Mail,
Appointments, Tasks, Notes, Phone
Messages, and open the default
calendar or In Box from within
Norton Desktop for Windows.
=================================================================
6 QUICKTOUR
=================================================================
Double-click the QuickTour icon on the Shelf to execute Q-TOUR.EXE,
a short demonstration of WP Office 4.0 for Windows features.
README.PTR 29/04/92
The following printer definitions were created for Office 3.1.
If your printer does not have a corresponding .PRD file or does
not work correctly with your current definition, select a printer
definition that is compatible with your printer. If there is not
a compatible printer listed, try using the OTHERDM.PRD or
OTHERLQ.PRD definitions. If these definitions do not work, use
the GENERIC.PRD definition.
CANON.PRD Written for the Canon LBP-8II printer.
DIABLO.PRD Written for the Diablo 630 (US) and compatibles.
DIABLODT.PRD Written for the Diablo 630 (DUTCH) and
compatibles.
DIABLOFN.PRD Written for the Diablo 630 (FINNISH) and
compatibles.
DIABLOFR.PRD Written for the Diablo 630 (FRENCH) and
compatibles.
DIABLOGR.PRD Written for the Diablo 630 (GERMAN) and
compatibles.
DIABLONR.PRD Written for the Diablo 630 (NORWEGIAN) and
compatibles.
DIABLOSP.PRD Written for the Diablo 630 (SPANISH) and
compatibles.
DIABLOSW.PRD Written for the Diablo 630 (SWISS) and
compatibles.
EPSON.PRD Written for the Epson LQ-2500 and compatibles.
EPSONFX.PRD Written for all Epson FX models.
GENERIC.PRD The standard definition for any printer which has
no definition.
HP_LJ.PRD Written for the HP LaserJet Series II and
compatibles.
HP_LJL.PRD Written for the HP LaserJet Series II and
compatibles landscape mode.
HP_PLUS.PRD Written for the HP LaserJet Plus.
HP_PLUSL.PRD Written for the HP LaserJet Plus landscape mode.
IBM4019.PRD Written for the IBM 4019.
IBMPROPR.PRD Written for the IBM ProPrinter and compatibles.
IBMPROXL.PRD Written for the IBM ProPrinter XL and compatibles.
IBMPS1.PRD Written for the IBM PS/1.
NECPIN.PRD Written for the NEC Pinwriters and compatibles.
OTHERDM.PRD Written for any dot-matrix printer that is not
Epson or IBM compatible.
OTHERLQ.PRD Written for any letter quality printer that is not
Diablo 630 compatible.
POSTSCR.PRD Written for PostScript printers. The PostScript
Printer TSR program (PSPRT.COM) must be loaded
before this printer definition can be used (see
README.PS).
TOSHIBA.PRD Written for the Toshiba 351 and compatibles.
WPOPTR.EXE WPOPTR.EXE is a program that lets you modify or
create Printer Definition (.PRD) files. See
WPOPTR Program in the appendix of your reference
manual for more information.
June 21, 1990
Dear Customer,
Here are the addenda to the User's Guide and Scanner Installation Guide:
Windows 3.0 on IBM PS/2 Machines
In order for Windows 3.0 to run reliably on IBM PS/2 machines, you must modify
the HIMEM.SYS line in your CONFIG.SYS file. If HIMEM.SYS is in the root
directory of your C: drive, the line should read:
DEVICE=C:\HIMEM.SYS /M:PS2
This will allow your IBM PS/2 to run Windows 3.0 reliably.
Pop-Up Verifier Input Limitations
The maximum input line length in the Pop-Up Verifier is 339 characters
including spaces and region breaks. The number of pop-ups per page is limited
to 200. If you have a problem with input line length, try zoning out the page
in question column by column. If you get more than 200 pop-ups, try adjusting
the brightness control in the Setup Window.
"Out of Memory" Errors
WordScan Plus will run very reliably in a true 2 Mb machine. If you are
running on a network, have allocated extra environment space, or have TSR
programs like Sidekick running on your machine, WordScan Plus ends up with
less than 2 Mb to work with. For many pages WordScan Plus may still run fine.
For very difficult pages, WordScan Plus may run out of memory and produce this
message. If you are getting this message on just regular pages, make sure
that you aren't using up a lot of memory for other purposes. If you have a
386 machine, you can solve this problem simply by running Windows in enhanced
mode.
"Out of Disk Space" Errors
WordScan Plus needs enough free disk space to work properly. Make sure you
have enough free disk space to save files, etc. If you have less than 500K
bytes free on your hard disk, WordScan Plus may not be able to operate
properly.
Reordering Zones
To reorder zones in the Preview window, move the mouse to the zone to be
reordered, hold down the left mouse button, and drag the mouse to the zone
that should come after the zone you are reordering. When you release the
mouse button the zones will reorder themselves.
File Overwrite Protection
Potentially thousands of files can be created by saving a large document with
multiple image zones. Because of this, checking to see whether any of these
files could potentially overwrite a portion of a previously saved document
would take too much time. Instead, we have adopted a far faster method
that may warn you of an overwrite situation when no danger of overwrite
exists. For example, it will warn you if you try to save the document "foo"
and have a previously saved document named "foob."
Page Size Limitations
The maximum page size for WordScan Plus is 4096 by 4096 pixels. On regular
pages at regular resolutions you will never run into this limitation. At 400
dpi (dots per inch), the page is limited to 8.5" by 10.24". At 600 dpi, the
page is limited to 6.8" on a side.
Recognizing Dithered Images
Although we have tried to protect against this, it is fairly easy for you to
try to recognize text on a page that has been scanned with a dither pattern
set. Normally dithered images have very poor recognition.
Excel, Lotus, and Quattro (.WK1) Output Limitations
Output to these spreadsheets is limited to 8192 lines, 255 columns,
65546 cells, and 240 characters per cell (essentially characters per line).
Files that exceed these limits will result in the error message "Conversion
document too large for target."
Multimate Output Limitations
Output to Multimate is limited to 128K bytes total file size and 256
pages. Files that exceed these limits will result in the error message
"Conversion document too large for target."
"Numeric Tabs" Limitations
Selecting "Numeric Tabs" in the Style Sheet will cause WordScan Plus to align
tables of numbers in columns with the decimal point aligned down the column
provided the decimals are aligned on the original document and the numbers
are contained in a table with at least three columns.
Dest 3000 Scanners with Auto Document Feeders
If you lift the cover of a Dest 3000 scanner with an auto document feeder
while a page is feeding, the scanner will lock up. You will have to turn the
scanner off and then back on again then reboot your system (Ctrl-Alt-Del) to
clear this condition.
Microtek Scanner Addressing on the IBM PS/2
The Microtek scanner for the PS/2 uses the MS-MCY board. This board uses a
fixed I/O address which may conflict with the mouse without this conflict
showing up when you configure your system with your reference diskette. The
MS-MCY board has two revisions. The REV-A board uses I/O addresses 400-40f
hexidecimal. The REV-B board uses I/O addresses 500-50f hexidecimal. If a
conflict exists, you can avoid problems by not moving the mouse while the
scanner is scanning.
Early HP ScanJet Scanners with Auto Document Feeders
If you lift the auto document feeder of an early model HP ScanJet scanner
while the document is prefeeding (just as it is going into the feeder), the
scanner may lock up. You will have to turn the scanner off and then back on
again to clear this condition.
A Final Word
All of us at Calera have taken extreme care to insure the quality of this
product. If you are reading this file because you are having a problem with
WordScan Plus and you haven't found the solution here, here are a few
additional ideas that may help you solve your problem:
* Consult the "Troubleshooting" section of the User Guide.
* If WordScan Plus used to work but isn't working now, think carefully
about the things you changed between the time you know it worked and now.
Did you install new software or hardware, alter your CONFIG.SYS file,
or get installed on a network? Could any of these things have affected
WordScan Plus? It wouldn't hurt to reinstall WordScan Plus at this point
to make sure you haven't accidentaly erased part of it.
* If you are installing WordScan Plus for the first time and you can't get
it to work, try running the Technical Assistant. Make sure your scanner
is working by testing it with the manufacturer's software. Most
manufacturers include software with their scanner that you can use to
test it and see if it's working right.
* If you've run the Technical Assistant, been through the User's Guide (and
Scanner Installation Guide if it's a scanner problem), been through
this file, and are at the end of your rope, give us a call. Our
technical support number is (408) 986-8746.
Happy Recognition!
EDUWinWordDOC NORMAL.STY 0 31 16 7 0 0 700 0 0 0 136 1 2 1 34 System 16 8 0 0 400 0 0 0 255 1 2 1 49 Terminal 13 5 0 0 400 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 34 Helv 13 8 0 0 400 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 49 Courier 39 19 0 0 400 0 0 0 2 3 2 1 18 Symbol 13 5 0 0 400 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 18 Tms Rmn 3 1 0 0 400 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 34 Small Fonts 14 5 0 0 400 0 0 0 161 1 2 1 82 Fences 8 4 0 0 400 0 0 0 160 1 2 1 82 MT Extra 28 13 0 0 400 0 0 0 2 1 2 1 82 MT Symbol 16 8 0 0 400 0 0 0 254 3 2 1 49 MS LineDraw 32 16 0 0 400 0 0 0 136 3 2 1 49 细明体 32 16 0 0 400 0 0 0 136 3 2 1 49 @细明体 36 14 0 0 400 0 0 0 0 3 2 1 34 Arial 37 19 0 0 400 0 0 0 0 3 2 1 49 Courier New 36 13 0 0 400 0 0 0 0 3 2 1 18 Times New Roman 36 28 0 0 400 0 0 0 2 3 2 1 2 Wingdings 16 7 0 0 700 0 0 0 134 1 2 1 34 @System 16 8 0 0 400 0 0 0 134 1 2 1 49 Fixedsys 16 8 0 0 400 0 0 0 134 1 2 1 49 @Fixedsys 13 5 0 0 400 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 34 MS Sans Serif 13 5 0 0 400 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 18 MS Serif 32 19 0 0 400 0 0 0 255 3 2 1 18 Roman 37 17 0 0 400 0 0 0 255 3 2 1 66 Script 32 17 0 0 400 0 0 0 255 3 2 1 50 Modern 36 14 0 0 400 0 0 0 0 3 2 1 34 宋体 36 14 0 0 400 0 0 0 0 3 2 1 34 宋体繁体 32 16 0 0 400 0 0 0 134 3 2 1 49 细宋体 32 16 0 0 400 0 0 0 134 3 2 1 49 @细宋体 32 16 0 0 400 0 0 0 134 3 2 1 49 中黑体 32 16 0 0 400 0 0 0 134 3 2 1 49 @中黑体 2300 3507 59 59 50 100 300 300 236 236 1 FORMAT 16 NORMAL 2 2 0 0 0 0 13 0 50 3 24 -1 3 0 0 0 10 0 192 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CELL 0 0 24 0 0 0 13 0 50 3 10 8192 3 0 0 0 10 0 192 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 TITLE1 0 0 0 150 0 0 29 16 112 3 24 -1 3 0 0 0 10 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 TITLE2 0 -1 100 100 0 0 29 16 80 6 24 -1 3 0 0 0 10 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 TITLE3 0 -1 50 50 0 0 29 16 56 3 24 -1 3 0 0 0 10 2 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 31744 10 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 brows 0 2 0 0 0 0 13 0 50 3 24 8192 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 foot 0 2 0 0 0 0 13 0 50 3 24 8192 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 table 0 0 50 50 0 0 13 0 50 3 24 -1 3 0 0 0 0 0 192 -1 51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 J48D2 -2 2 30 30 102 0 13 0 50 4 24 -1 3 0 0 0 0 0 192 -24081 51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 TITLE 2 2 0 0 0 0 13 0 50 3 24 8192 3 0 0 0 0 0 192 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CELL1 0 0 30 0 0 0 13 0 56 3 24 -1 3 0 0 0 0 0 192 -1 51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CELL2 0 -1 30 0 250 0 13 0 50 3 24 8192 3 0 0 0 0 0 192 -1 51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 J48D -2 2 30 30 102 0 13 0 50 3 24 -1 3 0 0 0 0 0 192 -1 51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 J48 -1 2 30 30 256 0 13 0 50 3 24 -1 3 0 0 0 0 0 192 -1 51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 J483 2 2 0 30 256 0 13 0 50 3 24 -1 3 0 0 0 0 0 192 -1 51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 dizhi 2 2 80 80 80 0 13 0 50 3 24 -1 3 0 0 0 0 4 192 -1 53 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 12 31744 30 30 30 30 SECTION 1 1 0 PARA 151 TITLE1 35 0 &欢迎使用<T.!WinWord<T>!文书处理系统 NORMAL 161 0 &本README为您使用WinWord文书处理系统提供了重要信息，协助您尽快熟练使用WinWord文书处理系统。它不仅向您介绍了WinWord文书处理系统的主要功能，还教您如何正确使用系统。 TITLE2 8 0 &【目录】 NORMAL 212 0 &重要注意事项.使用帮助.体裁的使用.系统盘内容.WinWord文书处理系统的配置.安装WinWord文书处理系统.进入与退出WinWord文书处理系统.WinWord档案管理系统功能.WinWord文字编辑系统功能.WinWord公文排版系统功能.系统间的切换功能 TITLE2 16 0 &【重要注意事项】 J48D2 567 0 & WinWord公文排版系统的<C@#编辑<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选择表的选项内容和使用手册中介绍的有所差异，软件中<C�#编辑<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选择表<C!!里的<C@#<A!!<T.!<S2!重复<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!、<C@#复原<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!两项功能无效。. <C@#<A!!<T.!<S2!窗口<C!!选择表中的选项内容和使用手册中介绍的也有所差异，软件中<C@#窗口<C!!选择表中的<C�"开新窗口<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!功能无效。<T.!<S2!<A!!<C!!. 在WinWord文字编辑系统和公文排版系统中使用PE2风格按键时，AAAAAAALT+O、AALT+J、AALT+S等按键未定义。<T.!<S2!<A!!<C!!. 文件中某些图形反白显示时，表示该图形文件不在当前路径中<T.!<S2!<A!!<C!!。 TITLE2 12 0 &【使用帮助】 NORMAL 155 0 &在使用WinWord文书处理系统时难免会碰到一些一时难以解决的问题，这时您可以参阅本README；查阅WinWord文书处理系统使用手册；使用WinWord文书处理系统线上帮助功能。 J48D2 507 0 & 要使用README.DOC文件浏览WinWord文书处理系统的内容，可以在<C�"文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选择表中选<C�"打开文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!，取出README.DOC这个文件即可。. 使用WinWord文书处理系统的过程中，可能会碰到无法解决的问题，这时可以到AWinWord文书处理系统使用手册中去寻找答案。. 在系统中遇到临时需要解决的问题，可以使用WinWord文书处理系统提供的在线帮助功能。您可以在<C�"帮助<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选择表中选择需要的选项以得到相应的帮助信息，也可以利用对话盒中的<C�"Help<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!命令按钮，得到该项功能的帮助讯息。 NORMAL 0 0 NORMAL 53 0 &假使您还有问题没有办法解决，请通过以下方式寻求协助∶. J48D 121 0 &1.找经销商询问.2.利用系统盘中的「WinWord文书处理系统问题卡」（文件名∶AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAQUESTION.DOC）写信给我们。地址是∶ dizhi 78 0 &武汉市洪山区卓刀泉路6-1号（邮编∶430070）.汉声电脑有限公司.WinWord用户服务部收 NORMAL 82 0 &当您寄出问题卡时，请注意∶如您漏填了任一栏位，都会使得服务工程师无法回答您的问题。 NORMAL 0 0 NORMAL 203 0 &您所使用的这套软件是WinWord文书处理系统(V1.0)的教育版，它主要用于教育训练。WinWord文书处理系统还有专业版和普及版两种版本，这两种版本为实际使用者而设计，如果您要使用这两种版本，请与本公司的下列机构联络∶. NORMAL 271 0 &武汉汉声电脑公司 武汉市洪山区卓刀泉路6-1号.邮编∶430070.电话∶(027)703089.传真∶(027)712569..北京汉声电脑公司 北京市海淀区白石桥路46#西门.邮编∶100081.电话∶(01)8312277-2239..成都汉声电脑公司 四川成都建设北路电子科大住宿部201室.邮编∶610054.电话∶(028)333312-3302. NORMAL 91 0 &深圳汉声电脑公司 深圳市深南西路竹子林五建综合楼601或401.邮编∶518040.电话∶(0755)3302590 TITLE2 14 0 &【体裁的使用】 NORMAL 91 0 &WinWord中预设了十一种体裁档供您在编排文件时使用，各种体裁档中体裁的规格和纸张大小都不相同。 TABLE 4 0 &�tA! CELL1 8 1 &预设体裁 CELL1 8 1 &纸张规格 CELL1 8 1 &纸张大小 CELL 10 1 &NORMAL.STY CELL 6 1 &A4直式 CELL 12 1 &21×29.5公分 CELL 7 1 &HA4.STY CELL 6 1 &A4横式 CELL 12 1 &21×29.5公分 CELL 7 1 &HB4.STY CELL 6 1 &B4横式 CELL 14 1 &36.4×25.4公分 CELL 7 1 &HA3.STY CELL 6 1 &A3横式 CELL 14 1 &41.6×27.8公分 CELL 9 1 &H2480.STY CELL 18 1 &24针80栏打印纸横式 CELL 14 1 &27.8×21.4公分 CELL 10 1 &H24132.STY CELL 19 1 &24针132栏打印纸横式 CELL 14 1 &35.5×27.9公分 CELL 7 1 &VA4.STY CELL 6 1 &A4直式 CELL 12 1 &29.5×21公分 CELL 7 1 &VB4.STY CELL 6 1 &B4直式 CELL 14 1 &25.4×36.4公分 CELL 7 1 &VA3.STY CELL 6 1 &A3横式 CELL 14 1 &27.8×41.6公分 CELL 9 1 &V2480.STY CELL 18 1 &24针80栏打印纸直式 CELL 14 1 &21.4×27.8公分 CELL 10 1 &V24132.STY CELL 19 1 &24针132栏打印纸直式 CELL 14 1 &27.9×35.5公分 TITLE2 16 0 &<P【系统盘内容】 TABLE 4 0 &�t!! CELL1 16 1 &文AAAA件 类 型 CELL1 14 1 &文 件 名 称 CELL2 8 1 &执行文件 CELL2 28 1 &WORD.EXE.WINEDIT.EXE.FMS.EXE CELL2 8 1 &安装程序 CELL2 11 1 &INSTALL.EXE CELL2 12 1 &按键定义文件 CELL2 55 1 &PE21.~KY.PE22.~KY.WS1.~KY.WS2.~KY.FIXED1.~KY.FIXED2.~KY CELL2 7 1 &图形DRV CELL2 71 1 &GEMIMG.PFD.HPGLPLT.PFD.LOTUSPIC.PFD.PCX.PFD.PUT.PFD.TIFF.PFD.WINBMP.PFD CELL2 10 1 &动态连接库 CELL2 8 1 &BWCC.DLL CELL2 12 1 &系统配置文件 CELL2 15 1 &BTS.CFG.TES.CFG CELL2 12 1 &系统帮助文件 CELL2 35 1 &BTSHELP.HLP.TESHELP.HLP.FMSHELP.HLP CELL2 8 1 &音节码表 CELL2 11 1 &ENGLISH.DCT NORMAL 0 0 NORMAL 0 0 NORMAL 0 0 TABLE 4 0 &�t"! CELL1 14 1 &文 件 类 型 CELL1 14 1 &文 件 名 称 CELL2 10 1 &各种体裁档 CELL2 100 1 &NORMAL.STY.HA4.STY.HA3.STY.HB4.STY.H2480.STY.H24132.STY.VA4.STY.VA3.STY.VB4.STY.V2480.STY.V24132.STY CELL2 12 1 &系统DEMO文件 CELL2 104 1 &COVER.DOC.DEMO.DBF.DEMODBF.DOC.SHEET.DOC.QUOTE.DOC.QUESTION.DOC.INFORMAT.DOC.BUSINESS.DOC.AD.DOC.BIG.PUT CELL2 10 1 &README文件 CELL2 10 1 &README.DOC NORMAL 0 0 TITLE2 37 0 &【<T.!WinWord<T>!文书处理系统的配置】 NORMAL 53 0 &使用WinWord文书处理系统时，您的电脑必须具备如下配备∶ J48D 308 0 &・ PCA386/486电脑，至少含有640KB的内存(RAM)。.・ EGA/VGA/Hercules显示系统。.・ 3MB以上剩余空间的硬盘。.・ 至少一个5.25"或3.5"的软盘驱动器（在安装时使用）。.・ MS-DOS或PC-DOSA3.3以上版本。.・ WindowsA3.1。.・ 4MB以上扩充内存（可选）。.・ Windows支持的打印机（可选）。.・ Windows支持的鼠标器（可选）。 TITLE2 35 0 &【安装<T.!WinWord<T>!文书处理系统】 NORMAL 51 0 &安装WinWord文书处理系统时，您可以按下面的步骤进行∶ J48D 258 0 &1. 在C:提示符下键入「WIN」，进入Windows程序管理器窗口。.2. 在<C@#文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选择表中选<C@#运行<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!，出现<C@#运行<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!对话盒。.3. 在<C@#命令行<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!文本框中输入「A:\INSTALL.EXE」，选OK命令按钮后，就出现安装主画面。 NORMAL 237 0 &在安装过程中，安装程序会要求您更换不同的系统盘。换系统盘的顺序是严格有序的，安装时请特别注意。如果您不小心放错了系统盘，也没有关系，安装程序会要求您重新更换系统盘。.在安装过程中，如果您觉得有些部分出了问题，可以按Cancel命令按钮中止安装。 TITLE2 41 0 &【进入与退出<T.!WinWord<T>!文书处理系统】 TITLE3 31 0 &进入<T.!WinWord<T>!文书处理系统 NORMAL 33 0 &进入WinWord文书处理系统的方法是∶ J48D 261 0 &1. 开机进入Windows后，切换到WinWord所在的窗口。.2. 选择代表BTS的图示，在其上连按两下左钮，就进入WinWord公文排版系统。.3. 选择代表TES的图示，在其上连按两下左钮，就进入WinWord文字编辑系统。.4. 选择代表FMS的图示，在其上连按两下左钮，就进入WinWord档案管理系统。 TITLE3 31 0 &退出<T.!WinWord<T>!文书处理系统 NORMAL 39 0 &退出WinWord文书处理系统有下列两种方法∶ J48D 91 0 &1. 在<C@#文件<C!!选择表中选择<C@#退出<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!。.2. 按<C@#Alt+F4<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!。 TITLE2 35 0 &【<T.!WinWord<T>!档案管理系统功能】 NORMAL 153 0 &在WinWord中，磁盘中的目录被看作是一个档案室，在档案室中又建有不同类别的文件柜，在文件柜中存放文件。通过对档案室、文件柜和文件的维护来实现文件的分类管理。 TITLE3 12 0 &档案室的维护 NORMAL 468 0 &要对文件进行分类管理，首先必须建一个档案室来存文件。WinWord档案管理系统提供的<C@#创建档案室<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!功能可创建新的档案室。为了便于记忆和管理，创建档案室时可以为档案室取一个中文名，也可以为档案室加上保密字，以保护您的文件不被其他人任意删除、修改。.除了创建新档案室外，您还可以利用系统提供的<C@#撤消档案室<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!、<C@#销毁档案室<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!、<C@#查找档案室<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!、<C@#修改档案室讯息<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!等功能对档案室进行删除、查找和修改等维护。 TITLE3 12 0 &文件柜的维护 NORMAL 246 0 &利用<C@#创建文件柜<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!功能可以在同一文件室中创建类别不同的文件柜以存放不同类别的文件。对档案室中的文件柜还可以进行<C@#删除<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!、<C@#搬移<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!、<C@#查找<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!、<C@#修改文件柜信息<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!等维护。 TITLE3 10 0 &文件的维护 NORMAL 312 0 &利用删除文件功能可以删除档案室或文件柜中的文件；利用<C�#复制文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!、<C�#搬移文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!、<C�#查找文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!、<C�#修改文件信息<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!等功能可以对文件进行<C@#复制<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!、<C@#搬移<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!、<C@#查找<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!和<C@#修改文件信息<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!等维护。 TITLE2 35 0 &【<T.!WinWord<T>!文字编辑系统功能】 NORMAL 144 0 &要编排的文件很长时，您可利用WinWord文字编辑系统快速地输入好文件中的文字，把输入的文字以.TXT的扩展名存盘后，再插到WinWord公文排版系统中进行编排。 TITLE3 8 0 &开新文件 NORMAL 312 0 &在WinWord文字编辑系统中，文件都是在文件窗口中进行编辑修改的。因此要输入一个新文件时，首先要利用<C@#文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选择表中的<C@#创建文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!功能，为新文件开启一个新文件窗口。WinWord中最多可开启的文件窗口个数为8个，如果系统中已有8个文件窗口打开，您必须关掉其中的一个或某几个才能再编辑其他的文件。 TITLE3 12 0 &设定按键风格 NORMAL 339 0 &在WinWord中，您可以使用PE2、WordStar和客户自定义三种风格的按键进行操作，使用哪一种按键可自由选择。PE2和WordStar风格的按键及其代表的功能与标准的APE2和WordStar按键及其他表的功能相同；客户自定义时各按键的功能可以通过<C@#设定<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选择表中的<C@#按键定义<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!功能进行定义，也可以通过建立键定义文件来设定按键及其代表的功能。 TITLE3 8 0 &编辑文件 NORMAL 269 0 &在WinWord文字编辑系统中除了可以输入文字外，还可以对文字进行增、删、改、查找和替换等操作。在文件中可以设定方块、行块和区块这三种焦点字块，对焦点字块可以进行<C@#剪下来<C!!、<C@#复制<C!!、<C@#粘贴<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!、<C@#搬移<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!、<C@#删除<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!等操作。 TITLE3 8 0 &保存文件 NORMAL 443 0 &文件编辑好了之后，请别忘了存盘。您可以利用<C@#存入文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!或<C@#存成新文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!来保存文件。如果存入的是新文件，存盘时会出现存成新文件对话盒，请您输入文件的名称。如果磁盘中已有同名的文件存在，系统会询问您是否覆盖原文件，选OK命令按钮后，文件存入并覆盖原文件。.用存入文件保存已有名称的文件时，如果您希望存盘后为原文件保存一个备份，可利用<C@#客户自定<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!功能设定存盘时自动备份文件，系统会自动将原文件作一个备份。 TITLE2 35 0 &【<T.!WinWord<T>!公文排版系统功能】 NORMAL 69 0 &利用WinWord公文排版系统提供的排版功能，可以编排出各种版式美观的文件。 TITLE3 8 0 &开新档案 NORMAL 432 0 &编排一份新文件<T:!前首先要选择一个体裁档。WinWord的体裁中包括纸张的类型、文件中文字的排版方式、各段的段落格式等内容。有了体裁档，您就不用担心同一文件中各页的版式，是不是一样大；是不是都排上了一样多的<T.!文字；字间、行间是不是相同。制作好一个体裁后，取个文件名存起来，就可以随时取出来用，节省您很多的时间。.为了方便您使用WinWord公文排版系统编排文件，WinWord公文排版系统为您专门设计了十一种体裁，并定义了八种段落格式，您可以随意使用。 TITLE3 16 0 &在窗口中加入文字 NORMAL 309 0 &在WinWord公文排版系统中，您可以用两种方法输入文件中的文字。一种是利用<C@#插入正文文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!功能把在WinWord文字编辑系统中输入的文字插到文件窗口中；另一种是直接在文件窗口中输入文字。如果您有大量的文字需要输入，可利用WinWord文字编辑系统输入文字；如果文件中的文字内容比较少，则可以直接输入文件中的文字。 J48D2 93 0 & 在WinWord文字编辑系统中输入文字后，存盘时必须以.TXT的扩展名存盘，否则不能插到文件窗口中。 TITLE3 8 0 &编辑文字 NORMAL 209 0 &在WinWord公文排版系统中可以对文字进行增、删、改等操作；也可以标志焦点字块，对焦点字块可以进行<C@#剪下来<C!!、<C@#复制<C!!、<C@#贴上去<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!、<C@#删除<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!、<C@#搬移<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!等操作。 TITLE3 12 0 &设计多栏版式 NORMAL 222 0 &编排文件时，您可以利用<C@#插入<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选择表中的<C@#分隔设定<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!功能把文件分成不同的区域，每一区域中的文字又可以排成一栏或多栏。利用<C@#分栏线<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!功能又可以使同一区域中各栏中的文字高度不等。 TITLE3 12 0 &设定段落格式 NORMAL 78 0 &文件中每一段落都有一个格式名，每一段排成什么样子都由其格式决定。段落格式包括∶ J48D 223 0 &・ 段落文字的字体、字型、字形大小和颜色、下划线、勾销线等属性。.・ 段落的靠齐方式。.・ 避头点、英文调和字、英文断音节属性。.・ 段落的分断方式。.・ 段落的上、下、左、右留空、字间、行间属性。.・ 段落的上线、下线和外框。 NORMAL 368 0 &设定段落格式有两种方法∶一种是利用<C@#格式<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选择表中的<C@#段落格式<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!，另一种是利用<C@#体裁<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选择表中的<C@#修改格式<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!。段落格式设定的是某一段的特殊格式，它只改变插入点或焦点字块所在段落的格式，不会改变与该段格式名相同的其他段落的格式。修改格式设定的是某一格式名对应的段落格式，具有该格式名的所有段落都会随着改变。 TITLE3 12 0 &设定文字格式 NORMAL 132 0 &利用<C@#文字格式<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!可以对段落中某些文字的字体、字形大小、颜色、字型进行特别设定，以突出这些文字。设定文字格式的方法是∶ J48D 207 0 &1. 在文件中选择一个焦点字块。.2. 利用<C@#格式<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选择表中的<C@#文字格式<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选项来设定；或利用<C@#格式条<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!中的字体、字形大小下拉式选项表、粗体、斜体和下划线图示来设定。 TITLE3 8 0 &保存文件 NORMAL 473 0 &文件编排好后，要将编排结果保存起来，以便再取出来修改或打印。您可以利用<C@#文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选择表中的<C@#存入文件<T.!<S2!<A!!<C!!或<C@#存成新文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!功能保存文件，存盘时文件的扩展名必须是.DOC。.<C@#存成新文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!时如果您输入的名称和当前档案室中的另一档案的名称相同，系统会询问您，是否要覆盖旧文件，选择OK命令按钮后，新文件就将同名的旧文件覆盖掉了。如果您设定了<C@#存入时自动备份<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!，系统会自动用.DBK的扩展名把旧文件存在同一档案室中。 TITLE3 8 0 &打印文件 NORMAL 199 0 &打印文件前您可以切换到模拟显示方式下，看一看文件是否达到了预期的效果，如果对文件不满意，可以重新进行编排。.在打印前您先要检查∶..・ 打印机有没有打开，纸张有没有装上。.・ 打印机是否和电脑正确连接。. NORMAL 146 0 &如果这一切都没有问题，就可以利用<C@#文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选择表中的<C@#打印<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!功能打印文件了。打印时，您可以按Cancel命令按钮中止打印。 TITLE2 22 0 &【三个系统的切换功能】 TITLE3 37 0 &<T.!WinWord<T>!公文排版系统的切换功能 NORMAL 322 0 &在WinWord公文排版系统中编排文件时，如果您中途想建立档案室、文件柜或对文件进行操作，可以在<C@#文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选择表中选<C@#档案管理<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!，切换到WinWord档案管理系统中。如果想到WinWord文字编辑系统中输入文字，在<C@#工具<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选择表中选<C@#文字编辑<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!后就可以切换到WinWord文字编辑系统中。 TITLE3 37 0 &<T.!WinWord<T>!文字编辑系统的切换功能 NORMAL 178 0 &在WinWord文字编辑系统中输入文字时，如果想对档案室、文件柜和文件进行维护，可以在<C@#文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选择表中选<C@#档案管理<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!，就可以切换到WinWord档案管理系统中。 NORMAL 58 0 &★ 从WinWord档案管理系统不能切换到WinWord其他两个系统中。 PAGE 10 2886 BLOCK 1 0 0 34 1 1 8 71 0 0 1828 2907 -22 2870 BLOCK 1 0 0 45 8 72 17 235 0 0 1828 2907 -38 2474 BLOCK 1 0 0 17 17 236 58 2 0 0 1828 2907 -434 2927 BLOCK 1 0 0 10 58 3 81 0 0 0 1828 2907 69 2894 BLOCK 1 0 0 12 81 1 93 106 0 0 1828 2907 -14 2880 BLOCK 1 0 0 39 93 107 105 0 0 0 1828 2907 72 2808 BLOCK 1 0 0 38 105 1 117 0 0 0 1828 2907 -50 2906 BLOCK 1 0 0 41 117 1 128 166 0 0 1828 2907 -2 2824 BLOCK 1 0 0 43 128 167 141 0 0 0 1828 2907 -34 2578 BLOCK 1 0 0 37 141 1 152 0 0 0 1828 2907 -330 TABLE 3 32 134 946 1560 1250 12 3 1 150 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 520 520 520 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 33 64 254 1700 2377 9 2 1 150 290 150 482 541 150 193 277 144 800 900 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 34 -1000 -1000 1700 2066 4 2 1 150 857 902 157 800 900 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 256 20736 0 25856 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 -256 255 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 HEAD 0 0 0 0 & & 0 0 0 0 & & PAGENO 0 0 0 0 & & 0 1 0 0 0 0 & & 0 1
*********************************************************************
MICROSOFT WORD FOR WINDOWS 1.2 中文版重要資訊
*********************************************************************
重要事項
--------------
若要執行 Word，請使用 Microsoft Windows 3.0 中文版或更新的版本。如果
您尚未安裝 Windows 3.0 中文版或更新版本，我們建議您先安裝 Windows 中
文版，再執行 Word for Windows 安裝程式。
這份文件的格式並非 Microsoft Word for Windows 的標準格式。它是為了那
些尚未安裝 Microsoft Word for Windows 但需更多資訊的使用者而設計的。
如果您有需要，您可以在 Microsoft Word for Windows 中開啟並重新設定這
份文件的格式。
Windows 務必要位於您的 AUTOEXEC.BAT 檔案的 PATH= 上。完成正常的
Windows 設定程序，便可確保 Windows 目錄位於您的路徑上。如果您希望
Word for Windows 安裝程式能正確地修改 WIN.INI 檔案，以便配合 Word for
Windows 使用，請勿把 Windows 目錄從 PATH= 行中刪除。
如果您所使用的 Microsoft LAN Manager 或其他會在您的 AUTOEXEC.BAT中加
入多個的 PATH= 行的程式，Word for Windows 安裝程式可能就無法正確地把
您的 Word for Windows 目錄加入 PATH= 行中。如果發現 C:\WINWORD (或是
您所指定的任何目錄)不在指定的路徑上，您就需要使用文字編輯器，以便用人
工方式變更在您的 AUTOEXEC.BAT 檔案中的 PATH= 行。
*********************************************************************
若要列印這個檔案
------------------
請先決定印表機所連接的埠 ( 在此範例中將使用 LPT1:) 然後鍵入：
COPY README.TXT LPT1:
然後按 ENTER。這個檔案將會列印在您的印表機上。
注意：這個程序不能處理 PostScript 印表機。如果您的 Windows 設定成
PostScript 印表機上，您可以在 Microsoft Windows 小作家中開啟這份文
件，以便把它列印在您的 PostScript 印表機上。
*********************************************************************
其他的資訊檔案
以下的 Word for Windows 文件含有更多的資訊。如果您在安裝程式時所指定
的目錄已經存有這些文件名稱，安裝程式就會蓋過這些文件。如果希望保留原
有的文件，我們建議您不要將 Word for Windows 安裝到已有 Word for
Windows 的目錄中。
檔案名稱 內容
---------- ----------------------------------------------
README.DOC 關於 Word for Windows 更多的資訊，包括在「使用者參考手
冊」內的說明之修正。
TECHREF.DOC WordBASIC 巨集語言的摘要。
EXAMPLES.DOC 有用的巨集範例。
KEYCAPS.DOC 一個如同「符號」字形字元鍵盤的表格。您可以把來自
KEYCAPS.DOC 的字元複製並貼到文件中。
ISV.DOC 關於撰寫並銷售 Word for Windows 巨集的技術資訊
MACROS.DOC 有用的列印和工具巨集。
*********************************************************************
Microsoft Word for Windows 1.2 中文版提供兩種磁片：
磁碟片類型
--------------------------------------
5.25 英吋高密度 (1.2 MB) 磁碟片
3.5 英吋高密度 (1.44 MB) 磁碟片
磁片名稱
-----------
磁片1 - 安裝程式
磁片2
磁片3
磁片4
磁片5
*********************************************************************
壓縮檔案
大部分的 Microsoft Word for Windows 1.2 中文版的檔案都是用壓縮格式儲
存起來，以節省磁碟空間。安裝程式會自動解除檔案的壓縮。不過，如果因故
要用人工方式解除檔案的壓縮，我們在安裝磁片上提供了一個名為 DECOMP.EXE
的程式，您可以使用這個程式來解除檔案的壓縮。
壓縮檔案具有特殊的副檔名格式 (*.??$)；"*" 是它的檔案名稱，而 "??" 字
母是用來指出檔案在未壓縮時的副檔名。下面的表格即列出壓縮檔案的副檔名
以及其相對的未壓縮副檔名。
壓縮檔案的副檔名 相對的未壓縮檔案的副檔名
---------- -----------
.EX$ .EXE (可執行檔案)
.DL$ .DLL (動態連結程式庫)
.FL$ .FLT (圖形轉取程式)
.HL$ .HLP (輔助說明資料檔案)
.DC$ .DOC (Word for Windows 文
件)
.DT$ .DOT (Word for Windows 樣
板文件)
.WM$ .WMF (WMF 圖形格式檔案)
.PA$ .PAL [MICROSOFT DRAW 色
板檔案]
若要用人工方式來複製檔案並解除檔案的壓縮：
1. 請把安裝磁片的 DECOMP.EXE 程式複製到硬式磁碟機上的 Word for
Windows 目錄。
2. 把想要解除壓縮的檔案，從適當的磁片上複製到您的硬式磁碟機上的 Word
for Windows 目錄。
3. 使用 DECOMP.EXE 來解壓縮。DECOMP.EXE 會解除檔案的壓縮，並且會給它
正確的副檔名。
DECOMP file_name.fn$
其中，"file_name.fn$" 是壓縮檔案的名稱。
=====================================================================
如果您想解除檔案的壓縮以產生 WINWORD.EXE，而且您有 A 磁碟機，請執行以
下的步驟：
請把含有 WINWORD.EX$ 的磁片插入 A 磁碟機。請變更到 Word for Windows
的所在目錄。
例如，鍵入：
CD\WINWORD
然後按 ENTER。
請把 WINWORD.EX$ 壓縮檔案從磁碟片複製到您的硬式磁碟機上的 Word for
Windows 目錄。例如：
COPY A:WINWORD.EX$ C:\WINWORD
然後按 ENTER。
現在，請使用大寫或小寫鍵入：
DECOMP WINWORD.EX$
如果一切順利，您現在已經具有一個可用的 WINWORD.EXE。在您確定
WINWORD.EXE 可以正確作業以後，請小心鍵入：
DEL WINWORD.EX$
然後按 ENTER。再鍵入：
DEL DECOMP.EXE
然後按 ENTER。這樣可以回收相當大量的磁碟空間。
如果您在用人工方式解除檔案壓縮時碰到困難，建議您執行安裝磁片上的安裝
程式，以便自動解除檔案的壓縮。
*********************************************************************
Microsoft Word for Windows 1.2 中文版檔案清單
下表列出 Microsoft Word for Windows 1.2 中文版磁片上的所有檔案。檔案
是依功能分組。
注意：具有星號 (*) 標示的檔案即表示執行 Microsoft Word for Windows 所
需的必要檔案。
檔案 | 說明/註解
=====================================================================
*WINWORD.EXE |*WINWORD.EXE 程式檔案
----------------------+----------------------------------------------
SETUP.EXE |安裝檔案
WINWORD.INF |
README.TXT |
README.DC$ |
----------------------+----------------------------------------------
WINWORD.HL$ | 輔助說明資料檔案
----------------------+----------------------------------------------
|範本檔案
|
TEMPLATE.DC$ | 在這目錄中的樣板文件的說明文件
|
|- 這些 *.DT$ 和 *.DC$ 檔案會被放置在
COVER.DT$ | 當您在執行安裝程式時所指定的目錄
CREDIT.DT$ | 中 (通常是 C:\WINWORD)。啟動 Word 以
CUSTOMER.DT$ | 後，您就可以根據這些樣板文件來建立文件。
COMMUTE.DT$ |
FASSEST.DT$ |
FAX.DT$ |
JOBDESCB.DT$ |
LABEL.DT$ |
LETTER.DT$ | Note: 注意：如果您把 Word for Windows 安裝在
MEETING.DT$ | 已經含有這些樣板文件名稱的目錄中，安裝
NORMAL.DT$ | 程式會蓋過這些現存的樣板文件。
PERSONEL.DT$ |
PRICELST.DT$ |
QUOTE.DT$ |
RETIRE.DT$ |
TRAVEL.DT$ |
TRNAPP.DT$ |
TRNMAIL.DT$ |
WORD.DT$ |
DATAMAIL.DC$ | 列印合併範本檔案
|
LIBRARY\SAMPLE.DC$ | 在 LIBRARY 目錄中的範例文件的說明文件
|
LIBRARY\CHARVGA.DC$ |- 這些 *.DC$ (文件) 檔案會被放置
LIBRARY\COMMUTE.DC$ | 在安裝程式所在目錄的 LIBRARY 子
LIBRARY\COVER.DC$ | 目錄中 (例如，C:\WINWORD\LIBRARY)。
LIBRARY\CREDIT.DC$ | 把它們放置在那裡是為了避免和您
LIBRARY\CUSTOMER.DC$ | 建立的文件起衝突。
LIBRARY\FASHION.DC$ |
LIBRARY\FASSETS.DC$ |
LIBRARY\FAX.DC$ | 注意：若要使用這些文件，請啟動
LIBRARY\JOBDESCB.DC$ | Word 並選擇「檔案」「開啟舊檔」。
LIBRARY\MEETING.DC$ | 請選取 LIBRARY 目錄，
LIBRARY\NEWYORK.DC$ | 這份文件清單就會在「檔案」方塊中
LIBRARY\PC.DC$ | 出現；這樣，您要開啟特定文件就會
LIBRARY\PERSONEL.DC$ | 變得容易多了。
LIBRARY\PRICELST.DC$ |
LIBRARY\QUOTE.DC$ |
LIBRARY\RETIRE.DC$ |
LIBRARY\TRAVEL.DC$ |
LIBRARY\TRNAPP.DC$ |
LIBRARY\TRNMAIL.DC$ |
LIBRARY\WINDOWS1.DC$ |
LIBRARY\WINDOWS2.DC$ |
LIBRARY\WINDOWS3.DC$ |
----------------------+----------------------------------------------
| 這些 *.DC$ (文件) 檔案是位於您執行安裝程式時
| 所指定的目錄中。由於內容相當重要，所有並不是
| 置於 LIBRARY 子目錄中。詳細資料，請參閱本檔案
| 開頭的「附加資訊檔案」部分。
MACROS.DC$ |- 含有有用的列印和工具巨集
EXAMPLES.DC$ |- 含有好用的 Word for Windows 巨集
ISV.DC$ |- 關於撰寫巨集的資訊
KEYCAPS.DC$ |- 顯示可用的「符號」字形字元
TECHREF.DC$ |- 提供關於 WordBASIC (功能強大的內建
| 式 Word for Windows 巨集語言) 的資訊。
----------------------+----------------------------------------------
LEX-??.DL$ |- 拼字檢查程式
LEX-??.DA$ |- 拼字檢查資料檔案
SYN-??.DL$ |- 同義字程式
SYN-??.DA$ |- 同義字資料檔案
----------------------+----------------------------------------------
HYPH.DA$ |- 斷字資料檔案
----------------------+----------------------------------------------
|Microsoft Word for Windows 圖形
| 轉取程式
|
CGMIMP.FL$ |- CompuGraphics 中繼檔格式
PCXIMP.FL$ |- PCX 格式
TIFFIMP.FL$ |- 標籤影像檔案格式 (TIFF)
WMFIMP.FL$ |- Windows 中繼檔格式
----------------------+----------------------------------------------
|Microsoft Word for Windows 文件
| 轉換程式
CONV-WP5.DL$ |- WordPerfect 5.1 版
CONV-WRI.DL$ |- MS Windows 小作家
CONV-DBS.DL$ |- Ashton-Tate dBASE
CONV-PE2.DL$ |- 英文文字(含控制字元)
CONV-KS2.DL$ |- 中文文字(含控制字元)
----------------------+----------------------------------------------
| MICROSOFT 工具
IMECTRL.DL$ | 控制中文輸入程式
OLESVR.DL$ | OLE 程式
OLECLI.DL$ |
SHELL.DL$ |
DECOMP.EXE |- 如果您想以人工方式解除任何檔案 (檔案名稱
| 結尾具有 "$") 的壓縮，請使用這個檔案。請
| 參閱本檔案稍前的「壓縮檔案」，以獲得更多
| 資訊。
|
| 注意：這個壓縮檔案格式和 Windows 3.00
| 及 Windows 3.00 SDK 所使用的 COMPRESS/
| EXPAND (壓縮/展開) 格式不相容。
----------------------+----------------------------------------------
| MICROSOFT DRAW 程式集
MSDRAW.EX$ | MICROSOFT DRAW 程式集會被安裝在
MSDRAW.HL$ | Windows 目錄下的 MSAPPS\MSDRAW 子目錄裡
16COLORS.PA$ |
17GRAYS.PA$ |
47COLORS.PA$ |
86COLORS.PA$ |
GENI.PA$ |
----------------------+----------------------------------------------
| 圖形檔案範本
2DARROW1.WM$ |
2DARROW2.WM$ |
2DOORVAN.WM$ |
3DARROW1.WM$ |
3DARROW2.WM$ |
3DARROW3.WM$ |
3DARROW4.WM$ |
3DARROW5.WM$ |
3DSKYLNE.WM$ |
5PPUZZLE.WM$ |
AMBULANC.WM$ |
BINDER.WM$ |
BLUSEDAN.WM$ |
BOOKS.WM$ |
CAPITOL.WM$ |
CHEKMARK.WM$ |
CIRCLES.WM$ |
CITYVIEW.WM$ |
CLMNBLDG.WM$ |
COINS.WM$ |
COMPUTER.WM$ |
CROWD.WM$ |
CRUTCHES.WM$ |
DICTNARY.WM$ |
DISK35.WM$ |
DISK525.WM$ |
FACTORY.WM$ |
GEARS.WM$ |
GRADCAP.WM$ |
HELICPTR.WM$ |
HNDWRTNG.WM$ |
MAN&DESK.WM$ |
MAN.WM$ |
MAPMEN.WM$ |
MONEY.WM$ |
MULTARW1.WM$ |
MULTARW2.WM$ |
MULTARW3.WM$ |
MULTARW4.WM$ |
NURSE.WM$ |
POLICECR.WM$ |
RUNNING.WM$ |
SCHLFISH.WM$ |
SPEAKER.WM$ |
STAR.WM$ |
THERMMTR.WM$ |
TRIANGLE.WM$ |
VICHOUSE.WM$ |
WOMAN.WM$ |
YACHT.WM$ |
----------------------+----------------------------------------------
FIXHELP.EX$ | 為 HELP 檔案設計的特殊應用程式
======================+==============================================
*********************************************************************
Microsoft Word for Windows 1.2 中文版重要資訊檔案結束
*********************************************************************
EDUWinWordDOC NORMAL.STY 0 31 16 7 0 0 700 0 0 0 136 1 2 1 34 System 16 8 0 0 400 0 0 0 255 1 2 1 49 Terminal 13 5 0 0 400 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 34 Helv 13 8 0 0 400 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 49 Courier 39 19 0 0 400 0 0 0 2 3 2 1 18 Symbol 13 5 0 0 400 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 18 Tms Rmn 3 1 0 0 400 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 34 Small Fonts 14 5 0 0 400 0 0 0 161 1 2 1 82 Fences 8 4 0 0 400 0 0 0 160 1 2 1 82 MT Extra 28 13 0 0 400 0 0 0 2 1 2 1 82 MT Symbol 16 8 0 0 400 0 0 0 254 3 2 1 49 MS LineDraw 32 16 0 0 400 0 0 0 136 3 2 1 49 细明体 32 16 0 0 400 0 0 0 136 3 2 1 49 @细明体 36 14 0 0 400 0 0 0 0 3 2 1 34 Arial 37 19 0 0 400 0 0 0 0 3 2 1 49 Courier New 36 13 0 0 400 0 0 0 0 3 2 1 18 Times New Roman 36 28 0 0 400 0 0 0 2 3 2 1 2 Wingdings 16 7 0 0 700 0 0 0 134 1 2 1 34 @System 16 8 0 0 400 0 0 0 134 1 2 1 49 Fixedsys 16 8 0 0 400 0 0 0 134 1 2 1 49 @Fixedsys 13 5 0 0 400 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 34 MS Sans Serif 13 5 0 0 400 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 18 MS Serif 32 19 0 0 400 0 0 0 255 3 2 1 18 Roman 37 17 0 0 400 0 0 0 255 3 2 1 66 Script 32 17 0 0 400 0 0 0 255 3 2 1 50 Modern 36 14 0 0 400 0 0 0 0 3 2 1 34 宋体 36 14 0 0 400 0 0 0 0 3 2 1 34 宋体繁体 32 16 0 0 400 0 0 0 134 3 2 1 49 细宋体 32 16 0 0 400 0 0 0 134 3 2 1 49 @细宋体 32 16 0 0 400 0 0 0 134 3 2 1 49 中黑体 32 16 0 0 400 0 0 0 134 3 2 1 49 @中黑体 2300 3507 59 59 50 100 300 300 236 236 1 FORMAT 16 NORMAL 2 2 0 0 0 0 13 0 50 3 24 -1 3 0 0 0 10 0 192 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CELL 0 0 24 0 0 0 13 0 50 3 10 8192 3 0 0 0 10 0 192 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 TITLE1 0 0 0 150 0 0 29 16 112 3 24 -1 3 0 0 0 10 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 TITLE2 0 -1 100 100 0 0 29 16 80 6 24 -1 3 0 0 0 10 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 TITLE3 0 -1 50 50 0 0 29 16 56 3 24 -1 3 0 0 0 10 2 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 31744 10 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 brows 0 2 0 0 0 0 13 0 50 3 24 8192 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 foot 0 2 0 0 0 0 13 0 50 3 24 8192 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 table 0 0 50 50 0 0 13 0 50 3 24 -1 3 0 0 0 0 0 192 -1 51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 J48D2 -2 2 30 30 102 0 13 0 50 4 24 -1 3 0 0 0 0 0 192 -24081 51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 TITLE 2 2 0 0 0 0 13 0 50 3 24 8192 3 0 0 0 0 0 192 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CELL1 0 0 30 0 0 0 13 0 56 3 24 -1 3 0 0 0 0 0 192 -1 51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CELL2 0 -1 30 0 250 0 13 0 50 3 24 8192 3 0 0 0 0 0 192 -1 51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 J48D -2 2 30 30 102 0 13 0 50 3 24 -1 3 0 0 0 0 0 192 -1 51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 J48 -1 2 30 30 256 0 13 0 50 3 24 -1 3 0 0 0 0 0 192 -1 51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 J483 2 2 0 30 256 0 13 0 50 3 24 -1 3 0 0 0 0 0 192 -1 51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 dizhi 2 2 80 80 80 0 13 0 50 3 24 -1 3 0 0 0 0 4 192 -1 53 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 12 31744 30 30 30 30 SECTION 1 1 0 PARA 151 TITLE1 35 0 &欢迎使用<T.!WinWord<T>!文书处理系统 NORMAL 161 0 &本README为您使用WinWord文书处理系统提供了重要信息，协助您尽快熟练使用WinWord文书处理系统。它不仅向您介绍了WinWord文书处理系统的主要功能，还教您如何正确使用系统。 TITLE2 8 0 &【目录】 NORMAL 212 0 &重要注意事项.使用帮助.体裁的使用.系统盘内容.WinWord文书处理系统的配置.安装WinWord文书处理系统.进入与退出WinWord文书处理系统.WinWord档案管理系统功能.WinWord文字编辑系统功能.WinWord公文排版系统功能.系统间的切换功能 TITLE2 16 0 &【重要注意事项】 J48D2 567 0 & WinWord公文排版系统的<C@#编辑<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选择表的选项内容和使用手册中介绍的有所差异，软件中<C�#编辑<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选择表<C!!里的<C@#<A!!<T.!<S2!重复<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!、<C@#复原<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!两项功能无效。. <C@#<A!!<T.!<S2!窗口<C!!选择表中的选项内容和使用手册中介绍的也有所差异，软件中<C@#窗口<C!!选择表中的<C�"开新窗口<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!功能无效。<T.!<S2!<A!!<C!!. 在WinWord文字编辑系统和公文排版系统中使用PE2风格按键时，AAAAAAALT+O、AALT+J、AALT+S等按键未定义。<T.!<S2!<A!!<C!!. 文件中某些图形反白显示时，表示该图形文件不在当前路径中<T.!<S2!<A!!<C!!。 TITLE2 12 0 &【使用帮助】 NORMAL 155 0 &在使用WinWord文书处理系统时难免会碰到一些一时难以解决的问题，这时您可以参阅本README；查阅WinWord文书处理系统使用手册；使用WinWord文书处理系统线上帮助功能。 J48D2 507 0 & 要使用README.DOC文件浏览WinWord文书处理系统的内容，可以在<C�"文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选择表中选<C�"打开文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!，取出README.DOC这个文件即可。. 使用WinWord文书处理系统的过程中，可能会碰到无法解决的问题，这时可以到AWinWord文书处理系统使用手册中去寻找答案。. 在系统中遇到临时需要解决的问题，可以使用WinWord文书处理系统提供的在线帮助功能。您可以在<C�"帮助<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选择表中选择需要的选项以得到相应的帮助信息，也可以利用对话盒中的<C�"Help<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!命令按钮，得到该项功能的帮助讯息。 NORMAL 0 0 NORMAL 53 0 &假使您还有问题没有办法解决，请通过以下方式寻求协助∶. J48D 121 0 &1.找经销商询问.2.利用系统盘中的「WinWord文书处理系统问题卡」（文件名∶AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAQUESTION.DOC）写信给我们。地址是∶ dizhi 78 0 &武汉市洪山区卓刀泉路6-1号（邮编∶430070）.汉声电脑有限公司.WinWord用户服务部收 NORMAL 82 0 &当您寄出问题卡时，请注意∶如您漏填了任一栏位，都会使得服务工程师无法回答您的问题。 NORMAL 0 0 NORMAL 203 0 &您所使用的这套软件是WinWord文书处理系统(V1.0)的教育版，它主要用于教育训练。WinWord文书处理系统还有专业版和普及版两种版本，这两种版本为实际使用者而设计，如果您要使用这两种版本，请与本公司的下列机构联络∶. NORMAL 271 0 &武汉汉声电脑公司 武汉市洪山区卓刀泉路6-1号.邮编∶430070.电话∶(027)703089.传真∶(027)712569..北京汉声电脑公司 北京市海淀区白石桥路46#西门.邮编∶100081.电话∶(01)8312277-2239..成都汉声电脑公司 四川成都建设北路电子科大住宿部201室.邮编∶610054.电话∶(028)333312-3302. NORMAL 91 0 &深圳汉声电脑公司 深圳市深南西路竹子林五建综合楼601或401.邮编∶518040.电话∶(0755)3302590 TITLE2 14 0 &【体裁的使用】 NORMAL 91 0 &WinWord中预设了十一种体裁档供您在编排文件时使用，各种体裁档中体裁的规格和纸张大小都不相同。 TABLE 4 0 &�tA! CELL1 8 1 &预设体裁 CELL1 8 1 &纸张规格 CELL1 8 1 &纸张大小 CELL 10 1 &NORMAL.STY CELL 6 1 &A4直式 CELL 12 1 &21×29.5公分 CELL 7 1 &HA4.STY CELL 6 1 &A4横式 CELL 12 1 &21×29.5公分 CELL 7 1 &HB4.STY CELL 6 1 &B4横式 CELL 14 1 &36.4×25.4公分 CELL 7 1 &HA3.STY CELL 6 1 &A3横式 CELL 14 1 &41.6×27.8公分 CELL 9 1 &H2480.STY CELL 18 1 &24针80栏打印纸横式 CELL 14 1 &27.8×21.4公分 CELL 10 1 &H24132.STY CELL 19 1 &24针132栏打印纸横式 CELL 14 1 &35.5×27.9公分 CELL 7 1 &VA4.STY CELL 6 1 &A4直式 CELL 12 1 &29.5×21公分 CELL 7 1 &VB4.STY CELL 6 1 &B4直式 CELL 14 1 &25.4×36.4公分 CELL 7 1 &VA3.STY CELL 6 1 &A3横式 CELL 14 1 &27.8×41.6公分 CELL 9 1 &V2480.STY CELL 18 1 &24针80栏打印纸直式 CELL 14 1 &21.4×27.8公分 CELL 10 1 &V24132.STY CELL 19 1 &24针132栏打印纸直式 CELL 14 1 &27.9×35.5公分 TITLE2 16 0 &<P【系统盘内容】 TABLE 4 0 &�t!! CELL1 16 1 &文AAAA件 类 型 CELL1 14 1 &文 件 名 称 CELL2 8 1 &执行文件 CELL2 28 1 &WORD.EXE.WINEDIT.EXE.FMS.EXE CELL2 8 1 &安装程序 CELL2 11 1 &INSTALL.EXE CELL2 12 1 &按键定义文件 CELL2 55 1 &PE21.~KY.PE22.~KY.WS1.~KY.WS2.~KY.FIXED1.~KY.FIXED2.~KY CELL2 7 1 &图形DRV CELL2 71 1 &GEMIMG.PFD.HPGLPLT.PFD.LOTUSPIC.PFD.PCX.PFD.PUT.PFD.TIFF.PFD.WINBMP.PFD CELL2 10 1 &动态连接库 CELL2 8 1 &BWCC.DLL CELL2 12 1 &系统配置文件 CELL2 15 1 &BTS.CFG.TES.CFG CELL2 12 1 &系统帮助文件 CELL2 35 1 &BTSHELP.HLP.TESHELP.HLP.FMSHELP.HLP CELL2 8 1 &音节码表 CELL2 11 1 &ENGLISH.DCT NORMAL 0 0 NORMAL 0 0 NORMAL 0 0 TABLE 4 0 &�t"! CELL1 14 1 &文 件 类 型 CELL1 14 1 &文 件 名 称 CELL2 10 1 &各种体裁档 CELL2 100 1 &NORMAL.STY.HA4.STY.HA3.STY.HB4.STY.H2480.STY.H24132.STY.VA4.STY.VA3.STY.VB4.STY.V2480.STY.V24132.STY CELL2 12 1 &系统DEMO文件 CELL2 104 1 &COVER.DOC.DEMO.DBF.DEMODBF.DOC.SHEET.DOC.QUOTE.DOC.QUESTION.DOC.INFORMAT.DOC.BUSINESS.DOC.AD.DOC.BIG.PUT CELL2 10 1 &README文件 CELL2 10 1 &README.DOC NORMAL 0 0 TITLE2 37 0 &【<T.!WinWord<T>!文书处理系统的配置】 NORMAL 53 0 &使用WinWord文书处理系统时，您的电脑必须具备如下配备∶ J48D 308 0 &・ PCA386/486电脑，至少含有640KB的内存(RAM)。.・ EGA/VGA/Hercules显示系统。.・ 3MB以上剩余空间的硬盘。.・ 至少一个5.25"或3.5"的软盘驱动器（在安装时使用）。.・ MS-DOS或PC-DOSA3.3以上版本。.・ WindowsA3.1。.・ 4MB以上扩充内存（可选）。.・ Windows支持的打印机（可选）。.・ Windows支持的鼠标器（可选）。 TITLE2 35 0 &【安装<T.!WinWord<T>!文书处理系统】 NORMAL 51 0 &安装WinWord文书处理系统时，您可以按下面的步骤进行∶ J48D 258 0 &1. 在C:提示符下键入「WIN」，进入Windows程序管理器窗口。.2. 在<C@#文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选择表中选<C@#运行<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!，出现<C@#运行<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!对话盒。.3. 在<C@#命令行<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!文本框中输入「A:\INSTALL.EXE」，选OK命令按钮后，就出现安装主画面。 NORMAL 237 0 &在安装过程中，安装程序会要求您更换不同的系统盘。换系统盘的顺序是严格有序的，安装时请特别注意。如果您不小心放错了系统盘，也没有关系，安装程序会要求您重新更换系统盘。.在安装过程中，如果您觉得有些部分出了问题，可以按Cancel命令按钮中止安装。 TITLE2 41 0 &【进入与退出<T.!WinWord<T>!文书处理系统】 TITLE3 31 0 &进入<T.!WinWord<T>!文书处理系统 NORMAL 33 0 &进入WinWord文书处理系统的方法是∶ J48D 261 0 &1. 开机进入Windows后，切换到WinWord所在的窗口。.2. 选择代表BTS的图示，在其上连按两下左钮，就进入WinWord公文排版系统。.3. 选择代表TES的图示，在其上连按两下左钮，就进入WinWord文字编辑系统。.4. 选择代表FMS的图示，在其上连按两下左钮，就进入WinWord档案管理系统。 TITLE3 31 0 &退出<T.!WinWord<T>!文书处理系统 NORMAL 39 0 &退出WinWord文书处理系统有下列两种方法∶ J48D 91 0 &1. 在<C@#文件<C!!选择表中选择<C@#退出<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!。.2. 按<C@#Alt+F4<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!。 TITLE2 35 0 &【<T.!WinWord<T>!档案管理系统功能】 NORMAL 153 0 &在WinWord中，磁盘中的目录被看作是一个档案室，在档案室中又建有不同类别的文件柜，在文件柜中存放文件。通过对档案室、文件柜和文件的维护来实现文件的分类管理。 TITLE3 12 0 &档案室的维护 NORMAL 468 0 &要对文件进行分类管理，首先必须建一个档案室来存文件。WinWord档案管理系统提供的<C@#创建档案室<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!功能可创建新的档案室。为了便于记忆和管理，创建档案室时可以为档案室取一个中文名，也可以为档案室加上保密字，以保护您的文件不被其他人任意删除、修改。.除了创建新档案室外，您还可以利用系统提供的<C@#撤消档案室<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!、<C@#销毁档案室<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!、<C@#查找档案室<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!、<C@#修改档案室讯息<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!等功能对档案室进行删除、查找和修改等维护。 TITLE3 12 0 &文件柜的维护 NORMAL 246 0 &利用<C@#创建文件柜<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!功能可以在同一文件室中创建类别不同的文件柜以存放不同类别的文件。对档案室中的文件柜还可以进行<C@#删除<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!、<C@#搬移<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!、<C@#查找<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!、<C@#修改文件柜信息<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!等维护。 TITLE3 10 0 &文件的维护 NORMAL 312 0 &利用删除文件功能可以删除档案室或文件柜中的文件；利用<C�#复制文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!、<C�#搬移文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!、<C�#查找文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!、<C�#修改文件信息<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!等功能可以对文件进行<C@#复制<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!、<C@#搬移<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!、<C@#查找<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!和<C@#修改文件信息<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!等维护。 TITLE2 35 0 &【<T.!WinWord<T>!文字编辑系统功能】 NORMAL 144 0 &要编排的文件很长时，您可利用WinWord文字编辑系统快速地输入好文件中的文字，把输入的文字以.TXT的扩展名存盘后，再插到WinWord公文排版系统中进行编排。 TITLE3 8 0 &开新文件 NORMAL 312 0 &在WinWord文字编辑系统中，文件都是在文件窗口中进行编辑修改的。因此要输入一个新文件时，首先要利用<C@#文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选择表中的<C@#创建文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!功能，为新文件开启一个新文件窗口。WinWord中最多可开启的文件窗口个数为8个，如果系统中已有8个文件窗口打开，您必须关掉其中的一个或某几个才能再编辑其他的文件。 TITLE3 12 0 &设定按键风格 NORMAL 339 0 &在WinWord中，您可以使用PE2、WordStar和客户自定义三种风格的按键进行操作，使用哪一种按键可自由选择。PE2和WordStar风格的按键及其代表的功能与标准的APE2和WordStar按键及其他表的功能相同；客户自定义时各按键的功能可以通过<C@#设定<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选择表中的<C@#按键定义<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!功能进行定义，也可以通过建立键定义文件来设定按键及其代表的功能。 TITLE3 8 0 &编辑文件 NORMAL 269 0 &在WinWord文字编辑系统中除了可以输入文字外，还可以对文字进行增、删、改、查找和替换等操作。在文件中可以设定方块、行块和区块这三种焦点字块，对焦点字块可以进行<C@#剪下来<C!!、<C@#复制<C!!、<C@#粘贴<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!、<C@#搬移<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!、<C@#删除<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!等操作。 TITLE3 8 0 &保存文件 NORMAL 443 0 &文件编辑好了之后，请别忘了存盘。您可以利用<C@#存入文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!或<C@#存成新文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!来保存文件。如果存入的是新文件，存盘时会出现存成新文件对话盒，请您输入文件的名称。如果磁盘中已有同名的文件存在，系统会询问您是否覆盖原文件，选OK命令按钮后，文件存入并覆盖原文件。.用存入文件保存已有名称的文件时，如果您希望存盘后为原文件保存一个备份，可利用<C@#客户自定<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!功能设定存盘时自动备份文件，系统会自动将原文件作一个备份。 TITLE2 35 0 &【<T.!WinWord<T>!公文排版系统功能】 NORMAL 69 0 &利用WinWord公文排版系统提供的排版功能，可以编排出各种版式美观的文件。 TITLE3 8 0 &开新档案 NORMAL 432 0 &编排一份新文件<T:!前首先要选择一个体裁档。WinWord的体裁中包括纸张的类型、文件中文字的排版方式、各段的段落格式等内容。有了体裁档，您就不用担心同一文件中各页的版式，是不是一样大；是不是都排上了一样多的<T.!文字；字间、行间是不是相同。制作好一个体裁后，取个文件名存起来，就可以随时取出来用，节省您很多的时间。.为了方便您使用WinWord公文排版系统编排文件，WinWord公文排版系统为您专门设计了十一种体裁，并定义了八种段落格式，您可以随意使用。 TITLE3 16 0 &在窗口中加入文字 NORMAL 309 0 &在WinWord公文排版系统中，您可以用两种方法输入文件中的文字。一种是利用<C@#插入正文文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!功能把在WinWord文字编辑系统中输入的文字插到文件窗口中；另一种是直接在文件窗口中输入文字。如果您有大量的文字需要输入，可利用WinWord文字编辑系统输入文字；如果文件中的文字内容比较少，则可以直接输入文件中的文字。 J48D2 93 0 & 在WinWord文字编辑系统中输入文字后，存盘时必须以.TXT的扩展名存盘，否则不能插到文件窗口中。 TITLE3 8 0 &编辑文字 NORMAL 209 0 &在WinWord公文排版系统中可以对文字进行增、删、改等操作；也可以标志焦点字块，对焦点字块可以进行<C@#剪下来<C!!、<C@#复制<C!!、<C@#贴上去<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!、<C@#删除<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!、<C@#搬移<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!等操作。 TITLE3 12 0 &设计多栏版式 NORMAL 222 0 &编排文件时，您可以利用<C@#插入<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选择表中的<C@#分隔设定<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!功能把文件分成不同的区域，每一区域中的文字又可以排成一栏或多栏。利用<C@#分栏线<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!功能又可以使同一区域中各栏中的文字高度不等。 TITLE3 12 0 &设定段落格式 NORMAL 78 0 &文件中每一段落都有一个格式名，每一段排成什么样子都由其格式决定。段落格式包括∶ J48D 223 0 &・ 段落文字的字体、字型、字形大小和颜色、下划线、勾销线等属性。.・ 段落的靠齐方式。.・ 避头点、英文调和字、英文断音节属性。.・ 段落的分断方式。.・ 段落的上、下、左、右留空、字间、行间属性。.・ 段落的上线、下线和外框。 NORMAL 368 0 &设定段落格式有两种方法∶一种是利用<C@#格式<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选择表中的<C@#段落格式<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!，另一种是利用<C@#体裁<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选择表中的<C@#修改格式<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!。段落格式设定的是某一段的特殊格式，它只改变插入点或焦点字块所在段落的格式，不会改变与该段格式名相同的其他段落的格式。修改格式设定的是某一格式名对应的段落格式，具有该格式名的所有段落都会随着改变。 TITLE3 12 0 &设定文字格式 NORMAL 132 0 &利用<C@#文字格式<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!可以对段落中某些文字的字体、字形大小、颜色、字型进行特别设定，以突出这些文字。设定文字格式的方法是∶ J48D 207 0 &1. 在文件中选择一个焦点字块。.2. 利用<C@#格式<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选择表中的<C@#文字格式<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选项来设定；或利用<C@#格式条<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!中的字体、字形大小下拉式选项表、粗体、斜体和下划线图示来设定。 TITLE3 8 0 &保存文件 NORMAL 473 0 &文件编排好后，要将编排结果保存起来，以便再取出来修改或打印。您可以利用<C@#文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选择表中的<C@#存入文件<T.!<S2!<A!!<C!!或<C@#存成新文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!功能保存文件，存盘时文件的扩展名必须是.DOC。.<C@#存成新文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!时如果您输入的名称和当前档案室中的另一档案的名称相同，系统会询问您，是否要覆盖旧文件，选择OK命令按钮后，新文件就将同名的旧文件覆盖掉了。如果您设定了<C@#存入时自动备份<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!，系统会自动用.DBK的扩展名把旧文件存在同一档案室中。 TITLE3 8 0 &打印文件 NORMAL 199 0 &打印文件前您可以切换到模拟显示方式下，看一看文件是否达到了预期的效果，如果对文件不满意，可以重新进行编排。.在打印前您先要检查∶..・ 打印机有没有打开，纸张有没有装上。.・ 打印机是否和电脑正确连接。. NORMAL 146 0 &如果这一切都没有问题，就可以利用<C@#文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选择表中的<C@#打印<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!功能打印文件了。打印时，您可以按Cancel命令按钮中止打印。 TITLE2 22 0 &【三个系统的切换功能】 TITLE3 37 0 &<T.!WinWord<T>!公文排版系统的切换功能 NORMAL 322 0 &在WinWord公文排版系统中编排文件时，如果您中途想建立档案室、文件柜或对文件进行操作，可以在<C@#文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选择表中选<C@#档案管理<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!，切换到WinWord档案管理系统中。如果想到WinWord文字编辑系统中输入文字，在<C@#工具<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选择表中选<C@#文字编辑<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!后就可以切换到WinWord文字编辑系统中。 TITLE3 37 0 &<T.!WinWord<T>!文字编辑系统的切换功能 NORMAL 178 0 &在WinWord文字编辑系统中输入文字时，如果想对档案室、文件柜和文件进行维护，可以在<C@#文件<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!选择表中选<C@#档案管理<C!!<A!!<T.!<S2!，就可以切换到WinWord档案管理系统中。 NORMAL 58 0 &★ 从WinWord档案管理系统不能切换到WinWord其他两个系统中。 PAGE 10 2886 BLOCK 1 0 0 34 1 1 8 71 0 0 1828 2907 -22 2870 BLOCK 1 0 0 45 8 72 17 235 0 0 1828 2907 -38 2474 BLOCK 1 0 0 17 17 236 58 2 0 0 1828 2907 -434 2927 BLOCK 1 0 0 10 58 3 81 0 0 0 1828 2907 69 2894 BLOCK 1 0 0 12 81 1 93 106 0 0 1828 2907 -14 2880 BLOCK 1 0 0 39 93 107 105 0 0 0 1828 2907 72 2808 BLOCK 1 0 0 38 105 1 117 0 0 0 1828 2907 -50 2906 BLOCK 1 0 0 41 117 1 128 166 0 0 1828 2907 -2 2824 BLOCK 1 0 0 43 128 167 141 0 0 0 1828 2907 -34 2578 BLOCK 1 0 0 37 141 1 152 0 0 0 1828 2907 -330 TABLE 3 32 134 946 1560 1250 12 3 1 150 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 520 520 520 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 33 64 254 1700 2377 9 2 1 150 290 150 482 541 150 193 277 144 800 900 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 34 -1000 -1000 1700 2066 4 2 1 150 857 902 157 800 900 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 256 20736 0 25856 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 -256 255 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32767 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 HEAD 0 0 0 0 & & 0 0 0 0 & & PAGENO 0 0 0 0 & & 0 1 0 0 0 0 & & 0 1
Power Chords version 1.0 Additional Information as of April 12, 1992. Most of the files on the install diskette are packed. They will not work if you just copy them to your hard disk - they must be unpacked by the installation process. (See the enclosed instruction guide). An unpack program (UNPACK.EXE) is provided so you can manually unpack files from the diskette if necessary. This program is a Windows program. To run it, start Windows, and select the File menu in the Program Manager. From this menu select the Run option and enter the program location and name (eg. A:UNPACK, or C:\POWCHORDS\UNPACK). The demonstration file MEDLEY.POW has extra support for GS Format in it. If you have a GS Format sound module, make sure that you select GS Format in the MIDI Options dialog box so that the extra GS Data is heard. There is a Roland Intelligent Arranger version of this file called MEDINTAR.POW (Medley for Intelligent Arranger). If you have a CA-30, RA-90 or other Roland product with Intelligent Arranger capabilities, you should give this song a try. Note how Controls are used to set up the Intelligent Arranger, and to change its styles, fills, etc.
Last Minute Information about the disk for Windows 3 Power Tools.
=================================================================
Most of the files on this disk are compressed. You must run the
Windows 3 Power Tools SETUP.EXE program to expand them. The setup
program will create a directory for each program and install its
files there.
The SETUP.EXE program, in the root directory of the disk, must be
run from Windows 3.0. The setup program suggests that the programs
be installed in the C:\WINDOWS\PWR-TOOL directory. The setup process
will build subdirectories under the directory you specify for the
individual applications.
Except for Oriel for Windows, all of the programs provided on this disk
are 100% functional evaluation copies of commercial Shareware products.
They have been provided for your free evaluation. SPECIAL COUPONS have
been provided in the back of the Windows 3 Power Tools book which will
give you substantial discounts off of the retail prices of three of these
programs, Aporia, Command Post and WinEdit; in the case of IconDraw, a
coupon offering you a discount on a commercial, non-shareware version has
been included. If you wish to use these Shareware products provided on
this disk, please use the special coupons to save yourself some money.
In the \BIN directory on the disk is a special program, EXPAND.EXE,
and an accompanying text file, EXPAND.TXT, which explains how to use
the expand program to uncompress. Normally the expand program is
not required, but may be useful if you wish to extract a file from
disk without running the setup program.
* Oriel
No additional notes at this time.
* Aporia
The Power Tools setup program copies Aporia files into a
temporary directory (AP-SETUP). The Aporia setup program is
then automatically run from the temporary directory and installs
Aporia by copying files from the temporary directory into the
directories you specify.
Once you've run the Aporia Setup, you can delete the files from
the temporary directory (AP-SETUP) and save yourself 640KB of
disk space. The AP-SETUP directory for Aporia is located under
the directory you specify when you run the Power Tools setup
program. The AP-SETUP directory has 13 files in it, all of which
may be deleted. If you use the default setup directory, the
files in the C:\WINDOWS\PWR-TOOL\AP-SETUP directory may be deleted
once Aporia is installed.
* Command Post
Command Post, being a complete Windows environment, requires that
the directory in which it resides be placed in the DOS PATH
statement. If you choose the setup program's default of
C:\WINDOWS\PWR-TOOL, then you should add the C:\WINDOWS\PWR-TOOL\CMDPOST
directory to your path statement. The complete manual and other
documentation for Command Post may be found in the
C:\WINDOWS\PWR-TOOL\CMDPOST\CP-DOCS directory.
* IconDraw
* No additional notes at this time.
* WinEdit
An early version of the WinEdit program has been included on
this disk due to deadline pressures. If you like the program,
and would like to evaluate a more up-to-date copy, please
contact the sellers at (206) 937-9335 for more information.
文 字 处 理 软 件
（ 汉化 WordStar 4.00 版 ）
使 用 手 册
黑龙江省电子技术研究所软件室
一九八八年一月
前 言
WordStar ��是当今微型机中，在文字处理方面功能较强的一种软件。�
1987 年 2 月美国 Micropro 公司又推出了新版本 -- WordStar 4.00 版。�
同年 10 月，黑龙江省电子技术研究所软件室对它进行了汉化，使它能够在�
配有中国科学院计算技术研究所开发的联想式汉卡的 IBM-PC/XT �及其兼容�
机上运行。文字处理软件 WordStar 是在配有联想汉卡的 IBM-PC/XT �个人�
计算机上开发的，在某些方面的独到之处是目前已有的字处理软件所不及的�
。中国科学院计算技术研究所的同志们对该软件进行了严格测试，并提出了�
一些很有价值的建议。
由于该软件结构复杂、庞大，因此难免有疏忽或不妥之处，望广大用户�
在使用时如发现错误，请提出宝贵意见，使之更加完善。
一 WordStar 运行环境
WordStar �存放在六张软盘上，可在配有中国科学院计算技术研究所开�
发的联想式汉卡的 IBM-PC/XT 及其兼容机下运行。
二 基本操作及要求
1. 启动 WordStar
在 DOS 状态下键入 HW，按回车键则显示版权信息及主菜单：
--------------------- 主 菜 单 ---------------------
｜ D 编缉文书文件 L 改变驱动器或目录 ｜
｜ N 编辑非文书文件 C 保护文件 ｜
｜ P 打印文件 E 改文件名 ｜
｜ M 合并打印文件 O 拷贝文件 ｜
｜ I 索引文书文件 Y 删除文件 ｜
｜ T 构造目录 F 变目录为 on/off ｜
｜ X 退出字处理 Esc 缩写 ｜
｜ J 帮助 R 运行 DOS 命令 ｜
--------------------------------------------------------------
如果您想使用主菜单中某项命令，可键入与其相应的字母。若发现选错�
了，按 Esc 返回主菜单。
� 2. 如何退出 WordStar
^KD --- 存盘并返回主菜单
^KX --- 存盘并退出 WordStar
^KQ --- 不存盘返回主菜单
3. WordStar 使用文件名的要求
WordStar 使用的文件名最多 8 个字符，扩展名最多为 3 �个字符，但�
不可为 .BAK ，因为，如果您用 HS 修改文件，修改后的新文件取名与原来�
相同，而修改前的原文件自动附加 .BAK 扩展名，这样您建立的文件修改后�
会有备份。
�
三 WordStar 主要用途
文字处理软件是一个具有中文、英文两种文字处理能力的全屏幕文字编�
辑程序。使用者可以借助它来方便地编辑、修改、打印及拷贝各种中文、英�
文或中英文混合的文章、信件、公文，编制表格，以至计算机语言源程序及�
数据文件。在当今的计算机与信息革命的时代，文字处理软件已成为办公室�
自动化的必备软件，成为软件开发的有力工具。
WordStar �的适用面极广，如：政府机关、工商企业、学校、医院中的�
文件、资料、数据管理部门；新闻、出版机构中的文字编辑、计算机软件编�
制、开发机构等。
四 WordStar 4.00 版的优点
1、新版本增加了检查英文单词拼写错误、缩写输入和计算等功能，还�
增加了与用户界面的接口。
2、它具有相当庞大的帮助系统，您需要了解的关于该程序的每一个问�
题都显示在每一页的上方，对于所有工作，WordStar �都会在屏幕上针对每�
一命令给出详细提示，因此，不论您是刚参加工作，还是一位老专业人员，�
都会觉得易学习、掌握。
3、使用 WordStar �可以设计出清晰的打印画面。与文本一起输入的打�
印命令可以产生特殊的效果和特定的格局。
五 WordStar 功能介绍
1. D （编辑文书文件）
它打开或创建一个文书文件进行编辑，使用 D �键来完成一般的字处理�
任务，如：笔记、书信、报告等。
进入 D 在提示“请输入文件名：”之后，键入新的或已存在的文件名�
并跟以回车；或将光标移到目录区要编辑的文件上，按回车。
----------------------- 编 辑 菜 单 ------------------------
光 标 滚 动 删 除 其 它 菜 单
^E 上 ^W 上 ^G 字符 ^J 帮助 ^O 屏幕格式
^X 下 ^Z 下 ^T 词 ^I 定位 ^K 块和存盘
^S 左 ^R 上页 ^Y 行 ^V 变插入为 off ^P 打印
^D 右 ^C 下页 Del 字符 ^B 调整段落 ^Q 快速功能
^A 左移一词 ^U 恢复删除 ^N 断行 Esc 缩写
^F 右移一词 ^L 查找／重新替换
-----------------------------------------------------------------
�
在编辑菜单中，按 ^J 及相应的命令，便显示出相应命令的解释及菜单 。
^I （定位）：
将光标移到下一定位点。在正文标尺行中，！表示固定定位点；# �
是小数定位点（使小数点对齐）。
^V （插入开关）：
它可调节您键入的正文影响已存在正文的方式。插入开关接通时，�
状态行显示“插入”，插入正文将已存在正文向右移；断开时，状�
态行不显示“插入”，并覆盖原文。
^N （断行）：
在光标后插入一个 ←┘ 。如果要建空行，可将光标移到行首，并按 �
^N 。
^U （恢复删除）：
在光标处插入最近删除的内容。^U ���不恢复用 ���^G、^H、Del或 �
Backspace �删除的单个字符。最近删除的内容一直保留在内存中，�
可用 ^U 传送文本。例如：标记一个文本块，用 ^KY 删除它，然后�
移光标到另一位置并键入 ��^U，传送文本就完成了。再移光标且按 �
^U，则再一次完成传送操作。
^B （调整段落）：
在边界内调整光标之后的所有正文。用来整理由增、删字造成的长�
短不一的现象。^B 只调整一个段落；^QU 调整光标后的所有正文。
编辑菜单中的子菜单：
^O 屏幕格式
^K 块和存盘
^P 打印
^Q 快速功能
Esc 缩写
下面分别介绍。
^O （屏幕格式化菜单）
它影响屏幕上正文的观看效果；帮助级别为 0 或 1 �时，不显示�
菜单。
------------------- 屏 幕 格 式 化 菜 单 --------------------�
边界 特性 显示
L 左 W 变字绕转为 on/off D 变打印开关为 on/off
R 右 J 变右调整为 on/off H 变连字符帮助 on/off
X 释放 E 键入软连字符 P 变预演开关为 on/off
T 变标尺行 on/off G 暂时缩进 B 变软空间为 on/off
F 快速改变标尺行 S 设置行距 制表
O 插入标尺行 C 置文本于中间 I 设置定位点 N 清除
-----------------------------------------------------------------
^OL （设置左边界）
改变左边界的位置。键入 ^OL 和列号或按 Esc 使用正文中光标位�
置。
^OX （边界释放）
� 在状态行显示“边界释放”并允许边界外输入。重新关闭边界释放�
开关有下列四种方法：键入 ^OX；按←┘；移光标到另一行；在边�
界内输入。
^OT （标尺开关）
显示（或隐藏）标尺行。一般地，标尺行在文书文件中显示，在非�
文书文件中隐藏。显示与否，标尺行总是有效的。
^OF （快速改变标尺行）
修改标尺行来匹配光标所在行的长度。
^OO （插入标尺行）
向正文中插入正显示的标尺行。
^OW （字绕转开关）
它改变依靠右边界处理正文的方式。字绕转开关接通时，超出右边�
界的正文则移到下一行，仅在段末需按←┘键；断开时，需在每行�
末按←┘ 。
^OJ （右调整开关）
它改变处理在行尾具有软反转符的正文的方式。接通时，插入软空�
间，使每行完美地装在边界中；断开时，字处理程序不插入软空间�
并允许各行稍短些。调整开关断开也叫右锯齿。
^OG （暂时缩进）
对所键入的段落的每一行自动插入一个定位点，直到按←┘键。要�
使一段有两个定位点，按 ^OG 两次再开始键入。^OG �在字绕转开�
关接通时工作最好，按←┘键则关闭暂时缩进开关。
^OS （设置行间距）
它改变您要输入的正文中的空白行距。键入 ^OS �后应输入新行距�
。例如：输入 2←┘ ，表示行间距为 2，并在状态行中显示 �“ 行�
间距-2 ”。
^OD （打印控制开关）
显示（或隐藏）控制打印特性码。例如：打印控制接通时，符号 �
^B 显示在黑体字两侧；断开时，不显示 ^B、^S �或其它任何打印�
控制符。
^OH （连字符帮助开关）
它改变处理在行尾的一长字的方式。此开关接通并调整段落（ ^B ）�
时，字处理程序将停止运行并可显示对行末大于 5 �个字符长的字�
加连字符的帮助菜单。
^OP （预演开关）
以在打印时将出现的方式显示正文。此开关接通时，隐藏圆点命令�
和打印控制。显示保护菜单，不可编辑正文；断开时，则相反。
^OB （软空间开关）
它改变在屏幕上显示软空间的方式。（软空间适用于右调整和锯齿�
形正文。）开关接通时，软空间显示为小圆点；断开时，软空间象�
一般空格。
^K （块和存盘）
它用来拷贝、传递、删除和改名，以及运行其他程序。编辑时，按 �� ^K 及命令左边的字母；帮助级别为 0 或 1 时，不显示菜单。
----------------- 块 和 存 盘 功 能 菜 单 ------------------
存盘 块 文件
S 存盘不退出编辑 B 首标记 C 拷贝 O 拷贝 P 打印
D 存入文件 K 尾标记 V 传送 E 改名
X 存盘并退出字处理 H 变显示为 on/off Y 删除 J 删除
Q 不存盘退出 W 写入磁盘 M 计算 L 登录的驱动器/目录�
光标 N 变列方式 on/off R 插入一个文件
0－9 设置／移动标记 I 变列替换为 on/off F 运行 DOS 命令
------------------------------------------------------------------
^KH （显示开关）
块正文或标记高亮显示开关。
^KW （写入磁盘）
将文本中的块内容写入给定文件名的文件中。
^KN （列方式开关）
当列方式开关断开时，块文本包括 <B> 和�<K>��之间的所有文本�
；开关接通时，状态行上显示“列方式”，被标记的文本块好象�
一个专栏，标记 <B> 和 <K> 分别在块文本的左上角和右下角。
^KI （列替换开关）
改变处理列文本块的方式。^KI ��只在列方式开关（^KN）接通时 �
工作。
^KC （拷贝）
在正文中光标位置插入标记块的拷贝。用 ^KB 和 ^KK 标记文本�
，移动光标并按 ^KC。
^KV （传送）
传送标记块到光标处。用 ^KB 和 ^KK 标记文本。移动光标并按 �
^KV。
^KY （删除）
删除标记块，用 ^KB 和 ^KK 标记文本并按 ^KY。按 ^U 恢复最�
近删除。
^KM （计算）
它起一个简单计算器的作用，并对标记块内所有数字求和。此结�
果不插入正文。^KM 认识负号和小数点，扩号内的数被减去。要�
想将此结果插入正文，则移动光标到一指定位置并键入 Esc 和 �
＝。
^KR （插入文件）
在当前编辑文件的光标处插入一个文件。移光标到要插入新文件�
的位置，键入 ^KR 和要插入的文件名及←┘。
^P （打印控制菜单）
它控制打印正文的效果；编辑时，按 ^P 及命令左边的字母；在帮�
助级别 0 和 1 时，菜单不显示。�
其菜单如下：
--------------------- 打 印 控 制 菜 单 ---------------------
� 开始或结束 其它
B 黑体字 X 删除打印 H 迭印字符 O 粘连空间
S 下划线 D 重打 ←┘ 迭印上行 C 暂停
V 下标 Y 斜体/彩色 F 虚空格 I 插入定位符
T 上标 K 索引 G 虚拟擦除 @ 固定位置
QWER 定做 N 标准间距
L 换页 A 修改间距
-----------------------------------------------------------------
^PO （粘连空间）
在正文中插入不在行尾显示的硬空间。用于粘连两个词。例 �
如：Henry VIII，使其不在行尾断开。
^PB （黑体字）
使文本在屏幕上高亮显示或以黑体字打印。移光标到要高亮显示�
文本的首和尾，并在每处键入 ^PB。不同的打印机以不同的方式�
打印黑体字。
^PS （下划线）
屏幕上和打印纸上的下划线正文。移光标到要加下划线正文的首�
尾，并在首尾键入 ^PS 。
^PV （下标）
在打印纸上稍低于该行的地方打印文本。移光标到要为下标文本�
的首尾，并在首尾键入 ^PV 。
^PX （删除打印）
将符号“－”打印在打印纸的文本上。将光标移到要划掉文本的�
首尾，并在首尾键入 ^PX 。
^PD （重打）
使文本在屏幕上高亮显示，或以黑体字打印。移光标到要重打文�
本的首尾，并在首尾键入 ^PD 。
^PY （斜体字／彩色）
打印斜体字或换打印色带，取决于打印机特性或安装字处理程序�
的方式。移光标到要斜体（或不同的色带）打印正文的首尾，并�
在首尾处键入 ^PY 。（汉化 WS 4.00 版 无此项功能）
^PK （索引）
在要索引正文的首尾作标记。移光标到要索引的字或短语的首尾�
，并在首尾处键入 ^PK 。^PK 也用于标题或尾注来消除下面所有�
空格。
^PH （迭印字符）
使打印机把要打印的字符打在前一字符上，类似打字机退一格，�
并把第二个字符打在第一个上面。（汉化 WS 4.00 版 �只适用
于上下标）
←┘ （迭印上行）
使打印机把要打印的一行打在前一行上。由于迭印一行，最右列�
的段尾符“<”由“－”代替。（汉化 WS 4.00 版 无此项功能）
^PF （虚空格）
向文本中插入一个特殊的字符。在大多数打印机上，这个字符是�� 空格。
^PG （虚拟擦除）
向文本中插入一个特殊字符。它与 ^PF 的打印代码不同。
^PQ、^PW、^PE、^PR （定做）
它改变文本中为定做的打印字体或放大打印。移光标到开始有定�
做效果的地方，并键入 ^P 和 Q、W、E 或 �R。您可有这四个定�
做效果来合理利用您的打印机的特殊功能。�
^PI （插入定位符）
在正文中插入一个特殊定位点（ASCII 为 �09）。这个定位是能�
达到�8�个空格长的单个字符，光标总是移动到下个第 8�列定位�
点处的字符上。
^P@ （固定位置）
调整文本到当前行的固定位置。移光标到给定列，例如：45 列�
。键入 ^P@ 和正文，重复该列中含有要调整正文的每一行。打�
印时，^@ 不打印，但每个 ^@ 后的所有文本将被调整。
^PN （标准间距）
恢复打印间距为标准间距，后备间距为每英寸 12 �个字符。^PN �
恢复间距为每英寸 10 个字符。
^PA （后备间距）
改变字符的打印间距。标准间距为每英寸 10 个字符；^PA 把它�
改成每英寸 12 个字符。
^PC （暂停打印）
打印机打到此处暂停打印，按 P 后按 C 继续打印。
^PL （换页打印）
打印机打到此处后换页，再继续往下打印。
打印示例：
F2 2 4 汉F1 1 2 字 WordStar 4.00具有多种打印功能，可加下划线，
可划去某一部分，由于实现了上下标，这样可以打印一些数学公式和化学方�
程式，如：
Ｖ球体积＝━４３πＲ3
可以<变换字体>并且打印出F1 2 6 任F2 3 6 意F3 2 6 变F2 1 4 倍F1 1 2 放大的字型来。�
^Q （快速功能菜单）
提供完成各种功能的快速方式，包括移动光标、查找或查找／替换�
文本、删除文本和查对拼写等。编辑时，键入 ^Q 和命令左面的字�
母。帮助级别为 0 和 1 时，菜单不显示。�
---------------------- 快 速 功 能 菜 单 --------------------
光 标 查 找 其 它 拼 写
E 左上 P 前一位置 F 查找正文 U 调整段落 L 查对其余
X �右上 V 上次查找 A 查找／替换 M 计算 Q 重复 N �查对字 �
S 左边 B 块首 G 下面字符 删 除 O 输入字
D 右边 K 块尾 H 上面字符 Y 至行尾 滚 动
R 文件首 0-9 做标记 I 查找页或行 Del 至行首 W 上滚
� C 文件尾 ? 字符总数 T 至某一字符 Z 下滚
-----------------------------------------------------------------
� ^QP （第一位置）
������� 将光标移至它刚才驻留的位置。
������ ^QV （上次查找）
将光标移至上次查找、查找／替换或上次标记块处。
^QM （计算）
计算你输入的算式。所支持的数学函数有：加、减、乘、除、取�
整、分别以 e 和 10 为底的对数、指数、平方根、正弦、余弦�
、正切和反正切。
^Q? （字符总数）
显示从文件头至光标处的字符数。
� ^QN （查对字）
查对光标所在处的字的拼写。
^QO （输入字）
查对你输入的字。
������ ^QU （调整段落）
在边界内，重新排列文书文件中从光标处主文件尾的正文。键入
^U 则中止正在进行的调整。它与 ^B 的区别是：^B �只调整一个�
段落；^QU 调整其余的正文。在非文书文件中，^QU �把从光标处�
至文尾的每个词尾的专用文书文件码（ASCII 码值大于 �128）转�
换为非文书文件的形式（ASCII 码值小于 128）。
^QL （查对其余的）
查对从光标处至文件尾的字的拼写。若发现错误，字处理将给出�
基于发音和拼写的提示。当发现可疑之处时，可选择下列命令：
I 忽略；查对下一个字。
A 将此字加入个人字典。
B 仅在这种情况下把它看作正确的字。
E 输入正确的字。
T 自动调整开关---使在边界中调整正文开关接通或断开。
G 全部替换开关---把相同错字全部校正或忽略。
Esc （ 缩写功能）
在正文光标处插入预置的命令、词、短语、段落和短文。按 �
Esc 键并从缩写功能菜单中选择一个字母（命令或正文的缩写 �
）。要想建立或修改某个定义，则在缩写功能菜单下按 ? �键�
。缩写功能对于执行一个经常使用的命令或正文中插入段落、�
短文十分有用。如：键入 Esc + = ，则将在 ^QM 或 ^KM �中�
最后一次的计算结果插入光标位置；键入 Esc + @ �则将当天�
的日期插入到光标位置。
--------------------- 缩 写 功 能 菜 单 ---------------------
? 显示或修改定义 ^J 帮助
= ^QM 或 ^KM 中的最后计算结果 @ 今天的日期
$ ^QM 或 ^KM 中的最后格式化结果 ! 当前的时间
� # ^QM 中的最后算式
-----------------------------------------------------------------
注 意 ！
编辑菜单只在帮助级别为 3 �时显示；快速、打印控制、屏幕格式化和�
块功能菜单在帮助级别为 2 和 3 时显示。在键入帮助键后，对屏幕上一般�
问题的解释，可键入“?”；要看到圆点命令的帮助，请键入“.”；要想看�
到关于存盘的帮助，请键入“^KD”。
2 N（编辑非文书文件）
该功能菜单中内容与编辑文书文件菜单大致相同。只是在删除一栏中增�
加 ^B（转换）功能；在菜单一栏中减少了 ^O（屏幕格式）。
其余项目及功能与文书文件完全相同。这里就不一一介绍。
3 P（打印文件）
按 P 后键入要打印的文件名，并回答一系列问题。
想取默认值，可按←┘键。
4 M（合并打印文件）
通过您建立的主文件，打印多个表格信件。
使用圆点命令，能把磁盘上的数据文件并入表格信件中。
5 I（索引一个文件）
为您命名的文书文件建立索引。
在文书文件中能索引每一个字、索引圆点命令、.IX 后面的字或由 �^K �
所围的字。
索引文件与文书文件同名，但扩展名为 .IDX。
6 T（构造目录）
为您建立的文书文件创建一个或多个目录。一但建立了文书文件，就能�
产生一个或多个目录。用圆点命令 .TC 产生目录入口。将 # 放在要
显示页号的圆点命令行中。例如：.TC 第一章 �...#，产生书中第一章�
的入口。
� 命令 .TC 产生与文书文件同名的目录文件，但扩展名为 .TOC。
在 .TC 之后立即产生 9 个之多的目录（扩展名为 TO1 到 TO9）。
7 X（退出字处理）
返回操作系统并显示提示符，A>、C>等。
想再进入字处理程序，键入 HW←┘。
8 J（帮助）
要想看到主菜单中某个命令的帮助，按下与该命令相关的键。在编辑时�
，要想看到某个命令的帮助，先键入 ^J（或 F1），再按下与该命令相
关的键。要想看到或修改帮助级别，按 J 键。
9 L（改变驱动器或目录）
按 L�键后，键入要在其上工作的驱动号和目录名，按←┘；要想改变�
目录，则回答时省略驱动器号；用以下格式输入驱动器号和目录名：
驱动器：\目录\字目录。
10 C（保护文件）
对文件加以保护，使它不能被编辑或删除。键入 C �和要保护的文件名�
及←┘。解除保护，重新键入 C。
�
11 E（改文件名）
先键入旧文件名←┘，再输入新文件名。
12 O（拷贝文件）
同 11。
13 Y（删除文件）
键入要删除的文件名，然后←┘。
注： 为安全起见，计算机将问您是否肯定。不能删除已用 C 命令保护�
了的文件。
14 F（目录开关）
使当前目录中的文件显示接通或断开。
每次按 F 接通时，可用 DOS 通配符限制文件显示。
例：*.DOC 将只显示具有扩展名 .DOC 的文件。
提示：可用 WSCHANGE 修改文件目录显示。
在目录中，不包括以下类型的文件 COM、EXE、OVR、$?$、CMD、DCT。
15 Esc（缩写）
在正文光标处插入预置的命令、词、短语、段落和短文。
按 Esc 键并从缩写功能菜单中选择一个字母（命令或正文的缩写）。
要想建立或修改某个定义，则在缩写功能菜单下按 ? 键。
提示：缩写功能对于执行一个经常使用的命令或向正文中插入段落、�
短文十分有用。
16 R（或 ^KF）（运行 DOS 命令）
允许您不退出字处理程序就运行操作系统下的程序。运行后，仍返回字�
处理程序，按 R 键（在主菜单下）或键入 ^KF（在编辑菜单下），您
将看到等待接受 DOS �命令的提示符。由于字处理程序仍驻留在内存，�
可能没有足够空间运行命令。
在您进入编辑时，屏幕下边总出现：
显示 中间 查对 查对字 删除块 ......
1 帮助 2 恢复 3下划线 4黑体字 5删除行 ......
它们分别与相应的功能键相对应：（1＝F1，2＝F2，3＝F3 ......）
F1＝^J（帮助）
Shift+F1＝^OD（打印控制显示开关）
F2＝^U （恢复删除）
Shift+F2＝^OC（置文本于中间）
F3＝^PS（下划线）
Shift+F3＝^QL（拼写查对）
F4＝^PB（黑体字）
Shift+F4＝^QN（查对词拼写）
F5＝^Y （删除一行）
Shift+F5＝^KY（删除块）
F6＝^T （删除词）
Shift+F6＝^KH（块显示开关）
F7＝^B （调整段落）
Shift+F7＝^KV（块传送）
F8＝^OO（在正文中插入标尺行）
Shift+F8＝^KC（块拷贝）
� F9＝^KS（存盘不退出编辑）
Shift+F9＝^KB（标记块首）
F10＝^KD（存入文件并返回主菜单）
Shift+F10＝^KK（标记块首）
FACELIFT FOR MICROSOFT WINDOWS
Version 1.2
INSTALL.TXT
3/91
This file describes FaceLift installation procedures.
The instructions assume you are familiar with Windows
and Windows' terms.
The instructions you need depend on
* The version of Windows you are using (3.0 or 2.x)
* Whether you are installing FaceLift for the first
time or upgrading from an earlier version of
FaceLift
* Whether you are on a network
Choose the instructions that apply to you:
* For Windows 3.0: Installing FaceLift for the first time
* For Windows 3.0: Re-installing FaceLift (for upgrades)
* For Windows 3.0: Installing FaceLift on a network
* For Windows 3.0: Re-installing FaceLift on network
* For Windows 2.x: Installing FaceLift for the first time
* For Windows 2.x: Re-installing FaceLift (for upgrades)
* For Windows 2.x: Installing FaceLift and Windows 2.x
from a network or hard disk directory
FOR WINDOWS 3.0: INSTALLING FACELIFT FOR THE FIRST TIME
To install FaceLift for Windows 3.0 for the first time
1 Install Windows 3.0 if you haven't done so already.
2 Start Windows.
3 Open the Program Manager.
4 Select Run from the File menu.
5 Put disk 1 (Utility disk) from your FaceLift package
into a disk drive.
6 In the Command Line box, type A:INSTALL (or B:INSTALL)
and click OK.
7 Follow the prompts on the screen.
8 Install the Bitstream typefaces by following the prompts
on the screen.
The FaceLift installation program creates a new program group
(the square icon also used for Windows applications, accessories,
etc.) in the Program Manager, which shows the FaceLift icon ("B").
If you prefer, you can move the FaceLift icon to another program
group and delete the empty program group.
FOR WINDOWS 3.0: RE-INSTALLING FACELIFT (FOR UPGRADES)
To install version 1.2 of FaceLift for Windows 3.0 if you
have an earlier version installed, follow these instructions.
If you already have FaceLift typefaces installed, do not re-install
them. They work with version 1.2.
But you need to make the earlier version of FaceLift inactive.
To do this
1 Open FaceLift and open the Parameters option.
2 Turn off the FaceLift active box.
3 Turn off the Save Cache to disk box.
4 Click OK to exit the Parameters dialog box.
5 Click OK when the message "Your system settings have
changed..." appears.
6 Open the Printers option.
7 Highlight all the printers in the Installed Printers box.
8 Choose Unassign Shell-driver.
9 Click OK to exit the Printers dialog box.
10 Exit FaceLift and click the button to restart Windows.
11 At the Windows Program Manager, check to see if the
Bitstream FaceLift icon ("B") exists. If it does, delete
it by highlighting the icon, and press the Delete key.
If the Bitstream FaceLift program group icon (the square
icon also used for Windows applications, accessories,
etc.) exists, delete it too.
Now install version 1.2 of FaceLift. To do this
1 Start Windows, if it is not already open.
2 Open the Program Manager.
3 Select Run from the File menu.
4 Put the new disk 1 (Utility disk) into the disk drive. Make
sure that "Rev. 1.2" appears near the lower edge of the disk label.
5 In the Command Line box, type A:INSTALL (or B:INSTALL) and
click OK.
6 Follow the prompts on the screen.
7 When the Typefaces dialog box appears, check to see if the
typefaces are installed. (The typeface names appear to the
left, behind the "Please insert Disk 1 from the Bitstream
Typeface Package" message.) If the typefaces are
installed, press Cancel to exit the message, and Cancel
to exit the Typeface dialog box. If they are not installed,
install them now.
FOR WINDOWS 3.0: INSTALLING FACELIFT ON A NETWORK
These instructions for installing FaceLift for Windows 3.0 on a
network are in two parts. Part 1 is for network administrators;
part 2 is for users. The network administrator must install
FaceLift for at least one workstation. The administrator can then
choose to install FaceLift for the remaining workstations, or have
the users install FaceLift for their own workstations, by following
the instructions in part 2.
NOTE: The FaceLift license agreement requires the purchase of one
copy of FaceLift for each computer. If you are installing FaceLift
on a network, you may be interested in making multiple installations
with one copy of FaceLift. If so, please contact Bitstream or your
local software dealer to purchase a Bitstream FaceLift Multi-License
Pack.
Part 1: Instructions for Network Administrators
1 Log in as administrator and change to the Windows directory
on the network server.
2 Put disk 1 (Utility disk) into the disk drive. Make sure that
"Rev. 1.2" appears near the lower edge of the disk label.
3 Type A:NETWORK A: (or substitute the appropriate drive letter)
and press Enter to start the batch file NETWORK.BAT. This
installs certain files from the disk to the Windows network
directory.
4 Install FaceLift for the first workstation: Start Windows
for the workstation. Open the Program Manager. Select Run
from the File menu. In the Command Line box, type INSTALL
and click OK. Follow the prompts on the screen.
5 When installing typefaces, make sure you copy them to a
shared network typeface directory. After installing
typefaces and before exiting the Typefaces dialog box,
follow these additional steps to create a list of typefaces
in the shared network typeface directory. With the Typefaces
dialog box still open, press Shift+Ctrl and click Exit.
A new dialog box appears. Change the pathname to the
shared network directory. Click OK.
Now the typefaces are installed in the first Windows user's
WIN.INI file and also in the TFP.CFG file in the shared
network typeface directory. For the remaining workstations,
you can install typefaces from this shared directory, instead
of from the FaceLift Utility disk.
6 Continue installing FaceLift for the remaining workstations,
or have the users install FaceLift on their own workstations.
If users are going to install FaceLift, they must have access
to the shared network typeface directory.
Part 2: Instructions for Users
Follow these instructions if the network administrator tells
you to install FaceLift on your workstation. (Make sure the
administrator has completed part 1.)
1 Start Windows.
2 Open the Windows Program Manager.
3 Select Run from the File menu.
4 In the Command Line box, type INSTALL and click OK.
5 Follow the prompts on the screen.
6 When installing the typefaces, make sure you copy them
from the shared network typeface directory. (See the network
administrator if you don't know the name of the directory.)
7 Open the Parameters option. Under Cache file, change the
drive and pathname to your own Windows directory (which
contains the WIN.INI file). You can keep the same file
name for the Cache file.
FaceLift is installed. If you have any problems, see the
network administrator.
FOR WINDOWS 3.0: RE-INSTALLING FACELIFT ON A NETWORK
The network administrator should follow these instructions
for installing version 1.2 of FaceLift for Windows 3.0 on a
network if an earlier version is installed.
1 Follow the instructions for inactivating the earlier version
of FaceLift for one workstation (steps 1 though 11) in
"For Windows 3.0: Re-installing Facelift (for Upgrades)" above.
2 Follow steps 1 through 4 in "For Windows 3.0: Installing
FaceLift on a Network" (Part 1) above. Steps 1 through 3 update
the FaceLift files on the network server. Step 4 installs
the new NAMETABLE.INI into the Windows directory of the first
workstation. Make sure this is the same workstation with the
inactivated earlier version of FaceLift. (The FaceLift typefaces
are already installed, so you don't need to install them again.)
3 Copy the new NAMETABLE.INI file to the remaining workstations'
Windows directories.
FOR WINDOWS 2.X: INSTALLING FACELIFT FOR THE FIRST TIME
The FaceLift installation program modifies Windows device
drivers so they can print or display FaceLift fonts. It also
modifies the WIN.INI file. The program installs FaceLift and
the modified version of Windows 2.x into a new, empty directory
on your system.
Before you start, you should know the type of display adaptor
or display driver you use in Windows.
1 Start from the DOS prompt. No other program, such as a
previously installed version of Windows, should be running.
2 Use the DOS command MKDIR to create a new directory for
FaceLift and the FaceLift modified version of Windows.
3 Use the DOS command CHDIR to change to your new directory.
4 Put disk 1 (Utility disk) from the FaceLift package into a
disk drive. (Or read "Installing FaceLift and Windows 2.x
from a Network or Hard Disk Directory" below.) Make sure
that disk 1 says "Rev. 1.2" at the lower edge of the disk label.
5 Start the program by typing A:INSTALL (or B:INSTALL) and press
Enter.
6 Follow the prompts on the screen.
7 When the installation program shows a list of Windows-supported
drivers, make a note of the number that corresponds to your
driver.
(If your driver is not on the list, it is not one of the common
drivers provided by Microsoft. You need to add it to the file
FLDRIVER.LST, which is in your current directory. Edit
FLDRIVER.LST with any text editor and read the instructions
at the beginning of the file. After you have made the changes,
save FLDRIVER.LST as an unformatted ASCII file. Restart the
installation program (from the new Windows directory) by
typing FLMENU and press Enter.)
8 When the installation program prompts you, type this command:
FL X: Y Z <Enter>
where
FL is the command name
X: is the letter of your disk drive
Y is the number of disks in your Windows 2.x package
(If your disk driver was provided by the manufacturer
of your monitor, Y includes the number of Windows
disks PLUS the driver disk)
Z is the number that corresponds to your display driver
If you make a mistake, press CTRL+BRK and re-try the command.
(The installation program copies some files to the currently
selected hard disk. It also copies some temporary files to your
root directory: FACELIFT.ORG, FACELIFT.GRB, FACELIFT.LGO,
FACELIFT.3EX, and FACELIFT.386. If, by chance, there are files
by these names in the root directory, they will be deleted!)
9 When prompted, put your Windows disks in the disk drive, one
at a time. (If you have a separate disk containing your display
driver, be sure to insert that too.) Be sure to insert the
Windows Setup disk last.
10 After copying files it needs from the Windows disks, the
installation program begins with the Windows setup procedure.
Be alert! You will answer some of the setup questions
differently than you did when you first installed Windows.
This time you will install a display driver with a name like
"WIN2 Screen Driver Interface V.1.0" instead of the standard
name you might expect.
* Enter the name of your current directory as the Windows
directory.
* If Setup asks you for your hardware configuration, give
the normal answers. Very shortly you will alter some
selections.
* Choose the option to change the display driver. Select the
last line of possible drivers, which is labeled "Other
drivers."
* If Setup asks you for the drive where the driver is to be
loaded from, type the drive letter of your hard disk.
(For example, C:)
* Look for a display driver with a name such as "WIN2 Screen
Driver Interface V.1.0" and select it.
* Answer other prompts in Setup the same way you did the
first time you installed Windows 2.x.
11 Put the Windows disks in the disk drive as Setup requests them.
12 After all required files have been installed, the modified version
of Windows will start and you will see the FaceLift Typefaces
dialog box. If Windows does not start, you did something wrong
during the installation. Re-read the instructions and try again.
If you don't succeed, call Bitstream Technical Support at
617-497-7514.
13 Begin installing the Bitstream typefaces by inserting a
FaceLift Typeface disk in the drive and selecting the drive.
14 Select Add, and select the typefaces you want to copy to your
hard disk.
15 Select Copy.
16 Select OK to accept the default typeface directory, or type a
new directory name and select OK.
17 After FaceLift, Windows, and your Bitstream typefaces have
been installed, you have one last thing to do before using
FaceLift. Remove three of the standard Windows (.FON) fonts
that you will not need with FaceLift: Roman, Script, and
Modern.
These three fonts can potentially interfere with FaceLift's
operation. To remove the .FON fonts, use the Windows Control
Panel (CONTROL.EXE) or, if you are an experienced user, edit
the WIN.INI file with Notepad.
FOR WINDOWS 2.X: RE-INSTALLING FACELIFT (FOR UPGRADES)
To install version 1.2 of FaceLift for Windows 2.x, you must
first delete Windows 2.x and the earlier version of FaceLift.
Then you re-install Windows 2.x and version 1.2 of FaceLift.
1 Make a backup copy of your Windows 2.x directory. (FaceLift
is included in the Windows directory.)
2 Use the DOS command DELETE to delete the contents of the
Windows directory.
3 Follow the instructions in "For Windows 2.x: Installing
FaceLift for the First Time" above.
FOR WINDOWS 2.X: INSTALLING FACELIFT AND WINDOWS 2.X FROM A NETWORK
OR HARD DISK DIRECTORY
Follow these instructions if you prefer to install FaceLift for
Windows 2.x from a directory on a network or your hard drive,
instead of a disk drive.
NOTE: The FaceLift license agreement requires the purchase of
one copy of FaceLift for each computer. If you are installing
FaceLift on a network, you may be interested in making multiple
installations with one copy of FaceLift. If so, please contact
Bitstream or your local software dealer to purchase a Bitstream
FaceLift Multi-License Pack.
1 Copy the contents of all Windows 2.x disks to the desired
directory.
2 Copy the contents of the FaceLift disks to the same directory.
Make sure that disk 1 says "Rev. 1.2" at the lower edge
of the disk label.
3 If the directory is on a network, use the DOS command CHDIR
to make it be your current directory.
If the directory is on your hard disk, use the DOS command
SUBST to make it correspond to a disk drive.
NOTE: If you are not familiar with these DOS commands, see
a DOS reference book.
4 Follow the instructions in "For Windows 2.x: Installing
FaceLift for the First Time" above. For the drive letters,
use the letter of the network directory or the letter you
chose for the hard drive. For the number of Windows disks,
use 1.
┌─────────────┐
│ │
│ 【 書 中 仙 】 │
│ │
│ ──────────── │
│ 第四代智慧型文書編輯系統 │
│ │
│ 2.05A 標準版 │
│ │
│ │
│ 有我就搞定了！ │
│ │
│ │
│ 施得勝 監製 │
│ │
│ 銳士資訊工程有限公司發行 │
│ │
│ 熱線電話 : (02) 913-5349 │
│ 傳真熱線 : (02) 913-2052 │
└─────────────┘
簡 介
──────────────────────────
【書中仙】是一個第四代智慧型的文書編輯程式, 它擁
有一個聰明的頭腦以及一顆善體人意的心。
╭───────────╮
│ 我們說它聰明是因為它 │
╰───────────╯
☆ 檔案本身只佔60多K,而無損其強大的功能
☆ 會自動的檢查是否遭病毒感染,保障您的資料
☆ 可以編輯無限多個檔案
☆ 檔案中橫列的長度達512個英文字母
☆ 編輯檔案的長度完全不受記憶體的限制
☆ 有聰明的線上輔助操作說明
☆ 在畫表格時有多種邊框可供選用
┌──────┐
│ ┌─┬─┐ │
│ �歈��稙��� │
│ �翦��踛��� │
│ �鵂w�艟w�� │
│ ╭─┬─╮ │
│ �����稙��� │
│ BLANK │
└──────┘
☆ 每隔一段時間會自動的存檔一次, 不必怕當機或停電
□SET AUTOSAVE 10 (每10分鐘自動存檔一次)
☆ 有智慧型具學習能力的片語轉換翻譯功能
□Alt-K 連續的輸入片語
□Alt-P 輸入一個片語
☆ 有智慧型的巨集按鍵記憶功能
☆ 有智慧型的命令記憶功能
□【書中仙】會記住您曾在命令列中曾下過的命令
☆ 有智慧型的文書排版功能
□用 Alt-G 排版時,可以將文章的兩邊對齊
□用 Alt-G 排版時,可以在英文與中文之間自動插入空
格,也可以不要插入空格
☆ 有智慧型的計算功能
□有 + - * / ** ! << >> AND OR XOR NOT MUL SUM
TOB TOD TOH 等強大的運算功能
☆ 有智慧型的螢幕保護功能
□SET AUTOSLEEP 可於指定的時間內暫時將螢幕關掉
╭────────────╮
│我們說它善體人意是因為它│
╰────────────╯
☆ 有既可愛又體貼的操作介面
□每隔一段時間會提醒您休息一下, 以免工作過度傷害
視力(眼科醫師建議每30分鐘應讓眼睛休息一下)
□自檔案編輯區跳至命令列時【書中仙】會自動將鍵盤
切換至英數模式, 省得您下命令時還要切換模式
□線上輔助操作說明超級詳盡
□快速的游標移動功能讓您操作時心情愉快
☆ 尋找(Search)字串功能使用簡易
□ Alt-S 可喚出易於使用的尋找字串功能表
☆ 替換(Replace)字串功能使用簡易
□ Alt-R 可喚出易於使用的替換字串功能表
☆ 讓您可以參考無限多的參考檔
□目前【書中仙】(F9 鍵) 所提供的參考檔有:
ASCII 字元集
BIG-5 繪圖字形表
□除此之外您還可自定參考檔
☆ 會替您記住一組又一組的巨集按鍵
□Alt-－會替您記住一組又一組的巨集鍵定義檔
□隨時可選用不同的巨集鍵定義檔
☆ 有方便實用的表格檔管理系統
□Alt-T會替您記住表格檔
□目前【書中仙】所提供的表格檔有:
收受文登記表
開會通知表
☆ 可以將指定的表格插入正在編輯的檔案中
☆ 含有一套非常實用的檔案管理系統
□檔案存檔後還可加說明文字
☆ 會依您的指示反覆的執行命令
□用Ctrl-X可設定反覆執行的次數
☆ 會替您記著上次編輯的檔案編輯到那裡了
□F5會將目前游標所在的檔案及位置記錄下來
□按過F5鍵以後按F6鍵即可返回這個位置
☆ 會替您找尋相對應的括號
□Ctrl-[ 尋找對應的右括號 >,),],}
□Ctrl-] 尋找對應的左括號 <,(,[,{
╭──────╮
│製作備份磁片│
╰──────╯
拿到本書所附的資料磁片時，首先應該製作一份備份磁
片 (意即:自己再拷貝一份)。然後，將原版磁片收藏在
安全的地方，平時以備份磁片做實習之用。電腦的操作
手冊上應該提供有拷貝磁片的指令(DISKCOPY)說明。
範例: 將【書中仙】原版磁片放入 A: 磁碟機
將格式化過的空白磁碟放入 B: 磁碟機
DISKCOPY A: B:
╭──────╮
│ 安裝程序 │
╰──────╯
■ 軟式磁碟機系統
無須安裝, 將【書中仙】原版磁片放入 A: 磁碟機
鍵入
HE ←┘
即可執行
■ 硬式磁碟機系統
1. 將【書中仙】原版磁片放在 A:
2. 鍵入 INSTALL <磁碟機名> <目錄名> ←┘
範例: INSTALL C: \HE ←┘
↑
└── 中間要空一格
3. 在 AUTOEXEC.BAT 中的 PATH 加上 安裝 HE 的路徑 (例如 C:\HE;)
╭─────╮
│磁片的內容│
╰─────╯
ASCII.TBL 2992 06/06/91 ASCII CODE 參考檔
BIG5.TBL 6358 06/06/91 BIG5 參考檔
CONFIG.HE 2655 06/11/91 【書中仙】參數設定檔／自動執行檔
CHECKCS.EXE 724 06/06/91 【書中仙】安裝工具之二
DIR.DOC 837 06/06/91 目錄內容說明檔
ET.DEF 200 06/06/91 倚天列印功能定義檔
HDIR.EXE 15301 06/06/91 加強型 DIR 程式
HE.EXE 73115 06/14/91 【書中仙】執行檔
HE.HLP 41177 06/10/91 【書中仙】功能說明檔
HPRINT.EXE 53093 05/27/91 多功能列印程式
INSPATH.EXE 7993 06/06/91 【書中仙】安裝工具之一
INSTALL.BAT 9000 06/06/91 【書中仙】安裝程式
MARGIN.DEF 582 06/06/91 文件編輯功能定義檔
MEETING.TAB 2150 06/06/91 表格檔 ── 範例2
OFFICIAL.TAB 765 06/06/91 表格檔 ── 範例1
PHRASE.DAT 13384 06/09/91 【書中仙】片語檔
README.DOC 11276 06/14/91 【書中仙】產品說明檔
REF-FILE.LST 63 06/06/91 【書中仙】參考檔清單
TABLE.LST 61 06/06/91 【書中仙】表格檔清單
USERKEY.LST 127 06/06/91 【書中仙】定義檔清單
USERKEY.DEF 568 06/06/91 【書中仙】預設定義檔
╭────────────────────────────────╮
│ │
│ 請檢查您所持有之【書中仙】原版磁片的檔案長度, 日期及時間 │
│ │
│ 若其中的資料與上述資料不相同, 則表示該檔已遭篡改, 為了您 │
│ │
│ 自身資料的安全, 請勿使用遭篡改的檔案 │
│ │
╰────────────────────────────────╯
╭──────╮
│參考手冊補遺│
╰──────╯
Ctrl-G 鍵 (G 代表 Graphics)
──────────────────────────
【功能說明】啟動自動畫表格(自動連線)的功能。
按下 Ctrl-G 鍵後，即進入自動畫表格的狀態
，此時可以用游標移動鍵來畫表格，畫完以後
，按【Esc】鍵就可以回到編輯模式。
Ctrl-R 鍵 (R 代表 Rec keys)
──────────────────────────
【功能說明】將巨集鍵定義於 Ctrl-P 上
第一次按 Ctrl-R 代表開始記錄按鍵
同時在命令列上會出現 R
表示此時正在記錄按鍵
SET BEEP [ON/OFF]
──────────────────────────
【功能說明】設定【書中仙】是否發出嗶聲
本命令有二個地方可以使用:
1.) 在使用本功能前, 請先以【ESC】鍵 將游
標移至命令列
2.) 若將本命令存入CONFIG.HE檔,則以後每次
執行【書中仙】時, 本功能即會自動生效
【註】本命令不會將用以示警的嗶聲關掉
【使用範例】於命令列中輸入
SET BEEP ON 可啟動一般性的嗶聲
SET BEEP OFF 可將一般性的嗶聲關掉
SET KEYBOARD [INIT/ENHANCE]
──────────────────────────
【功能說明】設定鍵盤的種類。【書中仙】預設為自動檢查
是否為 101 鍵盤某一些中文系統(例如:國喬)
，不能使用 101鍵盤的功能，所以雖然是使用
101 鍵盤，卻必須設定成 INIT 才能動作，當
然 101 鍵的功能就不能使用了。
SET LANGUAGE [AUTO/CHINESE/ENGLISH]
──────────────────────────
【功能說明】設定語言。【書中仙】的預設值為
SET LANGUAGE AUTO
假如【書中仙】沒有辦法自動辨認您的中文系統
，請設定成
SET LANGUAGE CHINESE
SET MODESWITCH [OFF/ON]
──────────────────────────
【功能說明】設定是否自動切換輸入模式。【書中仙】的預
設值為
SET MODESWITCH ON
SET PRINTER [ON/OFF/1/2/3]
──────────────────────────
【功能說明】設定輸出的印表機埠。【書中仙】的預設值為
SET PRINTER ON
和
SET PRINTER 1
SET REFLOW [FILL/NOFILL]
──────────────────────────
【功能說明】設定重排的策略。
SET REFLOW FILL 為重排後兩邊切齊。
SET REFLOW NOFILL 為重排後左邊切齊。
【書中仙】的預設值為 SET REFLOW FILL
╭───╮
│結 語 │
╰───╯
╭───────────────────────╮
│╭─────────────────────╮│
││ ││
││ ││
││ 感謝您對原版軟體的支持, ││
││ ││
││ 只有在您的支持下, ││
││ ││
││ 好軟體才會變得更好! ││
││ ││
││ ││
││ 謝謝您的支持 ! ││
││ ││
││ ││
││ 銳士資訊工程有限公司 祝您心想事成 ││
││ ││
│╰─────────────────────╯│
╰───────────────────────╯
README.PE3 FOR PE3(DW3) VERSION 3.50
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Dear Users: │
│ The file of README.PE3 is intended to present to the users │
│ about the new revisions and the additional descriptions in │
│ addition to the PE3 Users Manual. │
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
CONTENTS OF README.PE3:
A. Files of PE3 (DW3) Version 3.50 and their function.
B. Functions of supplementary and amendatory files.
C. How to use the supplementary and amendatory functions.
D. Installation of system.
E. Price of different versions and the after sale services.
F. Authorization of copy right.
G. Notes for users .
A. FILES OF PE3 (DW3) VERSION 3.50 AND THEIR FUNCTION
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ 01_PRT PRO Print 01 Chinese system MARK PRO Function of framing │
│ ABBR PRO Abbreviation of command PE2TOPE3 PRO Function change from │
│ BAT PRO Function of Batch File PE2 to PE3 │
│ DW3 COM Commands of DW3 PUSH MNO Demonstration of push │
│ DW3 OVL Overlap of DW3 PUSH PRO Function of push │
│ DW3 PRO Function of DW3 PROGRAM PRO Function for calling │
│ ET_PRT PRO Print ET Chinese system external program │
│ EPSON PRO Print English PE3 COM Command of PE3 │
│ FLOW PRO Flow chart form PE3 PRO Function of PE3 Command │
│ FORM FRM Table forms PE3 OVL Overlap of PE3 │
│ FORM PRO Function of table forms README DW3 User's note in Chinese │
│ HELPC COM Help menu in Chinese SUBPE3 COM PE3 Supplemental command│
│ HELPE COM Help menu in English README PE3 User's note in English │
│ HP_PRT PRO Function of Laser print XCOPY PRO Function of xcopy │
│ INSTALL BAT Batch file of install │
│ PE3 │
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
B. FUNCTIONS OF SUPPLEMENTARY AND AMENDATORY FILES
Files and functions described below are available; however, the files marked
with a '*' are not included in the Standard Version 3.50 diskette, they should
be bought separately at a cost more than NT$ 1,499.00 each.
* 1. PE-FORM report - Document editing and table printing
* 2. PC-TOOLsBOX - PC-TOOLsBOX operation system
* 3. PE-READER - Read and write dBASE & LOTUS
* 4. PE-FAX - Supporting of FAX and Mail-Merge
* 5. PE-COMM - Supporting of MODEM and Supper-Search
* 6. PE-SEARCH - File searching
* 7. PE-Checkbook - Checkbook issuing and printing
* 8. PE-SPELL - English spelling checking
* 9. PE-REPORT - Mail-Merge & Commmercial letter printing
* 10. PE-PAGE - Automatic page break with character size
* 11. PE-BussinessGRAPHIC - Statistic Graphs
* 12. PE-IMAGE - Text & graph combining and printing
* 13. PE-PrintVIEW - Previewing of printings
* 14. PE-CALC - "+, -, *, ÷" calculating as the LOTUS
* 15. PE-LOCK - Function of compress and file protecting
16. Editing of both English and Chinese texts; for Chinese text, the
alignment can be made on margins even on the odd byte.
17. Calling of external files from PE3(DE3)
18. Box can be drawn with the Cursor and automatically draw angles (┐) &
crosses (┼).
19. Similar functions of dBASE.
20. Special profiles can be formulated as expected.
21. Providing of universal Chinese System Version (DW3), there is little
problem of the compatibility with most Chinese Systems.
22. Functions of SORT.
23. Standard ASCII file is included that is compatible with dBASE & LOTUS.
24. At first hand execute fucntion of xcopy under the PE3 file
C. INSTALLATION OF SYSTEM
Files cabable with editting function of PE3 (DW3) are many, the capapcity of one
HD diskette is not sufficient for holding all of them. It is proposed that the
PE3 (DW3) system should be installed in the HARDDISK under the ROOT FILE of PE3
(DW3); the function files should be installed under the PE3 (DW3) file. Details
of installation are described in the Users Manual.
D. LOADING SUPPLEMENTARY OR AMENDATORY FILE(S) INTO PE3(DW3)
1. Loading Supplementary or Amendatory File(s) Included in the Diskette.
Some revisions have been made for PE3 (DW3) Version 3.50, some of those supple-
mentary and amendatory files are independent to the PE3 (DW3). For the conven-
ience of users, a preloading file name has been established, and the definition
of profile has been input in the Profile (PRO) of PE3 (DW3). Therefore, whenever
initiating a file, it just key-in the name of file in the command line and
then Enter, the file will be loaded automatically and be ready for execution.
Under the root file PE3 (DW3) or the name of disk which is holding PE3 (DW3)
diskette, by using the DIR command to view the name of files such as below:
┌───────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Directory of A:\PE3\*.* │
│ EXAMPLE TYP 983 7-26-91 1:00 │
│ EXAMPLE DBF 2385 7-26-91 1:00 │
│ PUSH PRO 2056 7-26-91 1:00 │
│ PROGRAM PRO 806 7-26-91 1:00 │
│ INSTALL BAT 3476 7-26-91 1:00 │
│ PE2TOPE3 PRO 2375 7-26-91 1:00 │
│ PE3 PRO 11739 7-26-91 1:00 │
│ MARK PRO 1181 7-26-91 1:00 │
│ . │
│ . │
│ PE-MAIL <DIR> 7-26-91 1:00 │
│ PE-TOOLS <DIR> 7-26-91 1:00 │
│ PE-READ <DIR> 7-26-91 1:00 │
│ PE-CALC <DIR> 7-26-91 1:00 │
│ PE-TYPE <DIR> 7-26-91 1:00 │
│ PE-PAGE <DIR> 7-26-91 1:00 │
│ 35 files 318956 bytes totalled │
└───────────────────────────────────────────────┘
The files PE-MAIL, PE-CALC, PE-TYPE, PE-READ, PE-TOOLS & PE-PAGE are six subfiles
, which indicate six supplementary/amendatory function files. If one want to
load the PE-PAGE file, just key-in the PE-PAGE in the command line and
Enter, it will be ready for executing.
If one want to load the PE-MAIL file, the same procedure shall be used just key-
in the PE-MAIL in command line and Enter, the PE-MAIL file will be loaded and
ready for executing. However, it must be realized that the previous file PE-PAGE
will be released automatically and not function any more. If the PE-PAGE file
is to be used again, same procedure for loading a file should be performed.
That means each time only one supplementary/amendatory file could be loaded.
2. Loading the File Bought Separately as Marked (*) in Section B above
The files bought separately are indenpent from the PE3(DW3) Version 3.50, there
is no pre-input of file name or definision profile in the PE3(DW3) Version 3.50.
Therefore, the file names and profiles should be pre-input into the PE3(DW3)
Version 3.50.
The definision should be put in the File PE3.PRO or DW3.PRO under the last line
of the PE3.PRO/DW3.PRO file, and saved in the file. Then loading of file can be
made following the procedure as described in Item 1 above.
The following is the definition of PE-TYPE, which should be input in the file of
PE3(DW3).PRO.
def pe-type = [command]'e '[drive][path]'pe-type\type.pro'[execute]
[command]'set xpro' [execute]
Procedure for inputting profile definition is detailed in the Chapter I of Users
Manual.
3. Difference of Procedures for Loading the above Two Different kinds of File
The difference of loading procedures for the above two kinds of file can be
easily determined from the PE3.PRO (DW3.PRO). If the definition of the file had
already been input in the PE3.PRO, which can be loaded by the prodecures descri-
bed in Item 1 above, that is just to key-in the file name in the command line ;
otherwise, the prodecures described in Item 2 above should be followed.
E. PRICE OF DIFFERENT VERSIONS AND AFTER SALE SERVICES
There are three different versions which are PE3(English), DW3(Chinese) and PE3
& ASSEMBLER Versions. What version one expected to buy should be speccified.
Furthermore, for the requirement of users, the PE3 (DW3) is issued in three dif-
ferent versions which are Training Version, Harddisk Version and Network Version
as shown in the following:
┌───────┬──────────────┬───────────────────────────┬───────────────────────────┐
│ │ Training │ Harddisk Version │ Network Version for 5 │
│ │ Version ├──────────────┬────────────┼──────────────┬────────────┤
│ │ │ 3.5 Standard │ 3.46 Delux │ 3.5 Standard │ 3.46 Delux │
├───────┼──────────────┼──────────────┼────────────┼──────────────┼────────────┤
│ │ │ │ │ 8,000 │ 12,000 │
│ Price │ Attached to │ │ ├──────────────┴────────────┤
│ (NT$) │ the Users │ 2,499 │ 4,999 │ 10,000 will be added for │
│ │ Manual │ │ │ expending 10 each │
│ │ │ │ │ (that is 1,000/one each) │
├───────┼──────────────┼──────────────┴────────────┼───────────────────────────┤
│ Func- │ Same as Hard │ No limitation on Harddisk │ Can be used for │
│ tion │ Disk Version │ │ many operators │
├───────┼──────────────┼───────────────────────────┼───────────────────────────┤
│ Limi- │ For the │ For one PC only │ For one Host Computer │
│ tation│ user only │ │ only │
├───────┼──────────────┼───────────────────────────┼───────────────────────────┤
│ Help │ No after │ Help for solving problems │ Help for solving problems │
│ │ sale help │ is availabe by request │ is available by request │
├───────┼──────────────┼───────────────────────────┼───────────────────────────┤
│ Renew-│ Not │ Renewal of new version is │ Renewal of new version is │
│ al │ available │ available within one year │ available within one year │
└───────┴──────────────┴───────────────────────────┴───────────────────────────┘
F. AUTHORIZATION OF COPY RIGHT
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Authorization of Copy Right for PE3 (DW3) will be given to those who are │
│ using, teaching, producing, programming, selling and running computer │
│ business concerned. │
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
The PE3 (DW3) software has been publicly welcomed in a short time, which is
mainly achieved by the comtributions from the users, manufacturers, programers
and many others in computer field.
At the begining in developing the PE3 (DW3), it had been mapped up to let all
the users who is interested for PE3 software to be familiar with the program
first; and then, additionally, to enroll in programming so that PE3 (DW3) can
be one of the most useful softwares for the users. Therefore, special Call
Command functions are provided to support the compatibility for almost all other
programs of different languages.
Many thanks to the instructors, programmers and many others continuously and
generously contribute to us the ideas, testing results and revisions to strenth-
en the PE3 (DW3) in further development. As a matter of fact, day by day, PE3
(DW3) is becoming more and more capable for various functions, and more and more
important in the computer society.
Since the development of PE3 (DW3) is the result of contributions from public,
we expect to do something in return. The following plan has been drawn up for
the benefit of public, it is hoped that everyone may possible be to become
either a trainer or a programmer.
1. For the Trainers and Computer Book Stores
All the trainers and computer book stores who are interested in the extension of
PE3 software, we are willing to offer an official contract without charge to
authorize for writing teaching materials; further more, we will provide newest
information what we are avilable for supporting the writing.
2. For the Hardware Manufacturers and Delears
We are willing to cooperate with the computer manufacturers and delears by pro-
viding the authorized PE3 versions to avoid illeqal copying.
3. For Programmers
The PE3 software is a universal program with unlimited capability for expanding
of the functions. It can be expanded and revised as anyone likes when and where
it is insufficient or unconvenient in operation. Any expansion and rivision of
function developed by a user or a programmer will be very appreciated. Anyone
want to sell the new developed program, we will sign a contract with the devel-
oper and authorize with the name of PE3 (DW3) for vending. We also provide
"sale by proxy" service. If one want to sell the new developed program by
oneself, we are willing to provide extension service in a reasonable share of
the benefit.
Anyone interested the above mentioned conditions, please contact us for the
authorization. Our address is shown below:
P. O. Box 44 - 89 Taipei, R. O. C.
FAX : 02-7054472 Taipei, R. O. C.
G. NOTES FOR USERS
There are two PE3 (DW3) versions, the Original PE3 Version (With legal right)
and the Training Version (Attached to the Users Manual, it's only for training).
1. Notes on Training Version
The PE3 Training Version is attached to the Users Manual for training only in
schools or anyone who want to learn the PE3 (DW3) by oneself, functions of the
Training Version are almost the same as the Original Version. The main purposes
of the issuance of the Training Version are intended to provide a low cost
program but legally owned for students and low income people who are not
afforded to buy the Original Version, and to strenthen the concept of using
legal software with copy right. Additionally, if more people can use PE3 (DW3)
program, it will be beneficial for populizing the PE3 (DW3) software so that the
PE3 (DW3) program will be widely used in offices. It is hoped that this action
can be supported publicly.
However, it is necessary for us to clarify earnestly the purposes of issuing the
Training Version of PE3 (DW3), the action taken is solely for the extension and
populizing of PE3 (DW3) software, and for strenthening the concept of using
legal software with copy right, especially for students and low income people.
We think those goals are expected to be achieved for all computer producers, we
are also willing to share the benefit with all others in the computer society
as described in Section F above.
Please check the attached diskette before use to see if it is in metting with
the description of README File (or other file names).
* Replace of defected diskette (Training or original Version) is availlabe
within 30 days (Basing on the date of receipt) of purchase.
2. Notes on Original Version
For the Original Version, we offer after sale service and one day free training
course, and provide a legal licence for using PE3 (DW3). There is no such
service and provision for Training Version though the functions of these two
versions are almost the same. (refer to Section E. above)
Any legal copy of PE3 (DW3) for business use must have a legal Licence with
registation Number. In this case, please perform the following immediately:
(1) Fill up the Licence Card.
(2) Recopy one copy of the receipt for purchase; if the dealer forgot to
issue the receipt, please request one from the dealer, because this
is very important as reasons below:
a. The after sale service is based on the date of purchase.
b. It proves the legal use of PE3 (DW3). otherwise, one must have
the proof of legal owning of the software.
(3) Please send the above two documents to us as soon as possible, and
keep carefully the original for the user self as the proof of after
sale services.
We will issue legalized diskette with copy right specified only for personal or
company use. On the Bottom Line of Progam, the name of user (person or company)
will be specified as the example below:
====== PE3(DW3) CHINESE X. X.XX ======
====== BONANZA CO,. (R) 1990.DEC ======
<<Name of Company>> <<Licenced address for legal use>> <<Licence No.>>
* Without above legal diskette, it will be recoganized as illegal use of the PE3
(DW3), no service is available from us. Therefore, we strongly recommend that
any service requested from the user, please send us the registration card for
avoiding confusion.
* One registration card is limitted to one computer use only.
3. Notes on Operation
On the last line of document, a symble of Page Break [ ] should be marked just
by keying [Crtl + N] to avoid missimg part of text unprinted.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ After reading this README.PE3 file, just key-in a Q/q in the command line │
│ and Enter to quite it from the memory. │
│ │
│ If one has already clear of this README.PE3 file, no need to read it each │
│ time when starting the PE3 program; one just key-in PRO in command line and │
│ Enter to call PE3 Profile, and make definition change on the profile, │
│ │
│ from: #Define preloaded file:\PE3\README.PE3 │
│ │
│ to: ---- ;#Define preloaded file:\PE3\README.PE3 │
│ │
│ Then, saving it (press F2 and Enter) in the profile, there will be no more │
│ preloading of README.PE3 when starting the PE3 program. │
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
The file of readme.pe3 is offered by our user Mr. Shing-Ming Lee.
WinEdit 2.0N(ASP)- Programmable Editor for Windows Environment. FAST, full featured editor, or simple file browser. High speed, super powerful. Edits any size files. Macro language in Pro Version. Lite $29.95 Standard $59.95 Pro $89.95
June 21, 1990
Dear Customer,
Here are the addenda to the User's Guide and Scanner Installation Guide:
Windows 3.0 on IBM PS/2 Machines
In order for Windows 3.0 to run reliably on IBM PS/2 machines, you must modify
the HIMEM.SYS line in your CONFIG.SYS file. If HIMEM.SYS is in the root
directory of your C: drive, the line should read:
DEVICE=C:\HIMEM.SYS /M:PS2
This will allow your IBM PS/2 to run Windows 3.0 reliably.
Pop-Up Verifier Input Limitations
The maximum input line length in the Pop-Up Verifier is 339 characters
including spaces and region breaks. The number of pop-ups per page is limited
to 200. If you have a problem with input line length, try zoning out the page
in question column by column. If you get more than 200 pop-ups, try adjusting
the brightness control in the Setup Window.
"Out of Memory" Errors
WordScan Plus will run very reliably in a true 2 Mb machine. If you are
running on a network, have allocated extra environment space, or have TSR
programs like Sidekick running on your machine, WordScan Plus ends up with
less than 2 Mb to work with. For many pages WordScan Plus may still run fine.
For very difficult pages, WordScan Plus may run out of memory and produce this
message. If you are getting this message on just regular pages, make sure
that you aren't using up a lot of memory for other purposes. If you have a
386 machine, you can solve this problem simply by running Windows in enhanced
mode.
"Out of Disk Space" Errors
WordScan Plus needs enough free disk space to work properly. Make sure you
have enough free disk space to save files, etc. If you have less than 500K
bytes free on your hard disk, WordScan Plus may not be able to operate
properly.
Reordering Zones
To reorder zones in the Preview window, move the mouse to the zone to be
reordered, hold down the left mouse button, and drag the mouse to the zone
that should come after the zone you are reordering. When you release the
mouse button the zones will reorder themselves.
File Overwrite Protection
Potentially thousands of files can be created by saving a large document with
multiple image zones. Because of this, checking to see whether any of these
files could potentially overwrite a portion of a previously saved document
would take too much time. Instead, we have adopted a far faster method
that may warn you of an overwrite situation when no danger of overwrite
exists. For example, it will warn you if you try to save the document "foo"
and have a previously saved document named "foob."
Page Size Limitations
The maximum page size for WordScan Plus is 4096 by 4096 pixels. On regular
pages at regular resolutions you will never run into this limitation. At 400
dpi (dots per inch), the page is limited to 8.5" by 10.24". At 600 dpi, the
page is limited to 6.8" on a side.
Recognizing Dithered Images
Although we have tried to protect against this, it is fairly easy for you to
try to recognize text on a page that has been scanned with a dither pattern
set. Normally dithered images have very poor recognition.
Excel, Lotus, and Quattro (.WK1) Output Limitations
Output to these spreadsheets is limited to 8192 lines, 255 columns,
65546 cells, and 240 characters per cell (essentially characters per line).
Files that exceed these limits will result in the error message "Conversion
document too large for target."
Multimate Output Limitations
Output to Multimate is limited to 128K bytes total file size and 256
pages. Files that exceed these limits will result in the error message
"Conversion document too large for target."
"Numeric Tabs" Limitations
Selecting "Numeric Tabs" in the Style Sheet will cause WordScan Plus to align
tables of numbers in columns with the decimal point aligned down the column
provided the decimals are aligned on the original document and the numbers
are contained in a table with at least three columns.
Dest 3000 Scanners with Auto Document Feeders
If you lift the cover of a Dest 3000 scanner with an auto document feeder
while a page is feeding, the scanner will lock up. You will have to turn the
scanner off and then back on again then reboot your system (Ctrl-Alt-Del) to
clear this condition.
Microtek Scanner Addressing on the IBM PS/2
The Microtek scanner for the PS/2 uses the MS-MCY board. This board uses a
fixed I/O address which may conflict with the mouse without this conflict
showing up when you configure your system with your reference diskette. The
MS-MCY board has two revisions. The REV-A board uses I/O addresses 400-40f
hexidecimal. The REV-B board uses I/O addresses 500-50f hexidecimal. If a
conflict exists, you can avoid problems by not moving the mouse while the
scanner is scanning.
Early HP ScanJet Scanners with Auto Document Feeders
If you lift the auto document feeder of an early model HP ScanJet scanner
while the document is prefeeding (just as it is going into the feeder), the
scanner may lock up. You will have to turn the scanner off and then back on
again to clear this condition.
A Final Word
All of us at Calera have taken extreme care to insure the quality of this
product. If you are reading this file because you are having a problem with
WordScan Plus and you haven't found the solution here, here are a few
additional ideas that may help you solve your problem:
* Consult the "Troubleshooting" section of the User Guide.
* If WordScan Plus used to work but isn't working now, think carefully
about the things you changed between the time you know it worked and now.
Did you install new software or hardware, alter your CONFIG.SYS file,
or get installed on a network? Could any of these things have affected
WordScan Plus? It wouldn't hurt to reinstall WordScan Plus at this point
to make sure you haven't accidentaly erased part of it.
* If you are installing WordScan Plus for the first time and you can't get
it to work, try running the Technical Assistant. Make sure your scanner
is working by testing it with the manufacturer's software. Most
manufacturers include software with their scanner that you can use to
test it and see if it's working right.
* If you've run the Technical Assistant, been through the User's Guide (and
Scanner Installation Guide if it's a scanner problem), been through
this file, and are at the end of your rope, give us a call. Our
technical support number is (408) 986-8746.
Happy Recognition!
Adobe Type Manager (R) version 2.5 Release Notes
Windows version
October 28, 1992
Adobe Type Manager is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated
Registered in certain countries. Copyrights 1983-1992 Adobe
Systems Incorporated. All Rights Reserved. Patents Pending
This document supplements the Adobe Type Manager User Guide.
Topics include:
1. Disk Contents
2. Installation Requirements
3. What's new in version 2.5
4. ATM.INI
5. ATM Control Panel
6. PostScript Soft Fonts Listed in ATM Control Panel
7. Use Pre-built or Resident Fonts Option
8. Print ATM Fonts as Graphics
9. Install as Autodownload fonts for the PostScript driver
10. ATM and Printing
11. Printer and Video Drivers
12. Installing fonts from the Adobe PlusPack and Adobe
PostScript and Type Cartridges
13. Installing ATM in the IBM OS/2 Windows Compatibility Box
14. Application Notes
- Adobe Illustrator 4.0
- Corel Draw
- Designer 3.1 and Charisma 2.1
- FaceLift
- Harvard Draw 1.0
- Harvard Graphics 1.0 for Windows
- Micrografx PostScript Driver
- Norton Desktop for Windows 1.0
- Quattro Pro for Windows 1.0
- TypeAlign 2.0
- Various Applications with Draft Mode Printing Feature
- Various Font Management Utilities
- Virus Protection Software
- Word for Windows 2.0 and 2.0a
- WordPerfect for Windows 5.1
15. Novell Netware Considerations
16. ATM and IBM 4029 Series Printers
17. Troubleshooting
18. Acknowledgments
A. ATM.INI parameters
1. Disk Contents
The following files are found on your ATM disk(s):
ATM16.DLL Program file for Windows Standard mode
ATM32.DLL Program file for Windows 386 Enhanced mode
ATMSYS.DRV ATM System driver
ATMCNTRL.EXE ATM Control Panel
INSTALL.EXE ATM Installer
INSTALL.CNF ATM Installation configuration file
PROGDISK (FONTDISK) Disk ID file
README.TXT This file
ATM.CNF Configuration file (may not be present on
upgrade disks)
FONTINST.TXT Font installation instructions for Adobe
Font Foundry, LaserTools PrimeType and IBM
OS/2 Windows Compatibility Box (present on
special ATM upgrade disk)
Your disk(s) may also contain a PSFONTS directory and a PCLFONTS
directory. The PSFONTS directory contains PostScript Font
Outline (PFB) files and Printer Font Metric (PFM) files. The
PCLFONTS directory contains PCL bitmapped font files which have
filename extensions of either SFP or SFL. The PCLFONTS directory
also contains Printer Font Metric (PFM) files.
2. Installation Requirements
To install ATM, you need a C:\ drive and sufficient disk space
for the ATM software and fonts. The amount of disk space you
need depends on the number of fonts included with your ATM
package. The standard retail ATM package requires about 1.2
megabytes of free disk space. The default directory for the
PostScript fonts is c:\psfonts. These font files can be placed
anywhere on your local hard drive and do not necessarily need to
be located on the c: drive.
3. What's new in version 2.5?
The three new features of version 2.5 are soft fonts on-the-fly
for Windows 3.1 printer drivers, adding and removing fonts
without restarting Windows and improved PostScript soft font
management. The following section outlines these changes.
* When running Windows 3.1, ATM 2.5 will print soft fonts on-
the-fly for printers whose drivers support soft font
creation. These printers include HP LaserJet and IBM Lexmark
printers. Although some printers may have the capability to
handle downloaded printer soft fonts, this feature is
dependent on the capability of the Windows printer driver.
To verify if a Windows 3.1 printer driver is capable of
creating soft fonts, check the Printer Setup Options dialog
box from the Windows Printer Control Panel. If you do not
see the option "Print TrueType as Graphics" the driver most
likely cannot create printer soft fonts on-the-fly.
* ATM 2.5 now adds and removes fonts without having to restart
Windows. Some applications, such as Windows Write and Lotus
1-2-3 for Windows, update their available font lists
immediately, while others, such as Lotus AmiPro 3.0 and Aldus
PageMaker 4.0, require you to reselect your current printer
to display a change in the font menu. A few applications,
such as Adobe Illustrator 4.0 and QuattroPro for Windows 1.0,
derive their font menus from the list of fonts available upon
launching. You must relaunch these applications for font
changes to take effect.
* When you add or remove fonts using the ATM 2.5 Control Panel,
the PostScript soft font entries in the WIN.INI are
automatically updated. If you change printer ports, however,
Windows will not transfer the font entries from printer port
to printer port. You must reinstall your fonts so that the
font entries will be written to the newly selected port. ATM
version 2.5 now removes the PostScript soft font entries when
you remove a font a using the ATM Control Panel.
A number of additional changes have been made in version 2.5:
* ATM will defer to resident and cartridge DeskJet fonts when
using the Windows 3.1 DeskJet driver which works in
conjunction with the Universal Printer driver.
* ATM will no longer disable application printing when using
the Windows 3.1 Generic Text driver (TTY.DRV). This driver
only supports its internal font.
* Rotated text in graphics will display correctly in
Lotus 1-2-3 for Windows.
* ATM text in Lotus Freelance will print correctly when any
Windows 3.1 PCL printer driver is configured at lower print
resolutions.
* ATM will print to PCL printers when using Aldus IntelliDraw.
* The ATM 2.5 Installer will install ATM properly if MoreFonts
is present on the system.
4. ATM.INI
ATM's initialization file, ATM.INI, is created during
installation. It contains a list of fonts installed in ATM and
other ATM program-related settings. For more technical
information, see Appendix A at the end of this file.
5. ATM Control Panel
There is no longer a pre-defined limit to the number of fonts you
can install with the ATM Control Panel. Windows does, however,
limit initialization files (including the ATM.INI and the
WIN.INI) to a size of 64K. If this limit is reached, Windows
cannot open, read, or write properly to these INI files.
For Windows 3.0 and 3.0a, Microsoft recommends keeping
initialization files smaller than 32k in size. Following this
recommendation, the maximum number of fonts that can be listed in
ATM.INI for Windows 3.0 or 3.0a is around 450 fonts. For Windows
3.1, the only limit is the 64K maximum file size, which is large
enough for about 900 fonts. Many applications limit the number
of fonts that can be displayed in their font menus. Although you
may see over 500 fonts in the ATM Control Panel, an application
may be able to show only 200 fonts. If this problem occurs, try
reducing the number of fonts you have installed.
The more fonts you add with ATM, the longer it takes Windows to
load. The exact time depends on the type of processor you have
and your system configuration. If you feel that Windows is
taking too long to start, you might want to free up more memory
available to Windows and/or reduce the total number of fonts
installed to a set of fonts you frequently use.
6. PostScript Soft Font Limits for Windows 3.0 and 3.0a
For Windows 3.1, there is no longer a 150 font limit on the
number of soft-font entries you can have for a PostScript
printer. For Windows 3.0 and 3.0a, however, the maximum number
of soft-font entries per PostScript printer WIN.INI entry is
approximately 150. The exact number depends on your particular
system configuration. If you receive spurious printer-related
error messages when starting Windows or switching to a PostScript
printer, check the number of soft fonts you have installed in the
PostScript printer section in the WIN.INI. You might have to
remove soft fonts you don't normally use through the ATM Control
Panel to correct the printing problem.
If you manually remove soft-font entries from the PostScript
printer section of the WIN.INI file, remember to adjust the line
"softfonts=nn" to show the new total number of soft-font entries.
ATM will automatically renumber your soft fonts when you remove
them using the ATM Control Panel, but cannot correct misnumbered
font entries.
The Microsoft Windows 3.1 PostScript driver will allow you to
synthesize an italic style of an PostScript font even if the true
italic outline font is not present on this system. Windows,
however, cannot provide the PostScript driver with the correct
metrics for a synthesized italic face and the font will be
displayed with expanded character spacing. A PostScript printer
will print only the regular style if a synthesized italic face is
requested.
7. Use Pre-built or Resident Fonts
When you select the Use Pre-built or Resident Fonts check box,
ATM will let the PCL printer driver use these fonts at print time
instead of printing the fonts on its own. Although ATM does not
require restarting Windows when changing the Use Pre-built or
Resident Fonts option, it may be necessary to quit and restart
applications for this option to take effect. If you are printing
under Windows 3.1 to printers that support soft fonts on-the-fly,
you may want to turn this option off, since it is actually more
efficient to have the printer driver create the font rather than
letting it download the prebuilt font. To see if you have any
pre-built fonts installed for your PCL printer, check the Fonts
dialog box in the Windows Printer Control Panel Setup menu.
You may find that when this option is selected, resident or soft
fonts will not be masked by your printer if a graphic image is
placed on top of the text. As an example, open an application
that allows you to draw images over text, select the font
Courier, and draw a gray box on top of it. The font is covered
by the gray box on the screen. But with the Use Pre-built or
Resident Fonts option selected, your printer will print the text
on top of the gray box. (This type of behavior also occurs when
you turn ATM off.) When you clear the Use Pre-built or Resident
Fonts check box, your text and graphic images will print as
displayed on-screen. If you are printing ATM fonts as soft
fonts, you may have to use the "Print ATM fonts as graphics"
option to have graphic objects and text to print together
correctly.
8. Print ATM Fonts as Graphics
To configure ATM to print as graphics rather than as soft fonts,
check the option "Print ATM fonts as graphics" in the ATM Control
Panel. The change between soft font mode and graphics mode takes
effect immediately in most applications. In a few applications,
such as Word for Windows 2.0, you must first reselect your
printer for a ATM print mode change to take effect. If you
configure your printer driver to print TrueType fonts as
graphics, ATM will always print as graphics regardless of your
configuration in the ATM Control Panel. Some applications, such
as CorelDraw 3.0, always print text as graphics. This feature of
printing ATM text as soft fonts is only available under Windows
3.1x.
9. Install as Autodownload fonts for the PostScript driver
The Microsoft PostScript driver uses the section [PostScript,
portname] in the WIN.INI file to determine the available
installed soft fonts. In the following example the PostScript
printer is configured for the printer port LPT1.
[PostScript, LPT1]
softfonts=2
softfont1=c:\psfonts\pfm\tkrg______.pfm;c:\psfonts\tkrg____.pfb
softfont2=c:\psfonts\pfm\tkb_______.pfm;c:\psfonts\tkb_____.pfb
Each soft font entry is made up of two parts: the first part
indicates the path to the printer character metrics file (PFM)
and the second part defines the path to the font outline file
(PFB) for every font. The PFM file is necessary for all fonts
whose character metrics are not hard-coded in the PostScript
driver. The PFB entry is only needed when you want the driver to
download the font outline with every print job. To configure the
Microsoft PostScript driver to automatically download soft fonts
at print time install the font with the option "Install as
autodownload fonts for the PostScript driver" checked. When this
option is checked, ATM will add the PFM and PFB entries for all
fonts. This feature is helpful if your PostScript printer does
not contain the standard Base35 fonts. The Base35 fonts:
AvantGarde, Bookman, Courier, Helvetica, Helvetica Narrow,
NewCenturySchoolbook, Palatino, Symbol, Times, ZapfChancery and
ZapfDingbats, are resident in most newer PostScript printers.
If you are adding fonts to ATM that are already resident on the
printer, you can uncheck this option to instruct the printer
driver not to send the font outline to the printer at print time.
With this option unchecked ATM adds only the PFM entries for the
non-Base35 fonts. Neither the PFM entry nor the PFB entry is
added to the WIN.INI for the Base35 soft fonts when this option
is unchecked. The soft font entries for these fonts do not need
to present in the WIN.INI because the font metrics are hard-coded
in the driver. If present, they will be ignored by the
PostScript driver at print time. In other words, the PostScript
driver will not download the outlines of these fonts if it sees
from the printer driver configuration in the Windows Printer
Control Panel that the fonts are already present on the printer.
The only exception is the font Bookman. If the Bookman PFB entry
is present in the WIN.INI, the driver will download the outline
file at print time. To correct this problem and to force the
driver to use the Bookman font internal in the printer, re-add
the four faces of Bookman with the option "Install as
autodownload fonts for the PostScript driver" unchecked
10. ATM and Printing
ATM uses PostScript outline fonts to produce a smooth graphic
display of your fonts on-screen. The fonts available for use
depend on the printer you have selected in your application. The
fonts available for non-PostScript printers are the internal
printer fonts, the Windows internal bitmapped fonts, installed
TrueType fonts and the fonts listed in the ATM Control Panel.
For PostScript printers, the fonts available are the fonts
resident in the printer, installed TrueType fonts and the
PostScript soft-font entries listed in the printer's section in
the WIN.INI file. When printing to a PostScript printer, ATM
does not have to be active because it does not have to rasterize
any fonts. Windows and the PostScript driver download outline
fonts to your PostScript printer.
Print Resolution
For the highest print quality, Adobe recommends you set your
printer and printer driver to the highest print resolution.
Certain PCL printer drivers do not properly set the print
resolution. They may appear to be set at 300 dpi resolution in
the Windows Printer Control Panel even though they are set to a
lower resolution. Some applications fail to print correctly when
your PCL printer resolution is not set to 300 dpi. Excel 3.0a,
for example, prints blank cells instead of ATM fonts when
printing ATM fonts as graphics and your PCL printer is not set to
300 dpi. If you suspect your PCL printer driver is not set to
300 dpi, set the resolution to 75 dpi, save this option, and then
set the resolution back to 300 dpi. When your printer resolution
is set to 300 dpi, the line "prtresfac=0" appears in the PCL
printer entry in the WIN.INI file.
Colored Text
ATM will generate a graphic image of colored text regardless of
ATM print mode (soft font or graphics mode). To force ATM to
generate black/white soft fonts to monochrome printers and color
soft fonts to printers such as the HP PaintJet 300xl, simply add
a new section in your ATM.INI called [Colors] and insert the line
PrintColorGraphics=Off. Please refer to Appendix A for more
details.
11. Printer and Video Drivers
For the highest font rasterization quality, Adobe recommends you
use the latest Windows printer and video drivers. If you are
using the Microsoft Windows 3.1 DeskJet driver version 1.2, make
sure to use the Universal Printer driver dated 06/29/92.
12. Installing fonts from the Adobe PlusPack and Adobe
PostScript and Type Cartridges
To install the fonts from the Adobe PlusPack and Adobe PostScript
and Type cartridges, copy all files to a temporary directory on
your hard disk and add the fonts using the ATM Control Panel.
Because these fonts are already resident on your printer, uncheck
the "Install as autodownload fonts for the PostScript driver"
option and add all of the fonts from the temporary directory to
your standard fonts directory. After the fonts have been
successfully installed into ATM and their files are in located in
their proper directories, you can delete the files from the
temporary directory.
13. Installing ATM in the IBM OS/2 Windows Compatibility Box
Before installing ATM version 2.5 over an existing version of ATM
in the IBM OS/2 Windows Compatibility box, you must first edit
the Boot section of your Windows SYSTEM.INI file. Replace the
lines SYSTEM.DRV=ATMSYS.DRV and ATM.SYSTEM.DRV=SYSTEM.DRV with
the line SYSTEM.DRV = SYSTEM.DRV, launch Windows and install ATM
as instructed in the manual.
14. Application Notes
When you add or remove a font while an application is active, the
font menus are not always updated automatically. The following
applications will update their font menus when the current
printer driver is reselected: AmiPro 3.0, Freehand 3.0, Freelance
1.0, PageMaker 4.0, Ventura Publisher for Windows and WordPerfect
for Windows 5.1.
Adobe Illustrator 4.0
If you have Illustrator 4.0 and add or remove a font, you must
restart Windows for font changes to take effect in Illustrator.
If you have a later version of Illustrator, make sure the
application is closed before adding or removing fonts. You will
see the font change the next time you launch Illustrator. The
two enumerator files PSENUM.DLL and RUN_ENUM.EXE, which register
ATM font changes, are located in the Windows system directory.
In order for font changes to take effect immediately after
restarting Illustrator, you need the latest versions of these
files. If your enumerator files are dated 7/17/92 or earlier,
you can receive the updates to these files free of charge by
contacting Customer Support at (415) 961-4992. These files
can also be downloaded from the Adobe CompuServe forum.
CorelDraw!
CorelDraw! 3.0 now supports ATM fonts. Adobe strongly recommends
obtaining the maintenance release version 3.0b. You must restart
CorelDraw! for font changes to take effect. CorelDraw! version
2.0 does not support ATM fonts.
Designer 3.1 and Charisma 2.1
The lines used for underlines and strikeouts may appear broken
when using an ATM font. This is due the way these Micrografx
products handle character placement.
If you rotate text at a 90 degree angle and then stretch it, you
may find that the font will not be properly resized. To avoid
this problem, first resize the font and then rotate it.
Rotating stretched text at a 180 degree angle may cause the last
letters in the text string to overlap. In this case, first
rotate the text by 180 degrees and then stretch it.
Rotated text at certain angles will sometimes print with expanded
character spacing on non-PostScript printers. To correct this
problem try using the Print View option and selecting the entire
page.
FaceLift for Windows
FaceLift for Windows modifies the printer entries in the WIN.INI.
If FaceLift is installed, the ATM Installer and Control Panel can
not recognize the installed PostScript printers and will not
properly add PostScript soft fonts entries for these printers.
Before adding fonts for PostScript printers, you must first
temporarily disable the "Print with FaceLift" option in FaceLift
Control Panel. After the fonts have been installed, you can
reinstate the FaceLift printer option.
Harvard Draw 1.01
Harvard Draw 1.01 support ATM fonts. You must restart the
application for font changes to take effect.
Harvard Graphics 1.01 for Windows
Harvard Graphics cannot rotate ATM fonts. Harvard uses its own
internal scalable fonts for all rotated text.
For font changes to take effect you must select another printer
driver and switch back to the original driver.
If you are using Harvard Graphics and ATM with a high-resolution
video driver, you must obtain the maintenance upgrade version
1.021 or higher.
Micrografx PostScript Driver
The Micrografx PostScript driver has a unique printer section
structure in the WIN.INI. PostScript soft fonts cannot be
installed to this driver using the ATM Installer and Control
Panel. You can, however, install your fonts through the
Micrografx Printer Setup menu. See your Micrografx manual for
instructions.
Norton Desktop for Windows 2.0
Due to the different structure of Norton Desktop's application
groups, the ATM icon might not be properly installed into the
Main group when you are running Norton as your desktop shell. If
this occurs, you must manually add the ATM Control Panel icon.
The ATM Installer will, however, copy all of the necessary files
to your system and will configure Windows to run ATM. Please
refer to the Norton Desktop manual for installing a new icon in a
group.
Quattro Pro for Windows 1.0
You must restart the application for font changes to take effect.
PageMaker 4.0
For best results with ATM, set the "Vector text above" and
"Stretch text above" limits in the Preferences dialog box to
10000 pixels each.
TypeAlign 2.0
If you receive the error message "Application requested abnormal
termination" after installing TypeAlign under Windows 3.1, you
must manually remove the entry TALGNDLL.EXE from the load line of
the WIN.INI. This file is not Windows 3.1 compatible. The new
TypeAlign Installer 2.1 will not add this line to the WIN.INI.
Ventura Publisher Windows Edition
Adobe recommends using version 4.1. For upgrade information,
please contact Ventura at (800) 822-8221.
The fonts Helvetica and Times will not display correctly in
Reduced View.
Word for Windows 2.0a
Double underlines may print as one thick underline at point sizes
larger than 18 points. This is due to the method Word for
Windows uses to perform double underlining.
Smart quotes (characters Alt +0147 and Alt+0148) may print out as
double single quotes with some printer drivers. The generic
bullet character (Alt+0149) may print out as a lowercase o.
Various Applications with Draft Mode Printing Feature
Some applications which support draft mode printing do not print
graphics when they print in draft mode. When ATM is configured
to print ATM fonts as graphics, text might not print correctly in
draft mode.
Various Font Management Utilities
Some font management utilities such as FontMinder 1.0 and the
font conversion utility AllType automatically update the ATM.INI.
You must restart Windows for font changes in the ATM.INI
introduced by these utilities to take effect.
Virus Protection Software
Some virus protection software packages will not allow the ATM
Installer to replace previous versions of ATM software. If you
have this problem, first scan your hard drive for viruses. Then
temporarily disable your virus protection software while you
install ATM. Remember to re-enable your virus protection
software and re-scan your hard disk after installing ATM.
WordPerfect for Windows 5.1
ATM requires the standard Windows printer drivers in order to
print ATM text. This means that the WordPerfect for Windows 5.1
printer-specific driver cannot be used, unless you also use a
third-party type utility such as PrimeType from LaserTools.
WordPerfect for Windows uses its own screen fonts for preview, so
ATM is not active in WordPerfect preview mode
Some special characters in the ANSI character set (with values
higher than 128) do not print as displayed. See your Windows
documentation for the ANSI character set.
15. Novell Netware Considerations
Although ATM is not a network application, you can print to
network printers using ATM. However, you must configure the File
Contents section in your print job definition to specify Byte
stream instead of Text. The Byte stream option is required
because ATM sends raster graphics to non-PostScript printers.
To add fonts from a network drive, you must first load a
SHELL.CFG file containing the line "show dots = on". Use IPX.COM
to load the SHELL.CFG file.
There is also a 34-character limit for the PostScript target
directories for the PFB and PFM files. If your target directory
name exceeds this limit, use the MAP ROOT command (instead of the
usual map command) to map the directory to a simulated root
directory.
16. ATM and IBM 4029 Series Printers
To use ATM with one of the IBM 4029 series printers, you must
install version 3.01 or later of the 4029 printer driver and
version 1.65 or later of the Generic printer driver. These
versions are included with Windows 3.1. If you are using Windows
3.0, contact your printer dealer or manufacturer for the latest
drivers.
17. Troubleshooting
Justified Text Exceeds Right Margin On Screen
Justified text sometimes extends beyond the right margin on
screen, but prints correctly. This happens particularly at small
point sizes. Two situations can cause this problem:
* Windows uses a screen font for a font of a different size.
Turning off the Use Pre-built or Resident Fonts option in the
ATM Control Panel corrects this problem.
* The problem is caused by roundoff errors occurring when an
application calculates the total width of a line of text.
This problem cannot be corrected.
Documents Containing the Arial MT and TimesNewRomanPS Fonts Print
Slowly
If, after upgrading to Windows 3.1, you find that documents
containing the fonts Arial MT and TimesNewRomanPS print more
slowly on a PostScript printer, you can take the following steps
to improve printing speed. These fonts are often used as
substitutes for the font Helvetica and Times when included when
ATM is bundled with another product. If you are using the fonts
Arial MT and TimesNewRomanPS, add the following lines to both the
[Aliases] section and [Synonyms] section of your ATM.INI file.
Helvetica=Arial MT
Times=TimesNewRomanPS
The lines Helv=Arial MT and Tms Rmn=TimesNewRomanPS should
already be present in both ATM.INI sections.
Helvetica and Times display upside-down.
If the fonts Helvetica and Times display upside-down, check in
the ATM Control Panel to see if you have all of the following
fonts installed: Helvetica, Times, Arial MT and TimesNewRomanPS.
If so, you must manually edit the ATM.INI file and replace the
lines Helv=Arial MT, Helvetica=Arial MT, Tms Rmn=TimesNewRomanPS
and Times=TimesNewRomanPS in the Aliases and Synonyms sections
with the lines Helv=Helvetica and Tms Rmn=Times.
18. Acknowledgments
The ATM team would like to acknowledge the following people who
have contributed to the design and testing of ATM version 2.5:
Jeronimo Alves, Geoff Arnold, David Glassman, Jim Gutierrez,
Curtis Kunz, Jorge Lopez, Sasha Mobley, Shelia Rolfer, Nora
Sandoval, Scott Seltz, Greg Walker, Nelson Whitney and Tokuro
Yamashiro.
Appendix A. ATM.INI Parameters
The following section contains technical information on ATM
version 2.5's initialization file. This file is divided up into
six sections: Fonts, Setup, Settings, Mono, Aliases, and
Synonyms.
[Fonts] This section contains a list of all of the fonts
installed with ATM and the locations of the PostScript
PFM and PFB files for each font. The fonts listed here
are available to all non-PostScript printers for screen
display and printing. The fonts available to
PostScript printers are based on the PostScript
soft-font entries in the specific printer section of
the WIN.INI file and the ROM-based fonts in the
printer. If a font is listed in both WIN.INI and
ATM.INI, ATM will rasterize the font to the screen.
The printing of fonts to PostScript devices is solely
the responsibility of the PostScript driver and
Windows. ATM does not have to be active when printing
to PostScript devices.
Although a particular application will allow you to
bold or italicize a certain font, your PostScript
printer will not be able to render the bold or italic
font unless an outline for the bold or italic font is
available. On non-PostScript printers, however, ATM
will synthesize a bold, italic or bold italic version
of a font based on the roman outline if the outline of
the desired font style is not present.
When the ATM 2.5 Installer creates the [Fonts] section
of the ATM.INI, it adds all the PostScript fonts found
in the installation disk as well as any PostScript
fonts listed as soft-font entries for PostScript
printers in the WIN.INI file. If you are upgrading
from a previous version of ATM, the Installer also adds
all the fonts listed in the current ATM.INI file.
[Setup]
PFM_Dir Default PFM directory for the ATM Control Panel when
adding PostScript fonts.
PFB_Dir Default PFB directory for the ATM Control Panel when
adding PostScript fonts.
[Settings]
FontCache=96 Specifies the size of the font cache in
kilobytes. This option is configurable
through the ATM Control Panel. The default
is 96k. It is recommended that this value
not be set to more than 64k for each megabyte
of physical memory.
ATM=On Determines whether or not ATM will be loaded
at Windows startup time.
BitmapFonts=On This switch is set with the Use Pre-Built or
Resident Fonts check box on the ATM Control
Panel. If you change this switch, you do not
have to restart Windows for the change to
take effect. You might, however, have to
restart applications for the setting to take
effect. The default setting is On. ATM will
defer to screen fonts, resident printer
fonts, and printer soft fonts rather than
rasterizing the font itself if the bitmap
of the font requested in available.
SynonymPSBegin=9 This value specifies the point size at which
ATM will start using bitmap deferral for font
pairs listed in both the Aliases and Synonyms
sections. The default is 9. It is not
recommended that this setting be changed.
QLCDir Indicates the path of the ATM QuickLoad file,
ATMFONTS.QLC.
ATMFONTS.QLC contains a list of installed
fonts and font metrics, which reduces Windows
startup time. You can force ATM to rebuild
this file by deleting the file with the
MS-DOS DEL command and restarting Windows.
Version=2.5 This value enables the ATM Installer to
determine the version of ATM if ATM is not
active; otherwise, the Installer determines
the version of ATM from the DLL.
DownloadFonts=On This switch instructs ATM to print text as
soft fonts for Windows 3.1 printer drivers
that support this feature.
[Mono]
Courier=Yes This section contains a list of monospaced
LetterGothic=Yes fonts.
PrestigeElite=Yes
Orator=Yes
[Aliases] This section tells ATM to substitute the font on the
right of the equal sign for the font on the left of
the equal sign when an application requests the font
on the left of the equal sign. The ATM Installer
defines aliases for the fonts Helv, Tms Rmn, Courier,
Roman, and Modern.
When the Use Pre-built or Resident Fonts option is
turned on, ATM uses the resident bitmapped fonts for
point sizes for which bitmaps exist. When The Use
Pre-built or Resident option is turned off, ATM uses
the PostScript outline font to rasterize all
sizes of the aliased bitmapped font.
Helv=Helvetica The fonts left of the equals sign are
Tms Rmn=Times Windows bitmapped fonts. By using
Courier=Courier PostScript outline fonts, ATM can
rasterize a smooth font when these
fonts are requested at sizes not
available in bitmapped form.
Roman=Times These settings enable ATM to use
Modern=Helvetica PostScript outlines instead of the
standard Windows vector fonts.
Courier=Courier This setting is needed if an
application requests the smallest
available fixed-pitch font. If this
line is not present, ATM provides some
applications with a 1-point Courier
font.
Helv=Arial MT If you have received ATM bundled with
Helvetica=Arial MT another application, you may have the
Tms Rmn=TimesNewRomanPS fonts Arial MT and TimesNewRomanPS
Times=TimesNewRomanPS instead the
standard fonts Helvetica and Times.
You should have these lines present
in both the Aliases and Synonyms
sections. These settings tell ATM
to use internal printer fonts when
printing Arial MT and TimesNewRomanPS
to a PostScript printer. This reduces
the time required to print documents
and improves the quality of bold and
italic text styles.
If you have all four faces (Helvetica,
Times, Arial MT and TimesNewRomanPS),
you should use the font pairs
Helv=Helvetica and Tms Rmn=Times in
these sections.
[Synonyms]
Helv=Helvetica Unlike the font pairs in the Aliases
Tms Rmn=Times section,the font pairs in the Synonyms
Courier=Courier are interchangeable. This means that
when the font Helv is requested at a
point size not available in bitmapped
form, the font Helvetica will be used.
In Windows 3.0 & 3.0a when the font
Helvetica is requested and a bitmapped
Helv font of the exact size is
available, ATM will use the Helv
bitmap to display the font on the
screen.
In Windows 3.1, the screen fonts Helv
and Tms Rmn have been replaced by MS
Sans Serif and MS Serif, so screen
font deferral does not apply.
[Colors] This section may be added to the
ATM.INI to override internal ATM
defaults. The switch is global for
all applications. While enabling this
switch may be useful for a special
purpose in a particular application,
it can also produce unexpected results
in other applications you are using at
the same time when this switch is in
effect.
PrintColorGraphics=Off This switch instructs ATM to print
colored text as soft fonts under
Windows 3.1 rather than dithered
graphics. The printer driver must
support soft font creation for this
switch to work. For most printer
drivers the resulting soft fonts will
print as black or white fonts.
Adobe Type Manager (R) version 2.6 Release Notes
Windows version
June 10, 1993
Adobe Type Manager is a trademark of Adobe Systems
Incorporated registered in certain countries. Copyrights
1983-1993 Adobe Systems Incorporated. All Rights Reserved.
Patents Pending
This document supplements the Adobe Type Manager User
Guide. Topics include:
1. Disk Contents
2. Installation Requirements
3. What's New in version 2.6
4. ATM.INI
5. ATM Control Panel
6. Adding and Removing Fonts
7. PostScript Fonts Listed in the ATM Control Panel
8. PostScript Fonts and the Microsoft PostScript driver
9. Soft Font Printing and the Print ATM Fonts as
Graphics option
10. Use Pre-built or Resident Fonts Option
11. Install as Autodownload Fonts for the PostScript
driver
12. Using Third-party and Shareware fonts
13. ATM and Printing
14. Printer and Video Drivers
15. Installing Fonts from the Adobe PlusPack and Adobe
PostScript and Type Cartridges
16. Installing ATM in the IBM OS/2 Windows Compatibility
Box
17. Application Notes
- Adobe Illustrator 4.0
- CorelDraw!
- Designer 3.1 and Charisma 2.1
- FaceLift
- FastFonts
- Harvard Draw 1.0
- Harvard Graphics 1.0 for Windows
- Micrografx PostScript Driver
- Program Manager Replacements (Norton Desktop for
Windows and PCTools Desktop)
- Quattro Pro for Windows 1.0
- TypeAlign 2.0
- Various Applications with Draft Mode Printing
- Various Font Conversion Utilities
- Virus Protection Software
- Word for Windows 2.0
- WordPerfect for Windows 5.1 and 5.2
19. Novell Netware Considerations
20. ATM and IBM 4029 Series Printers
21. Troubleshooting
22. Acknowledgments
A. ATM.INI parameters
1. Disk Contents
The following files are found on your ATM disk(s):
ATM16.ND_ Compressed version of ATM16.DLL, the
program file for Windows Standard mode
ATM32.ND_ Compressed version of ATM32.DLL, the
program file for Windows 386 Enhanced
mode
ATMSYS.DR_ Compressed version of ATMSYS.DRV, the
ATM System driver
ATMCNTRL.EX_ Compressed version of ATMCNTRL.EXE,
the ATM Control Panel
INSTALL.EXE ATM Installer
INSTALL.CNF ATM installation configuration file
PROGDISK (FONTDISK) Disk ID file
README.TXT This README file
ATM.CNF Configuration file (might not be
present on upgrade disks)
The compressed files can be manually expanded using the
Windows utility EXPAND.EXE. Refer to your Windows manual for
details on expanding files.
Your disk(s) might also contain a PSFONTS directory and a
PCLFONTS directory. The PSFONTS directory contains
PostScript Font Outline (PFB) files and Printer Font Metrics
(PFM) files. The PCLFONTS directory contains PCL bitmapped
font files, which have filename extensions of either SFP or
SFL. The PCLFONTS directory also contains Printer Font
Metrics (PFM) files.
If you received ATM with Adobe Acrobat Exchange, Reader, or
Distiller, there are also two MultipleMaster Substitution
Outline (PFB) files as well as their respective
MultipleMaster Font Metrics (MMM) files. These files are
located in the PSFONTS directory. MultipleMaster fonts are
required for font substitution in the Adobe Acrobat
products.
2. Installation Requirements
To install ATM, you need a c:\ drive and sufficient disk
space for the ATM software and fonts. The amount of disk
space you need depends on the number of fonts included with
your ATM package. The standard retail ATM package requires
about 1.4 megabytes of free disk space. The default
directory for the PostScript fonts is c:\psfonts. You can,
however, install the font files in any directory on any
drive.
3. What's New in version 2.6
New program functions where implemented in ATM version 2.6
to support the Adobe Acrobat Exchange, Reader, and Distiller
products.
4. ATM.INI
ATM's initialization file, ATM.INI, is created during
installation. It contains a list of fonts installed in ATM
and other ATM program-related settings. See Appendix A at
the end of this README file for more technical information.
5. ATM Control Panel
There is no longer a pre-defined limit to the number of
fonts you can install with the ATM Control Panel. Windows
does, however, limit initialization files (including the
ATM.INI and the WIN.INI) to a size of 64K. If this limit is
reached, Windows cannot open, read, or write properly to
these INI files.
For Windows 3.0 and 3.0a, Microsoft recommends keeping
initialization files smaller than 32k in size. Following
this recommendation, the maximum number of fonts that can be
listed in ATM.INI for Windows 3.0 or 3.0a is around 450
fonts. For Windows 3.1, the only limit is the 64K maximum
file size, which is large enough for about 900 fonts.
Many applications limit the number of fonts that can be
displayed in their font menus. For example, an application
font menu might show only 200 fonts even though you have
installed more than 200 ATM fonts.
The more fonts you add with ATM, the longer it takes Windows
to start. The exact time required for Windows to start
depends on the type of processor you have and your system
configuration. To reduce the time it takes Windows to start,
make more memory available to Windows by, for example,
removing Terminate and Stay Resident (TSR) programs. You can
also reduce the time it takes Windows to start by removing
ATM fonts you use infrequently.
6. Adding and Removing Fonts
With ATM you can add and remove fonts without restarting
Windows. When you use ATM to add and remove fonts while
other applications are running, however, the ATM font
changes are not always automatically available in the
application font menus. Some applications, such as Windows
Write and Lotus 1-2-3 for Windows, update their available
font lists immediately, while others, such as Lotus AmiPro
3.0 and Aldus PageMaker 4.0, require that you re-select your
printer before the ATM font changes appear in font menus. A
few applications, such as Adobe Illustrator 4.0 and
QuattroPro for Windows 1.0, build their font menus when they
are started. You must restart these applications to see ATM
font changes in their font menus.
7. PostScript Fonts Listed in the ATM Control Panel
Every PostScript font contains a specific Windows menu name,
which may differ from the true PostScript font name. For
example, when you see the font Bookman in the font menu of a
typical Windows application, you are actually using the
PostScript Bookman Light. Windows font menu names are
arranged in family groups of four styles (regular, bold,
bolditalic and italic). Each member of a family group is
listed in the ATM Control Panel individually by its family
name and its style link. For example, Helvetica with its
four different styles appears as Helvetica, Helvetica,BOLD,
Helvetica,BOLDITALIC, and Helvetica,ITALIC, although in a
typical Windows application you only see the one base style
Helvetica. The other styles are accessed by selecting the
bold and italic style attributes.
Some fonts have more than four styles to a family. For
example, Adobe Garamond has six different styles. In
conforming to the Windows standard of grouping fonts into
families of four, the font is broken up into two base font
groups, AGaramond and AGaramond Bold. The following table
illustrates how these different styles are used within
Windows applications:
Windows menu name with style link True PostScript font name
AGaramond AGaramond
AGaramond,BOLD AGaramond Semibold
AGaramond,BOLDITALIC AGaramond SemiboldItalic
AGaramond,ITALIC AGaramond Italic
AGaramond Bold AGaramond Bold
AGaramond Bold,ITALIC AGaramond BoldItalic
The readme document on every Adobe font package lists how
the actual fonts are linked to their respective Windows font
menu names.
Some display or decorative fonts have only one style and
were designed with a specific style and weight in mind.
Although ATM provides you with the ability to synthesize
bold and italic styles when only one style is present, you
should refrain from doing so. Synthesizing styles may lead
to unexpected results when printing to high-resolutions
devices.
8. PostScript Fonts and the Microsoft PostScript driver
For Windows 3.1, there is no longer a 150 font limit on the
number of soft font entries you can have for a PostScript
printer. For Windows 3.0 and 3.0a, however, the maximum
number of soft font entries per PostScript printer WIN.INI
entry is approximately 150. The exact number depends on your
particular system configuration. If you receive spurious
printer-related error messages when starting Windows or
switching to a PostScript printer, you might have too many
soft font entries in the printer's WIN.INI entry. To correct
the problem, try using the ATM Control Panel to remove soft
fonts you don't normally use.
If you manually remove soft font entries from the PostScript
printer section of the WIN.INI file, remember to adjust the
line "softfonts=nn" to show the new total number of soft
font entries. The ATM Control Panel automatically renumbers
soft font entries in WIN.INI when you remove fonts. ATM
cannot, however, correct misnumbered font entries.
The Microsoft Windows 3.1 PostScript driver lets you use a
synthesized italic style for a PostScript font even if the
outline font (PFB) file for the italic font is not present
on this system. Windows, however, cannot provide the
PostScript driver with the correct font metrics for a
synthesized italic face, so the font is displayed with
expanded character spacing. Also, PostScript printers print
the Roman (non-italic) face for the synthesized italic face
when you print.
9. Soft Font Printing and the Print ATM Fonts as Graphics
option
For Windows 3.1 and later, ATM takes advantage of a new
feature available with some printer drivers that lets ATM
use the driver to create soft fonts on-the-fly. Creating
soft fonts on-the-fly speeds up printing. Printer drivers
that create soft fonts on-the-fly include the drivers for
the HP LaserJet family of printers and the driver for the
IBM Lexmark printers.
This feature does not work with all printers that support
downloaded printer soft fonts. The printer's Windows 3.1
printer driver must also support on-the-fly soft font
creation for this feature to work. To determine whether a
Windows 3.1 printer driver supports on-the-fly soft font
creation, check the Printer Setup Options dialog box in the
Windows Printer Control Panel. If you do not see a "Print
TrueType as Graphics" option, the driver most likely cannot
create printer soft fonts on-the-fly.
If you set up your printer driver to print TrueType fonts as
graphics, ATM prints fonts as graphics regardless of how the
"Print ATM Fonts as Graphics" option is set.
The "Print ATM Fonts as Graphics" option controls whether or
not ATM uses the soft font creation feature when it is
available. By default, the "Print ATM Fonts as Graphics"
option is cleared and ATM uses the soft font creation
feature. When you select the "Print ATM Fonts as Graphics"
option, however, ATM prints characters as graphics.
Some applications, such as CorelDraw! 3.0, always print text
as graphics.
Selecting the "Print ATM Fonts as Graphics" option can solve
certain printing problems, such as when printing special
shadow or zoomed text effects or graphic objects placed on
top of text strings.
When you change the "Print ATM Fonts as Graphics" option
while other applications are running, the change usually
takes effect immediately. In a few applications, such as
Word for Windows 2.0 for example, you must re-select your
printer before the ATM print mode change takes effect.
10. Use Pre-built or Resident Fonts
When you select the "Use Pre-built or Resident Fonts"
option, ATM lets PCL printer drivers use pre-built or
printer-resident fonts to print documents. When you clear
the Use Pre-built or Resident Fonts check box, ATM creates
characters for PCL printer drivers to print even when pre-
built or printer-resident fonts are available.
Although ATM does not require that you restart Windows after
you change the "Use Pre-built or Resident Fonts" option, you
might have to quit and restart applications for this option
to take effect.
If you are using Windows 3.1 with printer drivers that allow
soft fonts to be created on-the-fly (such as the PCL
drivers), you might want to turn this option off to speed up
printing. It is more efficient for a printer driver to
create a soft font on-the-fly than to download a pre-built
font. You can see if you have any pre-built fonts installed
for your PCL printer by checking the printer driver's Fonts
dialog box. To display the driver's Fonts dialog box, choose
Fonts in the driver's Printer Setup dialog box.
When the "Use Pre-built or Resident Fonts" option is
selected, you might find the characters of a printer-
resident or soft font that you place beneath a graphic image
print on top of the image. To see an example of this
problem, open an application that lets you draw images over
text, select the Courier font, type some text, and draw a
gray box on top of the text. The font is covered by the gray
box on the screen. Now print with the "Use Pre-built or
Resident Fonts" option selected to see if your printer
prints the text on top of the gray box. If the text prints
on top of the box, you will also have this problem when you
turn ATM off. To correct this problem, clear the Use Pre-
built or Resident Fonts check box.
11. Install As Autodownload Fonts for the PostScript
Driver
The Microsoft PostScript printer driver uses the
[PostScript, portname] section in the WIN.INI file to find
the PostScript soft fonts installed on the system. As an
example, the following [PostScript, portname] section shows
two soft fonts installed for a PostScript printer connected
to the parallel port LPT1.
[PostScript, LPT1]
softfonts=2
softfont1=c:\psfonts\pfm\tkrg______.pfm;c:\psfonts\tkrg____.pfb
softfont2=c:\psfonts\pfm\tkb_______.pfm;c:\psfonts\tkb_____.pfb
Each of these soft font entries is made up of two parts:
* The first part is the path and file name of the soft
font's printer font metrics (PFM) file
* The second part is the path and file name of the soft
font's outline (PFB) file
The PFM file part is necessary for all PostScript fonts
whose character metrics are not hard-coded in the PostScript
driver. The PFB file part is needed only when you want the
driver to download the font outline with every print job
that uses this font.
To set up the Microsoft PostScript driver to automatically
download a font at print time, install the font with the
"Install as autodownload fonts for the PostScript driver"
option selected. When this option is selected, ATM adds both
the PFM and PFB parts of the soft font entry.
You must also select the "Install as autodownload fonts for
the PostScript driver" option if you are installing the
standard Base35 fonts for a printer that does not contain
them. The Base35 fonts (available with the Adobe PlusPack
and the PostScript Type Cartridge) are: AvantGarde, Bookman,
Courier, Helvetica, HelveticaNarrow, NewCenturySchoolbook,
Palatino, Symbol, Times, ZapfChancery, and ZapfDingbats.
Most, but not all, newer PostScript printers contain the
Base35 fonts.
If you are adding fonts to ATM that are already resident in
the printer, you can uncheck this option to instruct the
printer driver not to send the font outline files to the
printer at print time. With the "Install as autodownload
fonts for the PostScript driver" option unchecked, ATM adds
only the PFM part of the soft font entries in WIN.INI. You
should also uncheck this option for fonts you plan to
manually download to the printer.
How ATM 2.6 Adds Base35 Fonts
When the "Install as autodownload fonts for the PostScript
driver" option is unchecked, ATM does not add soft font
entries to WIN.INI for the Base35 soft fonts. The soft font
entries for these fonts are not needed because the font
metrics for these fonts are hard-coded in the driver. If
soft font entries for the Base35 fonts are present in
WIN.INI, however, they are ignored by the PostScript driver
at print time if the Base35 fonts are resident in the
printer. In other words, the PostScript driver does not
download the outlines of these fonts if they are already
present on the printer. The only exception to this rule is
for the Bookman font. If a Bookman PFB entry is present in
the WIN.INI, the driver downloads the outline file at print
time. To correct this problem and to force the driver to use
the Bookman font resident in the printer, re-add the four
faces of Bookman with the "Install as autodownload fonts for
the PostScript driver" option unchecked
12. Using Third-party and Shareware fonts
ATM has been tested with a large number of third-party and
shareware fonts. There are, however, certain limitations in
rasterizing fonts that have been converted using third-party
font converters. If you experience any problems with the
fonts you have, please contact Adobe Customer Support at
(408) 986-6520, FAX (408) 562-6767. Although we cannot solve
all fonts problems, we will do our best to solve any
incompatibilities you are experiencing.
13. ATM and Printing
ATM uses PostScript outline fonts to produce a smooth
graphic display of your fonts on-screen. The fonts available
for use depend on the printer you have selected in your
application.
The fonts available for non-PostScript printers are the
printer resident fonts, the Windows internal bitmapped
fonts, the TrueType fonts installed on the system (for
Windows 3.1), and the PostScript fonts listed in the ATM
Control Panel.
For PostScript printers, the fonts available are the printer
resident fonts, the TrueType fonts installed on the system
(for Windows 3.1), and the PostScript soft font entries
listed in the printer's [PostScript, portname] section in
the WIN.INI file. When you print to a PostScript printer,
ATM does not have to be active because it does not have to
rasterize any fonts. Windows and the Microsoft PostScript
driver are responsible for downloading outline fonts to your
PostScript printer.
Print Resolution
For the highest print quality, Adobe recommends you set up
your printer to print at the highest resolution available.
Certain PCL printer drivers do not properly set the print
resolution. They might appear to be set at 300 dpi
resolution in the Windows Printer Control Panel even though
they are set to a lower resolution. Some applications fail
to print correctly when your PCL printer resolution is not
set to 300 dpi. Excel 3.0a, for example, prints blank cells
instead of ATM fonts when printing ATM fonts as graphics and
your PCL printer is not set to 300 dpi. If you suspect your
PCL printer driver is not set to 300 dpi, set the resolution
to 75 dpi, save this option, and then set the resolution
back to 300 dpi. When your printer resolution is set to 300
dpi, the line "prtresfac=0" appears in the PCL printer entry
in the WIN.INI file.
Colored Text
ATM generates a graphic image of colored text regardless of
the ATM print mode (soft font or graphics) set with the
"Print ATM Fonts as Graphics" option. To force ATM to
generate black or white soft fonts for monochrome printers
and color soft fonts for printers such as the HP PaintJet
300xl, add the following [Colors] section to your ATM.INI
file.
[Colors]
PrintColorGraphics=Off
See Appendix A for a description of this setting. Always
make a backup copy of the ATM.INI before making changes. If
you make a mistake, you can use the backup file to restore
ATM to its previous configuration.
14. Printer and Video Drivers
For the highest font rasterization quality, Adobe recommends
you use the latest Windows printer and video drivers. If you
are using the Microsoft Windows 3.1 DeskJet driver version
1.2, make sure to use the Universal Printer driver dated
06/29/92. Otherwise, it is suggested to upgrade to the
Universal Printer driver version 3.1.2 when printing to HP
PCL4 and PCL5 printers and compatibles.
Adobe recommends using the LaserJet IV driver version
31.V1.18 or later. If you experiencing printing problems
when using this driver, try setting the Graphics options in
the Windows Control Panel Printer Setup to Raster mode or
reducing the print resolution from 600 dpi to 300 dpi.
15. Installing Fonts from the Adobe PlusPack and Adobe
PostScript and Type Cartridges
Installing fonts from the Adobe PlusPack or for the Adobe
PostScript or Adobe Type Cartridge requires that you insert
the different font disks many times. To avoid having to
repeatedly insert font disks, follow these steps:
1. Create a temporary directory on your hard disk.
2. Copy all the files from all the font disks to the
temporary directory.
3. Start the ATM Control Panel and choose Add. The Add ATM
Fonts dialog box appears.
4. Using the Directories list box, open the temporary
directory. The names of all the fonts appear in the
Available Fonts list.
5. Select the fonts you want to add and either accept the
default target directories or enter the names of the
PostScript font directories you are using.
6. Choose Add. The fonts are added and you are returned to
the ATM Control Panel.
7. Choose OK to close the ATM Control Panel.
8. Delete all the files in the temporary directory; then
delete the temporary directory.
16. Installing ATM in the IBM OS/2 Windows Compatibility Box
Before installing ATM version 2.6 over an existing version
of ATM in the IBM OS/2 Windows Compatibility box, you must
first edit the Boot section of your Windows SYSTEM.INI file.
Replace the two lines
SYSTEM.DRV=ATMSYS.DRV
ATM.SYSTEM.DRV=SYSTEM.DRV
with this line
SYSTEM.DRV=SYSTEM.DRV
After changing the SYSTEM.INI file, start Windows and
install ATM as instructed in the manual. Always make a
backup copy of the SYSTEM.INI before making changes. If you
make a mistake, you can use the backup file to restore
Windows to its previous configuration.
17. Application Notes
When you add or remove a font while an application is
active, the application font menus are not always updated
automatically. If you add or remove a font while one of the
following applications is active,
AmiPro 3.0, Freehand 3.0, Freelance 1.0, PageMaker 4.0,
Ventura Publisher for Windows, and WordPerfect 5.2.for
Windows
you must re-select your printer to update the application's
font menu.
Adobe Illustrator 4.0
If you have Illustrator 4.0 and add or remove a font, you
must restart Windows for font changes to take effect in
Illustrator.
If you are using newer versions of the Adobe Enumerator, you
need only restart Illustrator to see ATM font changes. Make
sure Illustrator is closed, however, before using ATM to add
or remove fonts.
The two enumerator files PSENUM.DLL and RUN_ENUM.EXE, which
Illustrator uses to register ATM font changes, are located
in the Windows system directory. If your enumerator files
are dated 7/17/92 or earlier, you need to obtain the most
recent versions of these files. You can receive the updates
to these files free of charge by contacting Adobe Customer
Support at (408) 986-6520. You can also download these files
from the Adobe CompuServe forum.
If you are using Enumerator files dated 7/17/92 or earlier,
you have to restart Windows for ATM font changes to take
effect.
CorelDraw!
CorelDraw! 3.0 now supports ATM fonts. Adobe strongly
recommends that you obtain the maintenance release version
3.0b. You must restart CorelDraw! for ATM font changes to
take effect. CorelDraw! version 2.0 does not support ATM
fonts.
Designer 3.1 and Charisma 2.1
The lines used for underlines and strikeouts may appear
broken when using an ATM font. This is due the way these
Micrografx products handle character placement.
If you rotate text at a 90 degree angle and then stretch it,
you might find that the font will not be properly resized. To
avoid this problem, first resize the font and then rotate it.
Rotating stretched text at a 180 degree angle might cause the
last letters in the text string to overlap. To correct this
problem, first rotate the text by 180 degrees and then
stretch it.
Rotated text at certain angles will sometimes print with
expanded character spacing on non-PostScript printers. To
correct this problem, try using the Print View option and
selecting the entire page.
FaceLift for Windows
FaceLift for Windows modifies the printer entries in the
WIN.INI. If FaceLift is installed, the ATM Installer and
Control Panel do not recognize the installed PostScript
printers and cannot add PostScript soft font entries for
these printers. Before adding fonts for PostScript printers,
you must first temporarily disable the "Print with FaceLift"
option in FaceLift Control Panel. After the fonts have been
installed, you can reenable "Print with FaceLift" option.
FastFonts
When using the type utility FastFonts, you must select the
"Print ATM text as Graphics" options in the ATM Control Panel
for ATM text to print properly.
Harvard Draw 1.01
Harvard Draw 1.01 supports ATM fonts. You must restart the
application for ATM font changes to take effect.
Harvard Graphics 1.01 for Windows
Harvard Graphics cannot rotate ATM fonts. Harvard Graphics
uses its own internal scalable fonts for all rotated text.
If you are using Harvard Graphics and ATM with a high-
resolution video driver, you must obtain the maintenance
upgrade version 1.021 or higher.
If you make ATM font changes while Harvard Draw is running,
you must select another printer driver and switch back to the
original driver for the ATM font changes to take effect.
Micrografx PostScript Driver
The Micrografx PostScript driver has a non-standard printer
section structure in the WIN.INI. PostScript soft fonts
cannot be installed to this driver using the ATM Installer
and Control Panel. You can, however, install your fonts
through the Micrografx Printer Setup menu. See your
Micrografx manual for instructions.
Program Manager replacements (Norton Desktop for Windows and
PCTools Desktop)
Due to the different structure of Norton Desktop's and
PCTools Desktop's application groups, the ATM Control Panel
icon might not be properly installed into the Main group
when you are running Norton or PCTools as your desktop
shell. If this occurs, you must manually add the ATM Control
Panel icon. The ATM Installer will, however, copy all of the
necessary files to your system and will configure Windows to
run ATM. See the Norton Desktop or PCTools manual for
instructions on how to install a new icon in a group.
Quattro Pro for Windows 1.0
You must restart this application for ATM font changes to
take effect.
PageMaker 4.0
For best results with ATM, set the "Vector text above" and
"Stretch text above" limits in the Preferences dialog box to
10000 pixels each.
If you make ATM font changes while PageMaker is running, you
must re-select your printer for the ATM font changes to take
effect.
TypeAlign 2.0
If you receive the error message "Application requested
abnormal termination" after installing TypeAlign under
Windows 3.1, you must manually remove the entry TALGNDLL.EXE
from the load line of the WIN.INI file. TALGNDLL.EXE is not
compatible with Windows 3.1. The Load= line in the WIN.INI
file is in the [windows] section. Be very careful when you
change WIN.INI. If you make a mistake, Windows will not work
correctly. TypeAlign 2.1 corrects this problem.
Ventura Publisher Windows Edition
Adobe recommends using version 4.1. For upgrade information,
please contact Ventura at (800) 822-8221.
The fonts Helvetica and Times do not display correctly in
Reduced View.
If you make ATM font changes while Ventura Publisher is
running, you must re-select your printer for the ATM font
changes to take effect.
Word for Windows 2.0
Double underlines may print as one thick underline at point
sizes larger than 18 points. This is due to the method Word
for Windows uses to perform double underlining.
Smart quotes (characters Alt+0147 and Alt+0148) might print
as double single quotes with some printer drivers. The
generic bullet character (Alt+0149) might print as a
lowercase o.
Various Applications with Draft Mode Printing Feature
Some applications which support draft mode printing do not
print graphics when they print in draft mode. When ATM is
set up to print ATM fonts as graphics, text might not print
correctly in draft mode. To correct this problem, clear the
"Print ATM Fonts as Graphics" option in the ATM Control
Panel.
Various Font Conversion Utilities
Some font conversion utilities, such as AllType,
automatically update the ATM.INI file. You must restart
Windows for font changes in the ATM.INI file introduced by
these utilities to take effect.
Virus Protection Software
Some virus protection software packages do not allow the ATM
Installer to replace previous versions of ATM software. If
you have this problem, first scan your hard drive for
viruses. Then temporarily disable your virus protection
software while you install ATM. Remember to re-enable your
virus protection software and re-scan your hard disk after
installing ATM.
WordPerfect for Windows 5.1 and 5.2
ATM requires the standard Windows printer drivers in order
to print ATM text. You cannot print ATM fonts with the
WordPerfect printer drivers, unless you also use a third-
party type utility such as PrimeType from LaserTools.
WordPerfect for Windows uses its own screen fonts for
preview, so ATM is not active in WordPerfect preview mode
Some special characters in the ANSI character set (with
values higher than 128) do not print as displayed. See your
Windows documentation for the ANSI character set.
17. Novell Netware Considerations
Although ATM is not a network application, you can print to
network printers using ATM. However, you must configure the
File Contents section in your print job definition to
specify Byte stream instead of Text. The Byte stream option
is required because ATM sends raster graphics to non-
PostScript printers.
To add fonts from a network drive, you must first load a
SHELL.CFG file containing the line "show dots = on". Use
IPX.COM to load the SHELL.CFG file.
There is also a 34-character limit for the PostScript target
directories for the PFB and PFM files. If your target
directory name exceeds this limit, use the MAP ROOT command
(instead of the usual map command) to map the directory to a
simulated root directory.
18. ATM and IBM 4029 Series Printers
To use ATM with one of the IBM 4029 series printers, you
must install version 3.01 or later of the 4029 printer
driver and version 1.65 or later of the Generic printer
driver. These versions are included with Windows 3.1. If
you are using Windows 3.0, contact your printer dealer or
manufacturer for the latest drivers.
19. Troubleshooting
Manually installing ATM
For detailed instructions on how to manually install ATM
version 2.6, call the Adobe Fax Request Line at (408)986-
6578 and request fax number 5120.
Justified Text Exceeds Right Margin On Screen
Justified text sometimes extends beyond the right margin on
screen, but prints correctly. This happens particularly at
small point sizes. Two situations can cause this problem:
* Windows uses a screen font for a font of a different
size. Turning off the "Use Pre-built or Resident Fonts"
option in the ATM Control Panel corrects this problem.
* The problem is caused by round-off errors occurring when
an application calculates the total width of a line of
text. This problem cannot be corrected.
Documents Containing the Arial MT and TimesNewRomanPS Fonts
Print Slowly
If, after upgrading to Windows 3.1, you find that documents
containing the fonts Arial MT and TimesNewRomanPS print more
slowly on a PostScript printer, you can take the following
steps to improve printing speed. These fonts are often used
as substitutes for the font Helvetica and Times when
included when ATM is bundled with another product.
To make documents containing Arial MT and TimesNewRomanPS
print faster, add the following lines to both the [Aliases]
section and [Synonyms] section of your ATM.INI file.
Helvetica=Arial MT
Times=TimesNewRomanPS
The following two lines
Helv=Arial MT
Tms Rmn=TimesNewRomanPS
should already be present in both ATM.INI sections.
Error removing the fonts Helvetica and Times
Helvetica and Times display upside-down
If you receive an error when removing the fonts Helvetica
and Times or if the fonts Helvetica and Times display upside-
down, check the ATM Control Panel to see if all of these
fonts are installed:
* Helvetica
* Times
* Arial MT
* TimesNewRomanPS.
If you have all these fonts, you must manually edit the
ATM.INI file and replace the following four lines in the
[Aliases] and [Synonyms] sections
Helv=Arial MT
Helvetica=Arial MT
Tms Rmn=TimesNewRomanPS
Times=TimesNewRomanPS
with these two lines
Helv=Helvetica
Tms Rmn=Times.
22. Acknowledgments
The ATM team would like to acknowledge the following people
who have contributed to the testing of ATM version 2.6: Jim
Al-Shamma, Geoff Arnold, Louis Fuh, Curtis Kunz, Ernie
March, Sasha Mobley, Grace Williams and Tokuro Yamashiro.
Appendix A. ATM.INI Parameters
The following section contains technical information on ATM
version 2.6's initialization file. This file is divided up
into six sections: Fonts, Setup, Settings, Mono, Aliases,
and Synonyms.
[Fonts] This section contains a list of all of the fonts
installed with ATM and the locations of the
PostScript PFM and PFB files for each font. The
fonts listed here are available to all non-
PostScript printers for screen display and
printing. The fonts available to PostScript
printers are based on the PostScript soft font
entries in the specific printer section of the
WIN.INI file and the ROM-based fonts in the
printer. If a font is listed in both WIN.INI and
ATM.INI, ATM will rasterize the font to the
screen. The printing of fonts to PostScript
devices is solely the responsibility of the
PostScript driver and Windows. ATM does not have
to be active when printing to PostScript devices.
Although a particular application will allow you
to bold or italicize a certain font, your
PostScript printer will not be able to render the
bold or italic font unless an outline for the bold
or italic font is available. On non-PostScript
printers, however, ATM will synthesize a bold,
italic or bold italic version of a font based on
the roman outline if the outline of the desired
font style is not present.
When the ATM 2.6 Installer creates the [Fonts]
section of the ATM.INI, it adds all the PostScript
fonts found in the installation disk as well as
any PostScript fonts listed as soft font entries
for PostScript printers in the WIN.INI file. If
you are upgrading from a previous version of ATM,
the Installer also adds all the fonts listed in
the current ATM.INI file.
[Setup]
PFM_Dir Default PFM directory for the ATM Control Panel
when adding PostScript fonts.
PFB_Dir Default PFB directory for the ATM Control Panel
when adding PostScript fonts.
[Settings]
FontCache=256 Specifies the size of the font cache in
kilobytes. This option is configurable
through the ATM Control Panel. The
default is 256k. Adobe recommends that
this value not be set to more than 64k
for each megabyte of physical memory.
ATM=On Determines whether or not ATM is loaded
at Windows startup time.
BitmapFonts=On This switch is set with the Use Pre-
Built or Resident Fonts check box in the
ATM Control Panel. When this switch is
on, ATM defers to screen fonts, resident
printer fonts, and printer soft fonts
rather than rasterizing the font itself
if the bitmap of the font requested in
available. If you change this switch,
you do not have to restart Windows for
the change to take effect. You might,
however, have to restart applications
for the setting to take effect. The
default setting is On.
SynonymPSBegin=9 This value specifies the point size at
which ATM starts using bitmap deferral
for font pairs listed in both the
Aliases and Synonyms sections. The
default is 9. Adobe recommends that you
do not change this setting.
QLCDir Indicates the path of the ATM QuickLoad
file, ATMFONTS.QLC.
ATMFONTS.QLC contains a list of
installed fonts and font metrics, which
reduces Windows startup time. You can
force ATM to rebuild this file by
deleting the file with the MS-DOS DEL
command and restarting Windows.
Version=2.6 This value enables the ATM Installer to
determine the version of ATM when ATM is
not active; otherwise, the Installer
determines the version of ATM from the
ATM DLL.
DownloadFonts=On This switch instructs ATM to print text
as soft fonts for Windows 3.1 printer
drivers that support this feature.
TmpDir=c:\psfonts\tmp These settings are used for Adobe
TmpCount=00000000 Acrobat products and must not be
deleted. The actual drive letter
and directories referenced in this
section must also exist.
[Mono] This section contains a list of
Courier=Yes monospaced fonts.
LetterGothic=Yes
PrestigeElite=Yes
Orator=Yes
[Aliases] This section tells ATM to substitute the font on
the right of the equal sign for the font on the
left of the equal sign when an application
requests the font on the left of the equal
sign. The ATM Installer defines aliases for the
fonts Helv, Tms Rmn, Courier, Roman, and
Modern.
When the "Use Pre-built or Resident Fonts"
option is turned on, ATM uses the resident
bitmapped fonts for point sizes for which
bitmaps exist. When The Use Pre-built or
Resident option is turned off, ATM uses the
PostScript outline font to rasterize all sizes
of the aliased bitmapped font.
Helv=Helvetica The fonts left of the equals sign
Tms Rmn=Times are Windows bitmapped fonts. By
Courier=Courier using PostScript outline fonts,
ATM can rasterize a smooth font
when these fonts are requested at
sizes not available in bitmapped
form.
Roman=Times These settings enable ATM to use
Modern=Helvetica PostScript outlines instead of
the standard Windows vector
fonts.
Courier=Courier This setting is needed if an
application requests the smallest
available fixed-pitch font. If
this line is not present, ATM
provides some applications with a
1-point Courier font.
Helv=Arial MT If you have received ATM bundled
Helvetica=Arial MT with another application, you
Tms Rmn=TimesNewRomanPS might have the fonts Arial MT
Times=TimesNewRomanPS and TimesNewRomanPS instead the
standard fonts Helvetica and
Times. You should have these
lines present in both the Aliases
and Synonyms sections. These
settings tell ATM to use internal
printer fonts when printing Arial
MT and TimesNewRomanPS to a
PostScript printer. This reduces
the time required to print
documents and improves the
quality of bold and italic text
styles.
If you have all four faces
(Helvetica, Times, Arial MT and
TimesNewRomanPS), you should use
the font pairs Helv=Helvetica and
Tms Rmn=Times in these sections.
[Synonyms]
Helv=Helvetica Unlike the font pairs in the
Tms Rmn=Times Aliases section, the font pairs
Courier=Courier in the Synonyms are
interchangeable. This means that
when the font Helv is requested
at a point size not available in
bitmapped form, the font
Helvetica will be used.
In Windows 3.0 & 3.0a, when the
font Helvetica is requested and a
bitmapped Helv font of the exact
size is available, ATM will use
the Helv bitmap to display the
font on the screen.
In Windows 3.1, the screen
fonts Helv and Tms Rmn have
been replaced by MS Sans Serif
and MS Serif, so screen font
deferral does not apply.
[Colors] This section may be added to
the ATM.INI to override
internal ATM defaults. The
switch is global for all
applications. While enabling
this switch might be useful for
a special purpose in a
particular application, it can
also produce unexpected results
in other applications.
PrintColorGraphics=Off This switch instructs ATM to
print colored text as soft
fonts under Windows 3.1 rather
than as dithered graphics. The
printer driver must support
soft font creation for this
switch to work. For most
printer drivers, the resulting
soft fonts print as black or
white fonts.